P660 Mod 6H0 and 6H1Service Guide

RS/6000 Enterprise Server Model H80
Eserver pSeries 660 Models 6H0 and 6H1

Service Guide
SA38-0566-03
Fourth Edition (April 2002)

Before using this information and the product it supports, read the information in Safety Notices on page xi,
Appendix A, Environmental Notices on page 493, and Appendix B, Notices on page 495.
A readers comment form is provided at the back of this publication. If the form has been removed, address comments
to Information Development, Department H6DS-905-6C006, 11501 Burnet Road, Austin, Texas 78758-3493. To send
comments electronically, use this commercial internet address: [email protected]. Any information that you
supply may be used without incurring any obligation to you.
International Business Machines Corporation 2000, 2002. All rights reserved.
Note to U.S. Government Users -- Documentation related to restricted rights -- Use, duplication or disclosure is subject
to restrictions set forth in GSA ADP Schedule Contract with IBM Corp.
Contents
Safety Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xi
Rack Safety Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xi
Electrical Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xii
Laser Safety Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiii
Laser Compliance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiii
Data Integrity and Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xv
About This Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xvii
ISO 9000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xvii
Online Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xvii
Related Publications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xvii
Trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xviii
Chapter 1. Reference Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Data Flow with One-Way Processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Data Flow with Two- to Six-Way Processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Powering the System On and Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Console Strategy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Power-On Self-Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
POST Indicators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
POST Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
1 Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
5 Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
6 Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
8 Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
System Unit Locations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
CEC Drawer Front View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
CEC Drawer Top View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
CEC Drawer Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Primary I/O Drawer Front View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Primary I/O Drawer Top View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Primary I/O Drawer Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Primary I/O Drawer Front View with Covers Removed . . . . . . . . . . 15
Secondary I/O Drawer Front View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Secondary I/O Drawer Top View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Secondary I/O Drawer Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
PCI Board Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
System Board Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Memory Riser Card and Memory DIMM Locations . . . . . . . . . . . 21
One-Way Processor Card Memory DIMM Locations . . . . . . . . . . 22
Primary I/O Drawer Operator Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Secondary I/O Drawer Operator Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
SCSI IDs and Bay Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
System Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
One-Way Processor Memory Placement Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
iii
Riser Card Memory Placement Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
I/O Drawer Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
I/O Drawer Addressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
I/O Drawer and Power Supply LED Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Message Hierarchy for Secondary I/O Drawer Operator Panel . . . . . . . 29
Primary I/O Drawer Operator Panel Behavior During Power-On. . . . . . . 30
Secondary I/O Drawer Operator Panel Behavior During Power-On. . . . . . 31
Logical and Physical Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Physical Location Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Location Code Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Multiple FRU Callout Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
AIX Location Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
AIX and Physical Location Code Reference Tables . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Cabling the CEC Drawer, Primary I/O Drawer, and Secondary I/O Drawer . . . . 48
Connecting JTAG and VS COM Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Connecting RIO and SPCN Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
System Cable Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
CEC Drawer Cable Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Primary I/O Drawer Cable Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Secondary I/O Drawer Cable Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
DC Power Cable Routings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
CEC Drawer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
7014 Model T00 and T42 Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
I/O Drawer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Noise Emission Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
System Service Clearances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Power Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Service Inspection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Chapter 2. Diagnostics Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Maintenance Analysis Procedures (MAPs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Checkpoints. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
FRU Isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Electronic Service Agent for the Eserver pSeries and RS/6000 . . . . . . . 71
Using the Service Processor and Electronic Service Agent Features . . . . . . 72
Service Processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Electronic Service Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Chapter 3. Maintenance Analysis Procedures (MAPs) . . . . . . . . . . 75
Entry MAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Quick Entry MAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Quick Entry MAP Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
MAP 1020: Problem Determination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
MAP 1520: Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Map 1521: Cannot Power On The Primary I/O Drawer, Operator Panel Does Not
Show OK Prompt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Map 1522: Cannot Power On The CEC Drawer . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Map 1523: Cannot Power On The Secondary I/O Drawer, Operator Panel Power
Present LED Does Not Come On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
iv Service Guide
Map 1524: The SPCN Error Codes Table Directed You Here and the Error Code is
1011 1C0x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
MAP 1540: Minimum Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Chapter 4. Checkpoints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
IPL Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Service Processor Checkpoints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Firmware Checkpoints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Boot Problems and Concerns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Chapter 5. Error Code to FRU Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Four-Character Checkpoints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Replacing the Primary Drawer Operator Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Replacing the Network Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Analyzing SPCN Errors on Secondary Drawers . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Isolating the I/O Drawer Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Determining Location Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Checkpoint and Error Code Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Performing Slow Boot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Confirming Initial Error Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Memory-Related Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Operator Panel Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
SPCN Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Firmware Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Service Processor Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
System Firmware Update Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
Common Firmware Error Codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
Scan Log Dump Progress Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Problem Determination Generated Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Chapter 6. Loading the System Diagnostics In Service Mode . . . . . . . 367
Default Boot List and Service Mode Bootlist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
Chapter 7. Using the Service Processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
Service Processor Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
Accessing the Service Processor Menus Locally . . . . . . . . . . . 370
Accessing the Service Processor Menus Remotely . . . . . . . . . . 370
Saving and Restoring Service Processor Settings . . . . . . . . . . . 370
Menu Inactivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
General User Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
Privileged User Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Main Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Service Processor Setup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
Passwords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
System Power Control Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
System Information Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
Memory Riser Card 1 Memory DIMM Locations for Service Processor Menus 387
Memory Riser Card 2 Memory DIMM Locations for Service Processor Menus 387
Processor Card Memory DIMM Locations for Service Processor Menus . . . 388
Language Selection Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
Contents v
Call-In/Call-Out Setup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
Modem Configuration Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
Serial Port Selection Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
Serial Port Speed Setup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
Telephone Number Setup Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
Call-Out Policy Setup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
Customer Account Setup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
Service Processor Procedures in Service Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
Service Processor Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
System Power-On Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
Service Processor Reboot/Restart Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Boot (IPL) Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Failure During Boot Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Failure During Normal System Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Service Processor Reboot/Restart Policy Controls. . . . . . . . . . . 399
System Firmware Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
General Information on System Firmware Updates . . . . . . . . . . 401
Determining the Level of Firmware on the System. . . . . . . . . . . 402
System Firmware Update Using a Locally Available Image . . . . . . . . 402
Updating System Firmware From the Service Processor Menus . . . . . . 403
Updating System Firmware from the AIX Service Aids . . . . . . . . . 403
Updating System Firmware from the AIX Command Line . . . . . . . . 403
Recovery Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
Configuring and Deconfiguring Processors or Memory . . . . . . . . . . 404
Run-Time CPU Deconfiguration (CPU Gard) . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
Service Processor System Monitoring - Surveillance . . . . . . . . . . . 405
System Firmware Surveillance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
Operating System Surveillance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
Call-Out (Call-Home) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
Console Mirroring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
System Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
Service Processor Error Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
LCD Progress Indicator Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
Service Processor Operational Phases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
Pre-Standby Phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
Standby Phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
Bring-Up Phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
Run-Time Phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
Chapter 8. Using System Management Services . . . . . . . . . . . 415 416
Password Utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
Display Error Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
Remote Initial Program Load Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
SCSI Utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
Select Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
MultiBoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
Select Language. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
OK Prompt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
Exiting System Management Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
vi Service Guide
Chapter 9. Removal and Replacement Procedures . . . . . . . . . . 427
Handling Static-Sensitive Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
Powering Off and Powering On the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
Powering Off the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
Powering On the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
Powering Off and Powering On the System Using the Service Processor . . . 429
Hot-Pluggable FRUs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
I/O Drawer PCI Slot LED Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
PCI Adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
Non-Hot-Pluggable PCI Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
Hot-Pluggable PCI Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
Replacing a Hot-Pluggable PCI Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
Installing a Hot-Pluggable PCI Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
Removing a Hot-Pluggable PCI Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436
PCI Hot-Plug Manager Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
Accessing Hot-Plug Management Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
PCI Hot-Plug Manager Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
Memory Riser Cards and Memory DIMMs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442
Processor Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443
CEC Fans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444
CEC Backplane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
I/O Drawer Backplane Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448
RIO Card Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
CEC Drawer Power Distribution Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
I/O Drawer Power Distribution Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453
Power Supplies and Power Supply Fan Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . 454
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456
Power Supply Test Switch Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
Internal Disk Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460
Contents vii
Fan Controller Card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461
CD-ROM Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462
Tape Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463
Diskette Drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
Operator Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466
Rear Service Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
Front Service Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470
Chapter 10. Parts Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
CEC Drawer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472
I/O Drawer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477
CEC Drawer Internal Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481
Primary I/O Drawer Internal Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483
Secondary I/O Drawer Internal Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485
External Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487
Keyboards and Mouse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488
Keyboards and Mouse (Black) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490
Appendix A. Environmental Notices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 493
Product Recycling and Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 493
Environmental Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 493
Acoustical Noise Emissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 493
Declared Acoustical Noise Emissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 494
Noise Emission Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 494
Appendix B. Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 495
Appendix C. Service Processor Setup and Test . . . . . . . . . . . 497
Service Processor Setup Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497
Testing the Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498
Testing Call-In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498
Testing Call-Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498
Serial Port Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499
Appendix D. Modem Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
Sample Modem Configuration Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
Generic Modem Configuration Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
viii Service Guide
Specific Modem Configuration Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
Configuration File Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
Examples for Using the Generic Sample Modem Configuration Files . . . . 503
Customizing the Modem Configuration Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . 504
IBM 7852-400 DIP Switch Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
Xon/Xoff Modems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
Ring Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
Terminal Emulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
Recovery Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
Transfer of a Modem Session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507
Recovery Strategy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508
Prevention Strategy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508
Modem Configuration Sample Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509
Sample File modem_m0.cfg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509
Sample File modem_m1.cfg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511
Sample File modem_z.cfg. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513
Sample File modem_z0.cfg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515
Sample File modem_f.cfg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517
Sample File modem_f0.cfg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 519
Sample File modem_f1.cfg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521
Appendix E. Rack Drawer Rail Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525
Front Drawer-Stop Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525
Drawer Rail Assembly and Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526
Rails for an S00 Type Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526
Rails for a T00 Type Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526
Rail Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526
Cable Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 527
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 531
Contents ix
x Service Guide
Safety Notices
A danger notice indicates the presence of a hazard that has the potential of causing
death or serious personal injury. Danger notices appear on the following pages:
v xii
v 89
v 427
v 455
A caution notice indicates the presence of a hazard that has the potential of causing
moderate or minor personal injury. Caution notices appear on the following pages:
v xii
v xiii
v 89
v 427
v 462
v 469
For a translation of the safety notices contained in this book, see the System Unit
Safety Information, order number SA23-2652.
Rack Safety Instructions
v Do not install this unit in a rack where the internal rack ambient temperatures will
exceed 40 degrees C.
v Do not install this unit in a rack where the air flow is compromised. Any side, front or
back of the unit used for air flow through the unit must not be in direct contact with
the rack.
v Care should be taken to ensure that a hazardous condition is not created due to
uneven mechanical loading when installing this unit in a rack. If the rack has a
stabilizer it must be firmly attached before installing or removing this unit.
v Consideration should be given to the connection of the equipment to the supply
circuit so that overloading of circuits does not compromise the supply wiring or
overcurrent protection. To provide the correct power connection to the rack, refer to
the rating labels located on the equipment in the rack to determine the total power
requirement for the supply circuit.
v An electrical outlet that is not correctly wired could place hazardous voltage on the
metal parts of the system or the devices that attach to the system. It is the
responsibility of the customer to ensure that the outlet is correctly wired and
grounded to prevent an electrical shock.
xi
Electrical Safety
Observe the following safety instructions any time you are connecting or disconnecting
devices attached to the workstation.
DANGER
An electrical outlet that is not correctly wired could place hazardous voltage
on metal parts of the system or the devices that attach to the system. It is the
Before installing or removing signal cables, ensure that the power cables for
the system unit and all attached devices are unplugged.
When adding or removing any additional devices to or from the system,
ensure that the power cables for those devices are unplugged before the
signal cables are connected. If possible, disconnect all power cables from the
existing system before you add a device.
Use one hand, when possible, to connect or disconnect signal cables to
prevent a possible shock from touching two surfaces with different electrical
potentials.
During an electrical storm, do not connect cables for display stations, printers,
telephones, or station protectors for communications lines.
CAUTION:
This product is equipped with a three-wire power cable and plug for the users
safety. Use this power cable with a properly grounded electrical outlet to avoid
electrical shock.
DANGER
Do not attempt to open the covers of the power supply. Power supplies are
not serviceable and are to be replaced as a unit.
CAUTION:
This unit has more than one power supply cord. To reduce the risk of electrical
shock, disconnect two power supply cords before servicing.
xii Service Guide
Laser Safety Information
CAUTION:
This product may contain a CD-ROM which is a class 1 laser product.
Laser Compliance
All lasers are certified in the U.S. to conform to the requirements of DHHS 21 CFR
Subchapter J for class 1 laser products. Outside the U.S., they are certified to be in
compliance with the IEC 825 (first edition 1984) as a class 1 laser product. Consult the
label on each part for laser certification numbers and approval information.
CAUTION:
All IBM laser modules are designed so that there is never any human access to
laser radiation above a class 1 level during normal operation, user maintenance,
or prescribed service conditions. Data processing environments can contain
equipment transmitting on system links with laser modules that operate at
greater than class 1 power levels. For this reason, never look into the end of an
optical fiber cable or open receptacle. Only trained service personnel should
perform the inspection or repair of optical fiber cable assemblies and receptacles.
Preface xiii
xiv Service Guide
Data Integrity and Verification
IBM computer systems contain mechanisms designed to reduce the possibility of
undetected data corruption or loss. This risk, however, cannot be eliminated. Users who
experience unplanned outages, system failures, power fluctuations or outages, or
component failures must verify the accuracy of operations performed and data saved or
transmitted by the system at or near the time of the outage or failure. In addition, users
must establish procedures to ensure that there is independent data verification before
relying on such data in sensitive or critical operations. Users should periodically check
the IBM support websites for updated information and fixes applicable to the system and
related software.
xv
xvi Service Guide
About This Book
This book provides maintenance information that is specific to the RS/6000 Enterprise
Server Model H80, Eserver pSeries 660 Models 6H0 and 6H1, as well as adapters
and attached devices that do not have their own service information. It also contains
maintenance analysis procedures (MAPs) that are not common to other systems. In this
book, the RS/6000 Enterprise Server Model H80, Eserver pSeries 660 Models 6H0
and 6H1 is hereafter referred to as the system.
This book also contains Maintenance Analysis Procedures (MAPs) that are not common
to other systems. MAPs that are common to all systems are contained in the RS/6000
and Eserver pSeries Diagnostics Information for Multiple Bus Systems.
This book is used by the service technician to repair system failures. This book
assumes that the service technician has had training on the system unit.
ISO 9000
ISO 9000 registered quality systems were used in the development and manufacturing
of this product.
Online Publications
RS/6000 and pSeries publications are available online. To access the online books, visit
our Web site at: http://www.rs6000.ibm.com/resource/hardware_docs/
Related Publications
The following publications are available:
v The System Unit Safety Information, order number SA23-2652, contains translations
of safety information used throughout this book.
v The RS/6000 Enterprise Server Model H80 Eserver pSeries 660 Models 6H0 and
6H1 Installation Guide, order number SA38-0575, contains information on how to set
up and cable the system, install and remove options, and verify system operation.
v The RS/6000 Enterprise Server Model H80 Eserver pSeries 660 Models 6H0 and
6H1 Users Guide, order number SA38-0565, contains information on how to use the
system, use diagnostics, use service aids, and verify system operations.
v The 7014 Model T00 and T42 Rack Installation and Service Guide, order number
SA38-0577, contains information regarding the 7014 Model T00 and T42 Rack, in
which the RS/6000 Enterprise Server Model H80, Eserver pSeries 660 Models 6H0
and 6H1 may be installed.
v The RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries Diagnostics Information for Multiple Bus
Systems, order number SA38-0509, contains common diagnostic procedures, error
codes, service request numbers, and failing function codes. This manual is intended
for trained service technicians.
xvii
v The RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for
Multiple Bus Systems, order number SA38-0516, contains information about
adapters, external devices, and cabling. This manual is intended to supplement
information found in the RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries Diagnostics Information for
Multiple Bus Systems.
v The PCI Adapter Placement Reference, order number SA38-0538, contains
information regarding slot restrictions for adapters that can be used in this system.
v The Site and Hardware Planning Information, order number SA38-0508, contains
information to help you plan your installation.
v The SP Systems Service Guide, order number GA22-7442, which contains servicing
information for SP systems.
v The Clustered Eserver Installation and Service Guide., order number GA22-7863,
which contains service and installation information for clustered Eserversystems.
Trademarks
The following terms are trademarks of International Business Machines Corporation in
the United States, other countries, or both:
v AIX
v RS/6000
v pSeries
v e(logo)
Other company, product, and service names may be trademarks or service marks of
others.
xviii Service Guide
Chapter 1. Reference Information
This chapter provides an overview of the system, including a logical description and a
physical overview. Additional details pertaining to the system are also provided. These
include:
v Memory overview and placement
v General description of the operator panel
v Cabling rules
v System location rules and descriptions
v Powering on and off the system
v Power flow
v Data flow
Overview
The RS/6000 Enterprise Server Model H80, Eserver pSeries 660 Models 6H0 and
6H1 are multiprocessor, multibus systems packaged in drawers. The processors and
memory are packaged in a 5 EIA-unit central electronics complex (CEC drawer), and
the I/O devices are in a 5 EIA-unit I/O drawer. The basic system consists of one CEC
drawer and one I/O drawer in the same rack. Connections between the CEC drawer
and I/O drawers are made through a number of cables, which include the V/S COMM
cable, RIO (remote input/output) cables, and JTAG cable.
Processors
The Model H80 and Model 6H1 can have one to six processors, of either of two
processor types, in various configurations:
v Minimum configuration is one 450 MHz processor, which has 2 MB of L2 cache.
v Two or four 450 MHz processors, each with 4 MB of L2 cache.
v Six 500 MHz processors, each with 4 MB of L2 cache.
OR
v Minimum configuration is either one 600 MHz processor, which has 2 MB of L2
cache, or one 750 MHz processor, which has 8 MB of L2 cache.
The Model 6H0 can have one to four processors, of either of two processor types, in
various configurations:
v Minimum configuration is one 450 MHz processor, which has 2 MB of L2 cache.
OR
1
v Minimum configuration is either one 600 MHz processor, which has 2 MB of L2
cache, or one 750 MHz processor, which has 8 MB of L2 cache.
Memory
v 256 MB (minimum) to 32 GB (maximum)
v One or two memory riser cards; each riser card has sixteen sockets. 128 MB, 256
MB, 512 MB, and 1 GB dual inline memory modules (DIMMs) are available.
v Certain 32 MB DIMMs from older RS/6000 systems can also be used when
upgrading the system memory.
Power is provided to the system rack through an ac power cord that is connected to a
distribution bus. Power is connected from the distribution bus to each drawer
independently. All drawers use 200 - 240 V ac power or -48 V dc power.
The primary I/O drawer has the following:
v 14 PCI slots
v System operator panel
v SPCN controller
v Interrupt and system bus control logic
v Service processor
v Optional boot DASDs
v Various connectors, including four serial port connectors, on the back of the drawer
for the attachment of external devices.
Note: Serial ports 1 and 2 can only be used to access the service processor menus.
No heartbeat-type devices or cables can be used on these ports.
Heartbeat-type devices or cables must be installed on serial port 3 or serial
port 4.
The PCI bus speeds are as follows:
v Up to 33 Mhz for the four 32-bit slots at 5 V
v Up to 66 Mhz for the ten 64-bit slots at 3.3 V
Slots 1-5, 8-10, 13 and 14 support either 32- or 64-bit PCI adapters. The remaining
slots are 32-bit only.
The primary I/O drawer has space for up to three media devices (tape, CD-ROM, and
diskette drive). Two optional disk drives can occupy PCI slots 13 and 14.
The system data flow diagrams are shown in Data Flow with One-Way Processor on
page 3 and Data Flow with Two- to Six-Way Processor on page 4.
2 Service Guide
Data Flow with One-Way Processor
L2
Processor Card (1 way only)
6XX
Bus 0
P
Memory Card
(1 only is optional)
SMI BUS 0, 1
SMI
SMI
SMI
SMI
SMI
SMI
SMI BUS 2, 3
64-bit
PCI Bus 2
RIO
(2)
PCI Host Bridge
Memory
Controller
64-bit
PCI Bus 1
32-bit PCI Bus 0
PCI to PCI
Bridge 3
5V 5V
PCI to PCI
Bridge 2
5V 5V
3.3
V
3.3
V
3.3
V
3.3
V
3.3
V
3.3
V
3.3
V
3.3
V
3.3
V
3.3
V
PCI to PCI
Bridge 1
Converged Support
Processor
S
L
O
T
2
S
L
O
T
1
S
L
O
T
6
S
L
O
T
3
S
L
O
T
7
S
L
O
T
13
S
L
O
T
14
S
L
O
T
10
S
L
O
T
4
S
L
O
T
5
S
L
O
T
8
S
L
O
T
9
S
L
O
T
11
S
L
O
T
12
SCSI
10/100
Enet
256 MB - 16 GB
Chapter 1. Reference Information 3
Data Flow with Two- to Six-Way Processor
L2
2-Way System
6XX
Bus 0
L2
P
P
L2
L2
P
6XX
Bus 1
Memory Cards
(1 or 2)
256 MB - 32 GB
SMI BUS 0, 1
SMI
SMI
SMI
SMI
SMI BUS 2, 3
64-bit
PCI Bus 2
RIO
(2)
6-Way System
L2
L2
P
4-Way System
OR
L2
L2
P
P P
P
PCI Host Bridge
Memory
Controller
64-bit
PCI Bus 1
32-bit PCI Bus 0
10/100
Enet
PCI to PCI
Bridge 3
3.3
V
3.3
V
5V
PCI to PCI
Bridge 2
3.3
V
3.3
V
5V 5V 3.3
V
3.3
V
3.3
V
3.3
V
5V 3.3
V
3.3
V
PCI to PCI
Bridge 1
Converged Support
Processor
S
L
O
T
2
S
L
O
T
1
S
L
O
T
7
S
L
O
T
6
S
L
O
T
5
S
L
O
T
3
S
L
O
T
8
S
L
O
T
11
S
L
O
T
10
S
L
O
T
4
S
L
O
T
9
S
L
O
T
12
S
L
O
T
13
S
L
O
T
14
SCSI
Powering the System On and Off
The system can be powered on after the following cables are connected:
v V/S COMM Cable
v All RIO cables
v All SPCN cables
v JTAG Cable
v All PCI cables to supported drawers
4 Service Guide
After the required cables are installed, and the power cables are connected, the power
button on the primary I/O drawer operator panel can be pushed to initialize the system.
Progress indicators, also referred to as checkpoints, are visible on the primary I/O
drawer operator panel display and the power LED on the primary I/O drawer stops
blinking and stays on, indicating the system power is on.
The CEC drawer and secondary I/O drawers are powered on through the primary I/O
drawer system power control network (SPCN). When power is applied, the power LEDs
on the CEC drawer and primary I/O drawer go from blinking to on continuously, and the
power LED on the secondary I/O drawer comes on and stays on. This indicates that
power levels are satisfactory in the drawers.
If the system is operating under AIX, type the shutdown command to power off the
system. If you cannot use this method, you can power off the system by pressing the
primary I/O drawer operator-panel power button.
Attention: Using the operator-panel power pushbutton to power off the system can
cause unpredictable results in the data files, and the next IPL will take longer to
complete.
For complete details on how to power on and off the system, go to Powering Off and
Powering On the System on page 429 and System Power-On Methods on page 398.
Console Strategy
The firmware starts a console-selection sequence at system boot time if any of the
following is true:
v A console has not yet been selected.
v A previous console-selection sequence timed-out.
v A change in the system configuration affects the console (keyboard
installed/removed, mouse installed/removed, graphics adapter installed/removed or
moved to another PCI slot).
The console-selection sequence allows you to select (from the appropriate input device)
any one of the available console devices. If no console is selected within approximately
60 seconds, serial port 1 (S1) is selected as the console and the selection sequence
times-out.
Attention: If an ASCII terminal is attached to serial port 1 (S1), and there is any
interaction with this terminal, then:
v After OK displays in the operator panel
AND
v Before the power-on sequence is initiated
the firmware will use this terminal as the console, regardless of the previous console
selection.
After a console has been selected, the console-selection sequence is only started at
boot time if there is a change in the system configuration (as described above), or the
contents of the systems nonvolatile memory (NVRAM) are lost.
Note: Moving an ASCII terminal from one serial port to another (from S1 to S2) cannot
be detected by the firmware, so it does not constitute a configuration change.
You can also initiate a system console-selection sequence from the SMS menus.
Power-On Self-Test
After power is turned on and before the operating system is loaded, the system does a
power-on self-test (POST). This test performs checks to ensure that the hardware is
functioning correctly before the operating system is loaded. During the POST, a POST
screen displays, and POST indicators appear on the firmware console (if one is
connected). The next section describes the POST indicators and functions that can be
accessed during the POST.
POST Indicators
POST indicators indicate tests that are being performed as the system is preparing to
load the operating system. The POST indicators are words that display on the system
console. Each time that the system starts a different step in the POST, a POST
indicator word appears on the console. Each word is an indicator of the tests that are
being performed.
The POST screen displays the following words:
Memory Memory test
Keyboard Initialize the keyboard and mouse. The time period for pressing a key
to access the System Management Services, or to initiate a service
mode boot is now open. See POST Keys for more information.
Network Self-test on network adapters
SCSI Adapters are being initialized
Speaker Sounds an audible tone at the end of POST
POST Keys
The POST keys, if pressed after the keyboard POST indicator displays and before the
last POST indicator speaker displays, cause the system to start services or to initiate
service mode boots used for configuring the system and diagnosing problems. The keys
are described below:
Note: The program function keys (F1-F12) on a keyboard attached to the I/O drawer
are not used and will be ignored. After the keyboard POST indicator displays,
you must use the numeric number keys to enter input.
6 Service Guide
1 Key
The numeric 1 key, when pressed during POST, starts the System Management
Services (SMS) interface.
5 Key
The numeric 5 key, when pressed during POST, initiates a system boot in service mode
using the default service mode boot list.
This mode attempts to boot from the first device of each type found in the list. It does
not search for other bootable devices of that type if the first device is not bootable.
Instead, it continues to the next device type in the list. The firmware supports up to five
entries in the boot list.
The default boot sequence is:
1. Diskette
2. CD-ROM
3. Hard file
4. Tape drive (if installed)
5. Network
a. Token ring
b. Ethernet
6 Key
The numeric 6 key works like the numeric 5 key, except that firmware uses the
customized service mode bootlist that was set up using the AIX service aids.
8 Key
To enter the open firmware command line, press the numeric 8 key after the word
keyboard displays and before the last word speaker displays during startup. After you
press the 8 key, the remaining POST indicators display until initialization completes.
When initialization and POST are complete, the open firmware command line (an OK
prompt) displays.
The open firmware command line should only be used by service personnel to obtain
additional debug information.
To exit from the open firmware command prompt, type reset-all or power off the
system and reboot.
System Unit Locations
The system consists of a minimum of two drawers in one rack: the CEC drawer and the
primary I/O drawer. These two components are connected by cables that transmit data
and control signals. An additional I/O drawer can be added if further expansion of the
system is required. The following figure shows the units.
R
CEC Drawer
(5 EIA Units)
Primary
I/O Drawer
(5 EIA Units)
8 Service Guide
CEC Drawer Front View
1
1 Power-On LED
CEC Drawer Top View
1 Fan 8 U1.1-F8 2 Fan 7 U1.1-F7
3 Fan 2 U1.1-F2 4 Fan 1 U1.1-F1
5 Power Supply 1 with
Fan 5 U1.1-V1
Fan 6 U1.1-V2
or Cooling Unit Fan 9
U1.1-F9
7 Fan 4 U1.1-F4 8 Fan 3 U1.1-F3
10 Service Guide
CEC Drawer Rear View
1
2 3 4
5
6
1 V/S COMM 2 RIO 0
3 RIO 1 4 JTAG
5 Fan 7 6 Fan 8
Primary I/O Drawer Front View
1
2
3
R
1 CD-ROM drive 2 Operator panel
3 Tape drive (optional)
Primary I/O Drawer Top View
1 Fan 2 U0.1-F2 2 Fan 1 U0.1-F1
Fan 5 U0.1-V1
Fan 6 U0.1-V2
U0.1-F9
12 Service Guide
5 Fan 4 U0.1-F4 6 Fan 3 U0.1-F3
Primary I/O Drawer Rear View
1
9
10
18
17
19
11 12 13 14 15 16
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2
3 4 5 6 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7
P1
1 Ethernet connector 2 SCSI connector
3 Debug 4 Mouse connector
5 Serial port 1 6 Serial port 2
7 J11 (SPCN 1
connector)
8 J14 (SPCN 3
connector, reserved)
9 V/S COMM 10 JTAG connector
11 Parallel port 12 Keyboard connector
13 Serial port 3 14 Serial port 4
15 J15 (SPCN 2
connector)
16 J16 (SPCN 4
connector)
17 Hot-Plug LED (one for
each adapter)
18 RIO 1 connector
19 RIO 0 connector
14 Service Guide
Primary I/O Drawer Front View with Covers Removed
1
4
5
6
7
2 3
R
1 Bay A - Diskette drive 2 Bay B - CD-ROM drive
3 Bay C - Operator panel 4 Bay D - Tape drive
(optional)
5 Power supply 2 6 Power supply LEDs
7 Power supply 1
Secondary I/O Drawer Front View
1
2
3
1 Optional media bay 2 Operator panel
3 Optional media bay
Secondary I/O Drawer Top View
1 Fan 2 U0.2-F2 2 Fan 1 U0.2-F1
Fan 5 U0.2-V1
Fan 6 U0.2-V2
U0.2-F9
16 Service Guide
5 Fan 4 U0.2-F4 6 Fan 3 U0.2-F3
Secondary I/O Drawer Rear View
1
2
3 4
5
7 6
1 2 3 4 5 6 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
8
7
P1
1 RIO 1 connector 2 RIO 0 connector
3 SCSI connector 4 J11 (SPCN 1
connector)
5 J14 (SPCN 3
connector)
6 J16 (SPCN 2
connector)
7 J15 (SPCN 4
connector)
8 Hot-plug LED (one for
each adapter)
18 Service Guide
PCI Board Locations
PCI
Slot I1
PCI
Slot I7
PCI
Slot I8
PCI
Slot I14
Battery
Socket
System Board Locations
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
9
8
1 Power distribution board connector 2 Processor card connecter
3 Memory riser card 1 connector 4 Memory riser card 2 connector
5 JTAG connector 6 RIO 1 connector
7 RIO 0 connector 8 V/S COMM connector
9 SPCN connector
20 Service Guide
Memory Riser Card and Memory DIMM Locations
(15) A (16) A
(14) B
(12) C
(10) D
(8) D
(6) C
(4) B
(2) A
(13) B
(11) C
(9) D
(7) D
(5) C
(3) B
(1) A
Location Code Memory DIMMs
U1.1-P1-M1.n Memory DIMMs on riser card 1 (n denotes
DIMM number)
U1.1-P1-M2.n Memory DIMMs on riser card 2 (n denotes
DIMM number)
U1.1-P1-M1.1 x2 Memory pair A (DIMMs 1 and 15)
U1.1-P1-M1.1 x4 Memory quad A (DIMMs 1, 2, 15, 16)
U1.1-P1-M1.3 x4 Memory quad B (DIMMs 3, 4, 13, 14)
U1.1-P1-M1.5 x4 Memory quad C (DIMMs 5, 6, 11, 12)
U1.1-P1-M1.7 x4 Memory quad D (DIMMs 7, 8, 9, 10)
U1.1-P1-M2.1 x2 Memory pair A (DIMMs 1 and 15)
U1.1-P1-M2.1 x4 Memory quad A (DIMMs 1, 2, 15, 16)
U1.1-P1-M2.3 x4 Memory quad B (DIMMs 3, 4, 13, 14)
U1.1-P1-M2.5 x4 Memory quad C (DIMMs 5, 6, 11, 12)
U1.1-P1-M2.7 x4 Memory quad D (DIMMs 7, 8, 9, 10)
U1.1-P1-M1.1 x16 All memory DIMMs on riser card 1
U1.1-P1-M2.1 x16 All memory DIMMs on riser card 2
U1.1-P1-M1 x2 All memory DIMMs on riser cards 1 and 2
One-Way Processor Card Memory DIMM Locations
(8) A
(7) B
(6) C
(5) D
(3) C
(4) D
(2) B
(1) A
Location Code Memory DIMMs
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn Memory DIMMs on processor card (n denotes
DIMM number)
U1.1-P1-C1-M1 x2 Memory pair A (DIMMs 1 and 8)
U1.1-P1-C1-M2 x2 Memory pair B (DIMMs 2 and 7)
U1.1-P1-C1-M3 x2 Memory pair C (DIMMs 3 and 6)
U1.1-P1-C1-M4 x2 Memory pair D (DIMMs 4 and 5)
U1.1-P1-C1-M1 x8 All memory DIMMs on processor card
22 Service Guide
Primary I/O Drawer Operator Panel
R
1 2
5
3
4
6
1 Power on/off button 2 Power on/off LED
3 Operator panel display 4 Reset button
5 Service processor
reset button opening
6 Disturbance or system
attention LED
Note: The service processor reset button should only be activated as part of a service
action and must therefore be activated very carefully. An insulated paper clip is
recommended. Unbend the clip so that it has a straight section about two inches
long. Insert the clip straight into the hole, keeping the clip perpendicular to the
plastic bezel. When you engage the reset switch, you should feel the detent of
the switch. After you press the switch, the service processor resets and then
shuts down the system.
Secondary I/O Drawer Operator Panel
1 2
1 Power present LED 2 Disturbance or system
attention LED
24 Service Guide
SCSI IDs and Bay Locations
The following figure shows the SCSI IDs for media devices. The SCSI IDs for media
devices installed at the factory are set using jumpers on the drives when they are
installed. The SCSI IDs are set as shown in the following figure.
1
2
R
Note: The SCSI IDs shown for media devices indicate how the IDs are set when the
system is shipped from the factory.
1 CD-ROM drive (SCSI
ID= 1)
2 Tape drive (SCSI ID=
0)
System Memory
Two slots are available for system memory riser cards. The system memory riser cards
are located for easy access in the CEC drawer. (These slots are shown in System
Board Locations on page 20.) Each memory riser card has 16 DIMM slots.
Four sizes of DIMMs are available: 128 MB, 256 MB, 512 MB and 1 GB. In addition,
certain 32 MB DIMMS from earlier RS/6000 systems can also be used.
One-Way Processor Memory Placement Rules
The rules for one-way processor memory are as follows:
v Minimum memory is 1 pair of DIMMs in slots 1 and 8 (see One-Way Processor Card
Memory DIMM Locations on page 22).
v Maximum memory is 4 DIMM pairs in slots 1 through 8 (see One-Way Processor
Card Memory DIMM Locations on page 22).
v Each memory riser slot must have a memory filler card installed.
v When you are installing a memory riser card:
Memory DIMMs must be moved from the one-way processor card to the memory
riser card.
The memory riser card must then have a minimum of four DIMMS (1 quad).
Riser Card Memory Placement Rules
The rules for riser card memory are as follows:
v Memory quads must contain DIMMs of equal memory size.
v Quad memory size may be mixed on a riser card.
v The minimum memory is four DIMMs. This memory must occupy quad A, which is
slots 1, 2, 15, and 16 (see Memory Riser Card and Memory DIMM Locations on
page 21).
v Populate the riser card starting with quad A and continuing with quads B, C, and D
(see Memory Riser Card and Memory DIMM Locations on page 21).
26 Service Guide
I/O Drawer Features
I/O drawers may have two redundant power supplies. One of these power supplies is
capable of providing the necessary voltages and currents independently of the other.
The left and right power supply output voltages are connected and monitored by the
power distribution board contained in the 5 EIA-unit I/O drawer. Both power supplies
provide +12 V dc to the fans in the drawer to ensure sufficient cooling if one of the
supplies fails. However, the short circuit prevention is on the I/O board to protect
against shorts in one output, thus causing the +12 V dc to fail completely.
The left and right power supplies are hot-pluggable and may be changed one-at-a-time
while the system is operational. Each power supply provides 5 V dc, 3.3 V dc, 12 V dc,
and 5 V dc standby power.
The 5 V dc standby power is provided by both power supplies; this can be done
because the power supplies contain overload protection against one supply shorting the
other. Standby power (5 V dc) is provided to the part of the primary I/O drawer planar
on which the SPCN and service processor logic reside.
I/O Drawer Addressing
I/O drawer addressing refers to the drawer number that is displayed in the operator
panel on secondary I/O drawers. This address is the drawers location in the RIO
(remote I/O) loop. The drawer number is displayed in the form U0.n, where n is the
drawer number. The primary I/O drawer number is 1 by default, but it is not displayed
on the operator panel. The first time that the system is booted after a service action or
configuration change that involves an I/O drawer or its backplane, the system may
detect a duplicate or incorrect I/O drawer number. This situation can result in duplicate
or incorrect drawer numbers being displayed when the system is booting up. The final
drawer number will be assigned and displayed, when the bootup is complete. The
drawer numbers are not reassigned unless a service action or configuration change
occurs.
When ac power has been disconnected from the system or from a drawer, then
reconnected, the I/O drawer address temporarily displays in the format *0n, where n is
the drawer number. After the system is powered on, and the boot sequence has been
initiated, the drawer numbers are restored to the U0.n format.
I/O Drawer and Power Supply LED Status
The following table summarizes the possible conditions of I/O drawer and power supply
LEDs:
Status of LED Operator Panel LED Right Power Supply
LED
Left Power Supply
LED
Off No power connected No power connected
or system power
connected, not turned
on, power supply
detects NO faults
No power connected
or system power
on, power supply
detects NO faults
On, blinking green System power
on
System power
on, power supply
detected fault
System power
on, power supply
detected fault
On, steady green System power
connected and turned
on
System power
on
System power
on
28 Service Guide
Message Hierarchy for Secondary I/O Drawer Operator Panel
The messages that are displayed in the operator panel on secondary I/O drawers are
arranged hierarchically, from highest priority to lowest priority. The message hierarchy is
as follows:
1. 8-character error code
This indicates a critical error; the drawer power will be shut down. Standby power is
still on, so the error message is still displayed in the operator panel. The I/O drawer
Attention LED will be on. The error code displays on the top line of the display
panel, left-justified. A FRU part number may also be displayed, right-justified, in the
second line of the display.
2. 8-character informational message
This is a noncritical message, so the drawer power will not be shut down. The
message should be investigated to see if service actions are indicated. A FRU part
number may also be displayed, right-justified, in the second line of the display.
When 8-character codes are displayed, they are in the form 10n1xxxx, where n is
the drawer number.
3. 8-character checkpoint
There is one 8-character checkpoint that will be displayed, 10n100AA, where n is the
drawer number. This checkpoint indicates that the system power control network
firmware is being updated, and the checkpoint will be displayed for approximately
15 seconds. This is the only checkpoint that displays on a secondary I/O drawer
operator panel.
4. Drawer number
This will be in the form U0.n, where n is the drawer number. This message will
normally be displayed unless a higher-level message is required.
When ac power has been disconnected from the system, then reconnected, the I/O
drawer addresses on the secondary drawers will temporarily display in the format
*0n, where n is the drawer number. After the system is powered on, and the boot
sequence has been initiated, the drawer numbers are restored to the U0.n format.
Primary I/O Drawer Operator Panel Behavior During Power-On
After Connecting AC Power
Drawer State Power LED Drawer Operator Panel
Display
Standby Blinking slowly 8xxx checkpoints followed by
OK
System power On Blinking fast 9xxx checkpoints ending with
E1FF
Receive firmware command On solid Exxx checkpoints ending with
E105
Thereafter On solid 0xxx checkpoints ending with a
blank display
After Power is Removed Because of a Breakdown
Display
Standby Blinking slowly OK is displayed
System power On Blinking fast 9xxx checkpoints ending with
E1FF
Receive firmware command On solid Exxx checkpoints ending with
E105
Thereafter On solid 0xxx checkpoints ending with a
blank display
Critical error codes are posted on the top line (left-justified) of the drawer display with
the attention light on solid. Any location codes are posted on the bottom line
(left-justified).
Noncritical error codes are not posted. The drawer display remains blank with the
attention light on solid.
30 Service Guide
Secondary I/O Drawer Operator Panel Behavior During Power-On
After Connecting AC Power
Display
Standby Off Display shows a temporary
drawer ID
Receive firmware command to
power on
On solid Message based on Message
Hierarchy for Secondary I/O
Drawer Operator Panel on
page 29.
After Power is Removed Because of a Shutdown
Display
Standby Off Message based on Message
page 29
Receive firmware command to
power on
On solid Message based on Message
page 29
Logical and Physical Locations
The system uses physical location codes in conjunction with AIX location codes to
provide mapping of the failing field replaceable units (FRUs). The location codes are
produced by the system units firmware and the AIX operating system.
Physical Location Codes
Physical location codes provide a mapping of logical functions in a platform (or
expansion sites for logical functions, such as connectors or ports) to their specific
locations within the physical structure of the platform.
Location Code Format
The format for the location code is a string of alphanumeric characters separated by a
dash (-), slash (/), pound sign (#) or period (.) character. The base location is all of the
information preceding the slash (/) or pound sign (#). The base location identifies a
device that is connected to or plugged into the parent. Extended location information
follows the slash (/). Extended location information identifies a device that is part of the
parent, a connector, or a cable. Cable information follows the pound sign (#). Cable
information identifies a cable that is connector to parent. The following are examples:
v P1-C1 identifies a processor card C1 plugged into planar P1.
v P1-M1 identifies a memory card M1 plugged into planar P1.
v P1-K1 identifies a keyboard attached to K1 on planar P1.
v P1/S1 identifies serial port 1 controller on planar P1, the connector for serial port 1,
or the cable attached to serial port 1.
v P1-I2/E3 identifies an Ethernet controller 3 on the card in slot 2 (I2) on planar P1, the
connector for Ethernet controller 3, or the cable attached to Ethernet controller 3.
v P1-I2#E3 identifies the cable attached to Ethernet controller 3 on the card in slot 2
(I2) on planar P1.
The period (.) identifies sublocations (DIMMs on a memory card, SCSI addresses,
cables). The following are examples:
v P1-M1.4 identifies DIMM 4 on memory card 1 plugged into planar P1.
v P1-C1.1 identifies processor 1 plugged into processor card 1 which is plugged into
planar P1.
v U0.1-P1/Z1A3 identifies a SCSI device with SCSI ID 3 attached to SCSI bus 1 on
planar 1 in the primary I/O drawer.
v P2-Z1-A3.1 identifies a SCSI device with SCSI address of LUN 1 at SCSI ID 3
attached to SCSI bus 1 from planar 2.
v P1-I2#E3.2 identifies the second in a series of cables attached to Ethernet controller
3 on the card in slot 2 (I2) on planar P1.
Depending on the AIX and firmware levels, AIX diagnostics may include the extended
location information when identifying a planar or card. The extended location
information or cable information is always included when identifying a cable or
connector. Location codes with extended location information that are displayed without
a description identifying the devices always identify the cable attached to the port.
32 Service Guide
Multiple FRU Callout Instructions
If an eight-digit error code appears in the operator panel display or in Chapter 5, Error
Code to FRU Index on page 163, a location code for a failing part may also be
specified. If the location code includes a blank space followed by a lowercase x
followed by a number, this is an error code with multiple FRU callouts. This error can
typically happen with memory DIMMs, memory riser cards, or processors and may
involve mixed types of parts. In this case, check the systems configuration FRU part
numbers to determine the appropriate set of FRUs.
For example, if the location code U1.1-P1-M1.1 x2 was displayed, this indicates
memory pair A (two DIMMs) on the first memory riser card was suspected.
You can determine the FRU part numbers of the electronic assemblies in the system in
two ways:
v Using the service processor menus
From the general user menu, select Read VPD Image from Last System Boot,
then enter 90 to display detailed vital product data (VPD).
v Using the lscfg -vp | pg command on the AIX command line
Type the following command: lscfg -vp | pg to display the detailed VPD of all
assemblies. Notice that the FRU part number information for processors and memory
DIMMs may be at the bottom of the command output.
AIX Location Codes
The basic formats of the AIX location codes are as follows:
v For non-SCSI devices/drives:
AB-CD-EF-GH
v For SCSI devices/drives:
AB-CD-EF-G,H
For planars, cards, and non-SCSI devices, the location code is defined as follows:
AB-CD-EF-GH
| | | |
| | | Device/FRU/Port ID
| | Connector ID
| devfunc Number, Adapter Number or Physical Location
Bus Type or PCI Parent Bus
v The AB value identifies a bus type or PCI parent bus as assigned by the firmware.
v The CD value identifies adapter number, adapters devfunc number, or physical
location. The devfunc number is defined as the PCI device number times 8, plus the
function number.
v The EF value identifies a connector.
v The GH value identifies a port, address, device, or FRU.
Adapters and cards are identified only with AB-CD.
The possible values for CD depend on the adapter/card. For pluggable PCI
adapters/cards, CD is the devices devfunc number (PCI device number times 8, plus
the function number). The C and D are characters in the range of 0-9, and A-F (hex
numbers). The location codes therefore uniquely identify multiple adapters on individual
PCI cards.
EF is the connector ID, used to identify the adapters connector to which a resource is
attached.
GH is used to identify a port, device, or FRU. For example:
v For async devices, GH defines the port on the fanout box. The values are 00 to 15.
v For a diskette drive, H identifies either diskette drive 1 or 2. G is always 0.
v For all other devices, GH is equal to 00.
For integrated adapter, EF-GH is the same as the definition for a pluggable adapter. For
example, the location code for a diskette drive is 01-D1-00-00. A second diskette drive
is 01-D1-00-01.
34 Service Guide
For SCSI devices, the location code is defined as follows:
AB-CD-EF-G,H
| | | | |
| | | | Logical Unit address of the SCSI Device
| | | Control Unit Address of the SCSI Device
| | Connector ID
| devfunc Number, Adapter Number or Physical Location
Bus Type or PCI Parent Bus
Where:
v AB-CD-EF are the same as non-SCSI devices.
v G defines the control unit address of the device. Values of 0 to 15 are valid.
v H defines the logical unit address of the device. Values of 0 to 255 are valid.
A bus location code is also generated as 00-XXXXXXXX, where XXXXXXXX is
equivalent to the nodes unit address.
Examples of physical location codes and AIX location codes are:
1. PCI adapter in primary I/O drawer, slot 1
v Location Code U0.1-P1-I1
v AIX Location Code 11-08
2. PCI adapter in secondary I/O drawer, slot 1
v Location Code U0.2-P1-I1
v AIX Location Code 51-08
AIX and Physical Location Code Reference Tables
The following tables contain location codes that are used to identify functional units in
the system. Each of the following tables shows the locations for a physical part of the
system.
FRU Name Location Code AIX
Location
Code
Physical
Connection
Logical
Connection
CEC Drawer
CEC Drawer U1.1 00-00
CEC Backplane U1.1-P1 00-00
Processor Card U1.1-P1-C1 00-00 to
00-0A
Connector M03
Processor Card
Cache
U1.1-P1-C1 00-00
I/O Hub and
Interrupt Controller
U1.1-P1-C1 00-00
Regulator U1.1-P1-C1 00-00
Memory Controller U1.1-P1-C1 00-00
Memory DIMMs on
Processor Card
U1.1-P1-C1-M1 to
U1.1-P1-C1-M8
00-00 Refer to
One-Way
Processor Card
Memory DIMM
Locations on
page 22.
Memory Pair A on
Processor Card
U1.1-P1-C1-M1 x2 00-00 Refer to
One-Way
Processor Card
Memory DIMM
Locations on
page 22.
Memory Pair B on
Processor Card
U1.1-P1-C1-M2 x2 00-00 Refer to
One-Way
Processor Card
Memory DIMM
Locations on
page 22.
Memory Pair C on
Processor Card
U1.1-P1-C1-M3 x2 00-00 Refer to
One-Way
Processor Card
Memory DIMM
Locations on
page 22.
Memory Pair D on
Processor Card
U1.1-P1-C1-M4 x2 00-00 Refer to
One-Way
Processor Card
Memory DIMM
Locations on
page 22.
36 Service Guide
Location
Code
Physical
Connection
Logical
Connection
All memory DIMMs
on Processor Card
U1.1-P1-C1-M1 x8 00-00 Refer to
One-Way
Processor Card
Memory DIMM
Locations on
page 22.
Riser Card 1
Memory DIMMs 1 -
16
U1.1-P1-M1.1 to
U1.1-P1-M1.16
00-00 Refer to Memory
Riser Card and
Memory DIMM
Locations on
page 21.
Memory pair A on
riser card 1
U1.1-P1-M1.1 x2 00-00 Refer to Memory
Riser Card and
Memory DIMM
Locations on
page 21.
Memory quad A on
riser card 1
Riser Card and
Memory DIMM
Locations on
page 21.
Memory quad B on
riser card 1
Riser Card and
Memory DIMM
Locations on
page 21.
Memory quad C on
riser card 1
Riser Card and
Memory DIMM
Locations on
page 21.
Memory quad D on
riser card 1
Riser Card and
Memory DIMM
Locations on
page 21.
All memory on riser
card 1
Riser Card and
Memory DIMM
Locations on
page 21.
Riser Card 2
Memory DIMMs 1 -
16
U1.1-P1-M2.1 to
U1.1-P1-M2.16
00-00 Refer to Memory
Riser Card and
Memory DIMM
Locations on
page 21..
Location
Code
Physical
Connection
Logical
Connection
Memory quad A on
riser card 2
Riser Card and
Memory DIMM
Locations on
page 21.
Memory quad B on
riser card 2
Riser Card and
Memory DIMM
Locations on
page 21.
Memory quad C on
riser card 2
Riser Card and
Memory DIMM
Locations on
page 21.
Memory quad D on
riser card 2
Riser Card and
Memory DIMM
Locations on
page 21.
All memory on riser
card 2
Riser Card and
Memory DIMM
Locations on
page 21.
All memory (both
riser cards)
U1.1-P1-M1 x2 00-00 Connectors M01
and M02
RIO Port 0
Connector
U1.1-P1-C1/Q3
RIO Port 1
Connector
U1.1-P1-C1/Q2
RIO Port 0
Cable/Connector
U1.1-P1/Q3
RIO Port 1
Cable/Connector
U1.1-P1/Q2
V/S COMM
Connector
U1.1-P1/Q1
JTAG Connector U1.1-P1/Q4
Thermal Sensor U1.1-P1
Power Distribution
Card
U1.1-X1
Power Distribution
Card Connector 1
U1.1-X1/V1
38 Service Guide
Location
Code
Physical
Connection
Logical
Connection
Power Distribution
Card Connector 2
U1.1-X1/V2
Fan Controller Card U1.1-X2 PDB connector J3
LED Card U1.1-L1 PDB connector J6
Power Supply 1
(w/Fan 5)
U1.1-V1 PDB connector J2
Power Supply 2
(w/Fan 6)
Fan 1 U1.1-F1 Fan connector P3
on power supply
1
on power supply
1
on power supply
2
on power supply
2
Fan 7 U1.1-F7 PDB connector J7
Fan 8 U1.1-F8 PDB connector J7
Fan 9 U1.1-F9 In cooling unit
Primary I/O Drawer Locations
Primary I/O Drawer U0.1
Primary I/O
Backplane
U0.1-P1
Service Processor U0.1-P1
NVRAM U0.1-P1 Not used by
AIX
Service Processor
ISA Bridge
U0.1-P1 Not used by
AIX
Real Time Clock
(RTC)
U0.1-P1 Not used by
AIX
Timer U0.1-P1 Not used by
AIX
Interrupt Controller U0.1-P1 Not used by
AIX
DMA Controller U0.1-P1 Not used by
AIX
SPCN Controller U0.1-P1 I/O board
connector J2
Location
Code
Physical
Connection
Logical
Connection
Battery U0.1-P1-V3
Diskette Controller U0.1-P1/D1 01-D1
Diskette Drive
Connector
U0.1-P1-D1 01-D1-00-00 I/O board
connector J28
Keyboard Controller U0.1-P1/K1 01-K1-00
Keyboard Connector U0.1-P1-K1 01-K1-00-00
Mouse Controller U0.1-P1-K11 O1-K1-01
Mouse U0.1-P1-O1 01-K1-01-00
V/S COMM
Connector
U0.1-P1/Q1
JTAG Connector U0.1-P1/Q4 Not used by
AIX
I/O board
connector J9
Parallel Port U0.1-P1/R1 01-R1
Serial Port 1 U0.1-P1/S1 01-S1
RIO Bus Adapter U0.1-P1.1
RIO Port 0
Connector
U0.1-P1.1/Q1
RIO Port 1
Connector
U0.1-P1.1/Q2
PCI Bus Controller 1 U0.1-P1 00-fff7f09000
ISA Bus U0.1-P1 10-80
PCI to PCI Bridge 1 U0.1-P1 10-58 10-5A
10-5C 10-5E
PCI Slot 1 U0.1-P1/I1 10-58
PCI Slot 1 Content U0.1-P1-I1 11-08 thru
11-0F or
12-xx or
13-xx
PCI Slot 2 U0.1-P1/I2 10-5A
14-0F or
15-xx or
16-xx
PCI Slot 3 U0.1-P1/I3 10-5C
40 Service Guide
Location
Code
Physical
Connection
Logical
Connection
17-0F or
18-xx or
19-xx
PCI Slot 4 U0.1-P1/I4 10-5E
PCI Slot 4 Content U0.1-P1-I4 1A-08 thru
1A-0F or
1B-xx or
1C-xx
PCI Bus Controller 2 U0.1-P1 00-fff7f0a000
20-5B 20-5C
20-5E
PCI Slot 5 U0.1-P1/I5 20-58
21-0F or
22-xx or
23-xx
PCI Slot 6 (5V) U0.1-P1/I6 20-5A
24-0F or
25-xx or
26-xx
PCI Slot 7 (5V) U0.1-P1/I7 20-5B
27-0F or
28-xx or
29-xx
2A-0F or
2B-xx or
2C-xx
PCI Slot 9 Content U0.1-P1-I9 2D-08 thru
2D-0F or
2E-xx or
2F-xx
PCI to PCI Bridge 3 U0.1-P1 20-60 20-62
20-63 20-64
20-66
PCI Slot 10 U0.1-P1/10 20-60
Location
Code
Physical
Connection
Logical
Connection
31-0F or
32-xx or
33-xx
PCI Slot 11 (5V) U0.1-P1/I11 20-62
34-0F or
35-xx or
36-xx
PCI Slot 12 (5V) U0.1-P1/I12 20-63
37-0F or
38-xx or
39-xx
PCI Slot 13 U0.1-P1/I13 20-64
3A-0F or
3B-xx or
3C-xx
PCI Slot 14 U0.1-P1/I14 20-66
3D-0F or
3E-xx or
3F-xx
PCI Bus Controller 0 U0.1-P1 00-fff7f08000
Integrated Ethernet U0.1-P1/E1 40-58
Internal SCSI
Controller
U0.1-P1/Z1 40-60
CD-ROM drive U0.1-P1/Z1-A1 40-60-00-1
Tape drive U0.1-P1/Z1-A0 40-60-00-0
Internal DASD 1 U0.1-P1/Z1-A4 40-60-00-4
Internal DASD 2 U0.1-P1/Z1-A8 40-60-00-8
External SCSI
Controller
U0.1-P1/Z2 40-61
Thermal Sensor
(Right)
U0.1-P1
Thermal Sensor
(Left)
U0.1-P1
Power Distribution
Card
U0.1-X1
Power Distribution
Card Connector 1
U0.1-X1/V1
42 Service Guide
Location
Code
Physical
Connection
Logical
Connection
Power Distribution
Card Connector 2
U0.1-X1/V2
Operator Panel U0.1-L1 N/A I/O board
connector J3
System VPD Module U0.1-L1-N1
Thermal Sensor
(Ambient)
U0.1-L1
Power Supply 1
(w/Fan 5)
Power Supply 2
(w/Fan 6)
on power supply
1
on power supply
1
on power supply
2
on power supply
2
Service Processor
Firmware
U0.1-P1/Y2
System Firmware U0.1-P1/Y1
SPCN Firmware U0.1-P1/Y3
SPCN VPD U0.1-P1/Y4
Secondary I/O Drawer Locations
Secondary I/O
Drawer
U0.2
Secondary I/O
Backplane
U0.2-P1
SPCN Controller U0.2-P1 I/O board
connector J2
Ext. SCSI Connector U0.2-P1/Z1
RIO Bus Adapter U0.2-P1.1
RIO Port 0
Connector
U0.2-P1.1/Q1
Location
Code
Physical
Connection
Logical
Connection
RIO Port 1
Connector
U0.2-P1.1/Q2
PCI Bus Controller 1 U0.2-P1 00-fff7e09000
50-5C 50-5E
PCI Slot 1 U0.2-P1/I1 50-58
51-0F or
52-xx or
53-xx
PCI Slot 2 U0.2-P1/I2 50-5A
54-0F or
55-xx or
55-xx
57-0F or
58-xx or
59-xx
5A-0F or
5B-xx or
5C-xx
PCI Bus Controller 2 U0.2-P1 000fff7e0a000
60-5B 60-5C
60-5E
PCI Slot 5 U0.2-P1/I5 60-58
61-0F or
62-xx or
63-xx
PCI Slot 6 (5V) U0.2-P1/I6 60-5A
64-0F or
65-xx or
66-xx
PCI Slot 7 (5V) U0.2-P1/I7 60-5B
44 Service Guide
Location
Code
Physical
Connection
Logical
Connection
67-0F or
68-xx or
69-xx
6A-0F or
6B-xx or
6C-xx
6D-0F or
6E-xx or
6F-xx
PCI to PCI Bridge 3 U0.2-P1 60-60 60-62
60-63 60-64
60-66
PCI Slot 10 U0.2-P1/I10 60-60
71-0F or
72-xx or
73-xx
PCI Slot 11 (5V) U0.2-P1/I11 60-62
74-0F or
75-xx or
76-xx
PCI Slot 12 (5V) U0.2-P1-I12 60-63
77-0F or
78-xx or
79-xx
PCI Slot 13 U0.2-P1-/13 60-64
7A-0F or
7B-xx or
7C-xx
PCI Slot 14 U0.2-P1-/14 60-66
7D-0F or
7E-xx or
7F-xx
Thermal Sensor
(Right)
U0.2-P1
Location
Code
Physical
Connection
Logical
Connection
Thermal Sensor
(Left)
U0.2-P1
Power Distribution
Board
U0.2-X1
Power Distribution
Board Connector 1
U0.2-X1/V1
Power Distribution
Board Connector 2
U0.2-X1/V2
Operator Panel U0.2-L1 I/O board
connector J3
I/O Drawer VPD
Module
U0.2-L1-N1
Thermal Sensor
(Ambient)
U0.2-L1
Power Supply 1
(w/Fan 5)
Power Supply 2
(w/Fan6)
on power supply
1
on power supply
1
on power supply
2
on power supply
2
SPCN Firmware U0.2-P1/Y3
SPCN VPD U0.2-P1/Y4
SCSI Device Locations
SCSI Adapter
x=drawer number
y=PCI Slot number
z=connector
U0.x-P1-Iy/Zz AB-CD Where
AB-CD identifies
the adapters slot
Bus ID 15
46 Service Guide
Location
Code
Physical
Connection
Logical
Connection
Media Device (Bay
A1 or A2) When
connected to PCI
adapter in slot
U0.x-P1-Iy x=drawer
number y=PCI Slot
number z=connector
U0.x-P1-
Iy-Zz -Ai
AB-CD-00-15,0
Where AB-CD
identifies the
adapters slot
Bus ID 15
SCSI Backplane,
Bank C or D When
connected to PCI
adapter in slot
U0.x-P1-Iy x=drawer
number y=PCI Slot
number z=connector
U0.x-P1-
Iy-Zz -Bb
AB-CD-00-15,0
Where AB-CD
identifies the
adapters slot
Bus ID 15
Cabling the CEC Drawer, Primary I/O Drawer, and Secondary I/O Drawer
The minimum system consists of two drawers. The CEC drawer contains the system
processors, memory and supporting hardware. The primary I/O drawer contains PCI
adapters, operator panel, disk drives, and media drives. The Model H80 and Models
6H0 and 6H1 must have one primary I/O drawer, which contains the service processor
for the system. The system supports up to two I/O drawers in various rack
configurations.
There are two steps to connecting the CEC drawer to the I/O drawers.
1. Connect the cables that only connect the CEC drawer and the primary I/O drawer,
such as the JTAG and the V/S COMM cable.
2. Connecting the cables that connect the CEC drawer and all the I/O drawers in
loops, such as the RIO cables and the SPCN cables.
All power cables connect to the PDU. If a second PDU is specified along with
secondary drawer power supplies for all drawers,the secondary power supplies connect
to the secondary PDU.
Connecting JTAG and VS COM Cables
Use the following figure to connect the JTAG and V/S COMM cables.
CEC Drawer Attached to I/O Drawer
J TAG V/S COMM
V/S COMM
J TAG
Primary I/O
Drawer
CEC
Drawer
48 Service Guide
Connecting RIO and SPCN Cables
The RIO and SPCN cables provide two functions in the system: remote data bus
connection and power control. The following basic rules must be followed when
connecting these two types of cables:
v The I/O drawers must be connected in a loop fashion for both the RIO cables and
the SPCN cables. The loop connection provides redundant paths so that if a failure
occurs in part of a cable, the system will continue to operate. If a failure occurs, a
warning message is displayed on the system console but the system continues to
operate.
v One loop is required for the SPCN cabling. This loop begins and ends at the primary
I/O drawer.
v Two loops are possible for the RIO cabling, depending on the number and desired
configuration of I/O drawers. These loops begin and end at the primary I/O drawer.
RIO Cabling
The following rules apply to RIO cable connections:
v I/O drawers 0 and 1 are connected using the first RIO loop, which uses RIO ports 0
and 1 on the CEC drawer.
v The primary I/O drawer must be installed and connected to RIO port 0 of the CEC
drawer. The connection must be made from RI0 port 0 of the CEC drawer to RIO
port 0 of the primary I/O drawer. This connection is required to make the primary
drawer the first drawer in the loop, which allows the firmware to initialize the system.
The following figures provide cabling examples for all valid cabling configurations.
Match your configuration to the correct figure and connect your RIO cables as shown.
CEC Drawer Attached to One I/O Drawer
R1
R0
R0
R1
Primary I/O
Drawer
CEC
Drawer
50 Service Guide
CEC Drawer Attached to Two I/O Drawers
R1
R0
R0
R0
R1
R1
Primary I/O
Drawer
Secondary
I/O Drawer
CEC
Drawer
SPCN Cabling
The following figures provide cabling examples for all valid cabling configurations.
Match your configuration to the correct figure and connect your SPCN cables as shown.
CEC Drawer Attached to One I/O Drawer
J TAG V/S COMM
V/S COMM
J TAG
Primary I/O
Drawer
CEC
Drawer
Note: The V/S COMM cable includes SPCN signals in addition to other signals.
52 Service Guide
CEC Drawer Attached to Two I/O Drawers
J15
J15
J16
J16
Primary
I/O Drawer
Secondary
I/O Drawer
CEC
Drawer
V/S COMM
V/S COMM
System Cable Diagrams
The following diagrams show the system cable connections.
CEC Drawer Cable Diagram
Fan
Controller
Card
Power
LED
Fan 7
Fan 8
Power
Distribution
Board
System
Board
Power
Supply 1
3.3 V
3.3 V
3.3 V
Ground
Ground
5 V
5 V
Fan 1 Fan 2
Fan 5
CEC SPCN CEC SPCN
Misc
Power
Misc
Power
Power
Supply 2 or
Cooling
Unit
Fan 3 Fan 4
Fan 6
Fan 9
J4
J6
J3
J2
J1
J5
J7
54 Service Guide
Primary I/O Drawer Cable Diagram
Fan
Controller
Card
Power
Distribution
Board
DASD
Power
I/O Board
PCI Board
Op Panel
Op Panel
Power
Supply 1
3.3 V
3.3 V
Ground
Grd
5 V
5 V
Fan 1 Fan 2
Fan 5
CD-ROM
DASD 2
DASD 1
Term
Term
Optional
Media
Diskette
Diskette
Base SPCN
Base SPCN
JTAG
I/P
SCSI
V/S COMM
B
u
l
k
h
e
a
d
Power
Supply 2 or
Cooling
Unit
Fan 3 Fan 4
Fan 6
Fan 9
J4
J3
J2
J9
J4
J5
J30
J28
J2
J1
Media
Power
J6
Misc.
Power
J7
J21
J3
J5
Secondary I/O Drawer Cable Diagram
Fan
Controller
Card
Power
Distribution
Board
I/O Board
PCI Board
Op Panel
Op Panel
Power
Supply 1
3.3 V
3.3 V
Ground
Grd
5 V
5 V
Fan 1 Fan 2
Fan 5
Term
Optional
Media
Optional
Media
Base SPCN
SCSI
Base SPCN
I/P
Power
Supply 2 or
Cooling
Unit
Fan 3 Fan 4
Fan 6
Fan 9
J4
J3
J2
J2
J1
Media
Power
J6
Misc.
Power
J7
J21
J3
B
u
l
k
h
e
a
d
56 Service Guide
DC Power Cable Routings
Specifications
This section contains specifications for the system. Individual sections are provided for
CEC drawer, rack, and the I/O drawer specifications.
CEC Drawer
The mechanical packaging, cooling, power supply, and environmental requirements for
the CEC drawer are shown in the following table:
Dimensions
Height 218 mm 8.58 in. (5 EIA Units)
Width 445 mm 17.5 in.
Depth 820 mm 32.3 in.
Weight
Minimum configuration 41 kg 90 lbs.
Maximum configuration 52 kg 115 lbs.
Electrical
Power source loading typical in
kVA
0.32
Power source loading maximum
in kVA
0.48
Voltage range (V ac) 200 to 240
Frequency (hertz) 50 or 60
Thermal output (typical) 1025 Btu/hr
Thermal output (maximum) 1536 Btu/hr
Power requirements (typical) 300 watts
Power requirements (maximum) 450 watts
Power factor 0.95
Inrush current 40 amps
Maximum altitude 2135 m (7000 ft.)
Temperature Requirements Operating
10 to 40C
(50 to 104F)
Non-Operating
10 to 52C
(50 to 125.6F)
Humidity Noncondensing Operating Non-Operating
Without tape drive 8 to 80% 8 to 80%
With tape drive 20 to 80% 8 to 80%
Wet Bulb Requirements
Without tape drive 27C (80.6F) 27C (80.6F)
With tape drive 23C (73F) 27C (80.6F)
Noise Emissions Operating Idle
With H80 CEC Drawer only
L
WAd
5.8 bels 5.8 bels
L
pAm
N/A N/A
<L
pA
>
m
45 dBA 45 dBA
Impulsive or prominent discrete
tones
No No
58 Service Guide
With H80 and Primary I/O
Drawer
L
WAd
6.2 bels 6.2 bels
L
pAm
N/A N/A
<L
pA
>
m
48 dBA 48 dBA
tones
No No
Install/Air Flow Clearance Maintenance of proper service clearances should allow proper
air flow.
Service Clearance (See service clearances for the 7014 T00 Rack)
1. Inrush currents occur only at initial application of power, no inrush occurs during normal
power off-on cycle.
2. For altitudes above 915 meters, the maximum temperature limit is derated by 1 degree C for
every 137 meters of elevation above 915 meters.
3. See Noise Emission Notes on page 64 for definitions of noise emissions positions.
7014 Model T00 and T42 Rack
the rack are shown in the following table:
Dimensions
Height 1804 mm 71.0 in.
Capacity 36 EIA Units
With PDP - DC
only
1926 mm 75.8 in.
Width without
side panels
623 mm 24.5 in.
With side panels 644 mm 25.4 in.
Depth with rear
door
1042 mm 41.0 in.
RS/6000 T00 with
both doors
1098 mm 43.3 in.
pSeries T00 with
both doors
1147 mm 45.2 in.
Weight
Base Rack 244 kg 535 lbs
Full Rack 816 kg 1795 lbs
.
Electrical (sum specified values for
drawers or enclosures in rack)
DC Rack
Power source
loading maximum
in kVA
8.4
AC Rack
Power source
loading maximum
in kVA (per PDB)
4.8
Voltage range (V
ac)
200 to 240
Frequency (hertz) 50 or 60
Temperature
Requirements
(see specifications for drawers or enclosures)
Humidity
Requirements
(see specifications for drawers or enclosures)
Noise Emissions (see specifications for drawers or enclosures)
Clearances Front Back Left Right
Install/Air Flow Maintenance of a proper service clearance should allow proper air flow.
Service 915mm(36 in) 915mm(36 in) 915mm(36 in) 915mm(36 in)
60 Service Guide
1. Configuration dependent, base rack weight plus the weight of the drawers mounted in the
rack. The rack can support up to a maximum weight of 35 lbs/EIA (Unit).
2. The total rack power should be derived from the sum of the power used by the drawers in the
rack.
3. The Power Distribution Panel (PDP) on the DC powered rack can hold up to eighteen (nine
per power source) 48 volt 20 to 50 amp circuit breakers (configuration dependent). Each
power source supports up to 8.4 kVA.
4. Each AC Power Distribution Bus (PDB) can supply 4.8 kVA. A rack can have up to four PDBs
as required by the drawers mounted in the rack.
I/O Drawer
the I/O drawer are shown in the following table:
Dimensions
Height 218.0 mm 8.6 in.
Width 445.0 mm 17.5 in.
Depth 820.0 mm 32.3 in.
Weight
Minimum configuration 41 kg 90 lbs.
Maximum configuration 52 kg 115 lbs.
Electrical
Power source loading (typical in
kVA)
0.23
Power source loading
(maximum in kVA)
0.54
Voltage range 200 to 240 V ac
Frequency (hertz) 50 / 60
Thermal output (typical) 750 Btu/hr
Thermal output (maximum) 1750 Btu/hr
Power requirements (typical) 220 watts
Power requirements (maximum) 515 watts
Power factor 0.95
Inrush current 41 amps
Maximum altitude 2135 m (7000 ft.)
Temperature Requirements Operating
10 to 40C
(50 to 104F)
Non-Operating
10 to 52C
(50 to 125.6F)
Humidity (Noncondensing) Operating Non-Operating
Without tape drive 8 to 80% 8 to 80%
With tape drive 20 to 80% 20 to 80%
Wet Bulb Requirements
Without tape drive 27C (80F) 27C (80F)
With tape drive 23C (73F) 27C (80F)
Noise Emissions
1,2
Operating Idle
L
WAd
5.8 bels 5.8 bels
L
pAm
N/A N/A
<L
pA
>
m
45 dBA 45 dBA
tones
No No
Clearances Front Back Left Right
Install/Air Flow Maintenance of a proper service clearance should allow proper
air flow.
Service (See System Service Clearances on page 65)
62 Service Guide
1. See Noise Emission Notes on page 64 for definitions of noise emissions positions.
2. Noise emissions data are based on the following configuration: the drawer is mounted in a
T00 Rack and a power distribution unit.
3. Inrush currents occur only at initial application of power, no inrush occurs during normal
power off-on cycle.
Noise Emission Notes
1. L
WAd
is the declared (upper limit) sound power emission level for a production
series of machines.
2. L
pAm
is the mean value of the A-weighted sound pressure emission levels at the
operator position (if any) for a production series of machines.
3. <L
pA
>
m
is the mean value of the space-averaged A-weighted sound pressure
emission levels at the one-meter positions for a production series of machines.
4. N/A = Not Applicable (no operator position).
5. All measurements are made in accordance with ISO DIS 779 and reported in
conformance with ISO DIS 7574/4.
64 Service Guide
System Service Clearances
The amount of space needed by the units during service is indicated by the dotted line
in the following figure.
For multiple racks placed side by side, the left and right clearances apply only to the
leftmost and rightmost rack.
Rack Configuration
2474 mm (97.4 in.)
3564 mm
(141 in.) 915 mm
(36 in.)
915 mm
(36 in.)
610 mm (24 in.)
610 mm (24 in.)
Front
Caster
Location
(4.8) 121
(3.1)
80
Note: Rack units are large and heavy and are not easily moved. Because maintenance
activities require access at both the front and back, allow for extra room. The
footprint shows the radius of the swinging doors on the rack. The figure shows
the minimum space required.
Power Cables
To avoid electrical shock, a power cable with a grounded attachment plug is provided.
Use only properly grounded outlets.
Power cables used in the United States and Canada are listed by Underwriters
Laboratories (UL) and certified by the Canadian Standards Association (CSA). These
power cords consist of the following:
v Electrical cables, Type SVT or SJT
v Attachment plugs complying with National Electrical Manufacturers Association
(NEMA) 5-15P
For 230 V operation in the United States use a UL listed cable set consisting of a
minimum 18 AWG, Type SVT or SJT three-conductor cable a maximum of 15 feet in
length, and a tandem blade, grounding type attachment plug rated at 15 A, 250 V.
v Appliance couplers complying with International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC)
Standard 320, Sheet C13
Power cables used in other countries consist of the following:
v Electrical cables, Type HD21
v Attachment plugs approved by the appropriate testing organization for the specific
countries where they are used
For units set at 230 V (outside of U.S.): use a cable set consisting of a minimum 18
AWG cable and grounding type attachment plug rated 15 A, 250 V. The cable set
should have the appropriate safety approvals for the country in which the equipment will
be installed and should be marked `HAR.
Refer to Chapter 10, Parts Information on page 471 to find the power cables that are
available.
66 Service Guide
Service Inspection Guide
Perform a service inspection on the system when:
v The system is inspected for a maintenance agreement.
v Service is requested and service has not recently been performed.
v An alterations and attachments review is performed.
v Changes have been made to the equipment that may affect its safe operation.
v External devices with their own power cables have those cables attached.
If the inspection indicates an unacceptable safety condition, the condition must be
corrected before anyone can service the machine.
Note: The owner of the system is responsible to correct any unsafe conditions.
Perform the following checks:
1. Check the covers for sharp edges and for damage or alterations that expose the
internal parts of the system unit.
2. Check the covers for proper fit to the system unit. They should be in place and
secure.
3. Gently rock the system unit from side to side to determine if it is steady.
4. Set the power switch of the system unit to Off.
5. Remove the covers.
6. Check for alterations or attachments. If there are any, check for obvious safety
hazards, such as broken wires, sharp edges, or broken insulation.
7. Check the internal cables for damage.
8. Check for dirt, water, and any other contamination within the system unit.
9. Check the voltage label on the back of the system unit to ensure that it matches
the voltage at the outlet.
10. Check the external power cable for damage.
11. With the external power cable connected to the system unit, check for 0.1 ohm or
less resistance between the ground lug on the external power cable plug and the
metal frame.
12. Perform the following checks on each device that has its own power cables:
a. Check for damage to the power cord.
b. Check for the correct grounded power cable.
c. With the external power cable connected to the device, check for 0.1 ohm or
less resistance between the ground lug on the external power cable plug and
the metal frame of the device.
13. Install the covers.
68 Service Guide
Chapter 2. Diagnostics Overview
Model H80 and Models 6H0 and 6H1 systems use an integrated set of software
diagnostic procedures to facilitate isolation of failing components and system
maintenance. This book, along with the RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries Diagnostics
Information for Multiple Bus Systems, are the basis of the diagnostic procedures for
Model H80 and Models 6H0 and 6H1 systems. In particular, the following sections in
this book are important for the trained service representative to understand and use
when isolating a failure on the system:
v Chapter 4, Checkpoints on page 137
v Chapter 5, Error Code to FRU Index on page 163
v Chapter 6, Loading the System Diagnostics In Service Mode on page 367
v Chapter 10, Parts Information on page 471
The manufacturer recommends that systems configured with 4 GB of memory or
greater have access to a 4 mm or 8 mm tape drive for submission of system dump
information if required. This function can be accomplished through locally attached or
network-attached devices, as appropriate.
Maintenance Analysis Procedures (MAPs)
Maintenance analysis procedures (MAPs) guide the trained service person through the
system. These MAPs are the entry point for all isolation and error-recovery procedures.
The MAPs are consistent with existing procedures and methods. The system uses a set
of integrated procedures, mentioned earlier, to which the MAPS are the primary entry
point.
The MAPS are as follows:
v Entry MAP
v Quick Entry MAP
v Problem Determination MAP
v Power MAP
v Minimum Configuration MAP
The Entry Map is the starting point for problem determination. The purpose of this MAP
is to quickly point to the appropriate MAP or service reference information either in this
book, or in the common book set, which includes the RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries
Diagnostics Information for Multiple Bus Systems and the PCI Adapter Placement
Reference.
The Quick Entry MAP is a subset of the Entry MAP and helps to save time for some
types of problems.
The Problem Determination MAP provides a structured analysis method to get an error
code if one is not provided by the customer, or if diagnostics cannot be loaded.
69
The Power MAP deals with isolation of components to diagnose a power problem. The
nature of power problems can be related to powering on and down the system, or
power failures that can occur after power is turned on.
The Minimum Configuration MAP is used to locate defective components not found by
normal diagnostics or error-isolation methods. This MAP provides a systematic method
of isolation to the failing item or items.
Checkpoints
These servers use various types of checkpoints, error codes, and SRNs, which are
referred to throughout this book (primarily in Chapter 4, Checkpoints on page 137,
Chapter 5, Error Code to FRU Index on page 163, Chapter 6, Loading the System
Diagnostics In Service Mode on page 367, and Chapter 10, Parts Information on
page 471). These codes may appear in the service processor boot progress log, the
AIX error log, and the operator panel display. Understanding the definition and
relationships of these codes is important to the service personnel who are installing or
maintaining these servers.
Codes that can appear on the operator panel or in error logs are as follows:
Checkpoints
Checkpoints display in the operator panel from the time ac power (dc power in
a dc-powered system) is connected to the system until the AIX login prompt is
displayed after a successful operating system boot. These checkpoints have
the following forms:
8xxx 8xxx checkpoints display from the time ac power (dc power in a
dc-powered system) is connected to the system until the OK prompt is
displayed by the service processor on the operator panel display.
(Several 9xxx checkpoints are displayed just before the OK prompt
displays.)
9xxx 9xxx checkpoints are displayed by the service processor after the
power-on sequence is initiated. A system processor takes over control
when 91FF displays on the operator panel.
Exxx Exxx checkpoints indicate that a system processor is in control and is
initializing the system resources. Control is being passed to AIX when
E105 (normal mode boot) or E15B (service mode boot) displays on the
operator panel.
Note: Location code information may also display on the operator
panel during this time.
0xxx 0xxx codes are AIX checkpoints and configuration codes. Location
codes may also be shown on the operator panel display during this
time.
2xxx 2xxx codes are AIX checkpoints and configuration codes. Location
codes may also be shown on the operator panel display during this
time.
70 Service Guide
Note: Certain checkpoints may remain in the display for long periods of time.
A spinning cursor is visible in the upper-right corner of the display
during these periods to indicate that system activity is continuing.
Error Codes
If a fault is detected, an 8-digit error code is displayed in the operator panel
display. A location may be displayed at the same time on the second line of
the display.
Checkpoints can become error codes if the system fails to advance past the
point at which the code was presented.
For a list of checkpoints, see Chapter 4, Checkpoints on page 137. Each
entry provides a description of the event and the recommended action if the
system fails to advance.
SRNs Service request numbers, in the form xxx-xxx or xxx-xxxx, may also be
displayed on the operator panel display and be noted in the AIX error log.
SRNs are listed in the RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries Diagnostics Information
for Multiple Bus Systems, order number SA38-0509.
FRU Isolation
For a list of error codes and recommended actions for each code, see Chapter 5, Error
Code to FRU Index on page 163. These actions can refer to Chapter 10, Parts
Information on page 471, Chapter 3, Maintenance Analysis Procedures (MAPs) on
page 75, or provide informational message and directions. If a replacement part is
indicated, direct reference is made to the part name. The respective AIX and physical
location codes are listed for each occurrence as required. For a list of locations codes,
see AIX and Physical Location Code Reference Tables on page 36.
To look up part numbers and view component diagrams, see Chapter 10, Parts
Information on page 471. The beginning of the chapter provides a parts index with the
predominant field replaceable units (FRUs) listed by name. The remainder of the
chapter provides illustrations of the various assemblies and components which make up
these servers.
Electronic Service Agent for the Eserver pSeries and RS/6000
Service support for your system can be enhanced through the use of the application
program, Electronic Service Agent. This application provides a number of advantages
for the systems customer, including automatic error reporting and analysis without
customer intervention. The Electronic Service Agent kit includes the Electronic Service
Agent for Eserver pSeries and RS/6000 CD, order number LCD41060, which
contains documentation to help you set up and use Electronic Service Agent.
Chapter 2. Diagnostics Overview 71
Using the Service Processor and Electronic Service Agent Features
The service processor and Electronic Service Agent features protect users against
unnecessary system downtime by advising support personnel (both internal and
external) of any unexpected changes in the system environment. In combination, the
two features provide a flexible solution to automated system maintenance.
Service Processor
The service processor runs on its own power boundary and continually monitors
hardware attributes, the AIX operating system, and the environmental conditions within
the system. Any system failure which prevents the system from returning to an
operational state (a fully functional AIX operating system) is reported by the service
processor. The service processor is controlled by firmware and does not require the AIX
operating system to be operational to perform its tasks. If any system failures are
detected, the service processor has the ability to take predetermined corrective actions.
The methods of corrective actions are:
v Surveillance
v Call home
v AIX operating system monitoring
Surveillance is a function in which the service processor monitors the system through
heartbeat communication with the system firmware. The heartbeat is a periodic signal
that the firmware can monitor. During system startup, the firmware surveillance monitor
is automatically enabled to check for heartbeats from the firmware. If a heartbeat is not
detected within a default period, the service processor cycles the system power and
attempts to restart until the system either restarts successfully, or a predetermined retry
threshold is reached. In the event the service processor is unsuccessful in bringing the
system online (or in the event that the user asked to be alerted to any service
processor-assisted restarts), the system can call home to report the error.
The call home function can be initialized to call either a service center telephone
number, a customer administration center, or a digital pager telephone number. The
service processor can be configured to stop at the first successful call to any of the
numbers listed, or can be configured to call every number provided. If connected to the
service center, the service processor transmits the relevant system information (the
systems serial number and model type) and service request number (SRN). If
connected to a digital pager service, the service processor inputs a customer voice
telephone number defined by the customer. An established sequence of digits or the
telephone number to a phone near the failed system could be used to signal a system
administrator to a potential system failure.
During normal operations, the service processor can also be configured to monitor the
AIX operating system. If AIX does not respond to the service processor heartbeat, the
service processor assumes the operating system is hung. The service processor can
automatically initiate a restart and, if enabled, initiate the call home function to alert the
appropriate people to the system hang. Enabling operating system surveillance also
enables AIX detect any service processor failures and report those failures to the
Electronic Service Agent application.
72 Service Guide
Unlike the Electronic Service Agent, the service processor cannot be configured in a
client/server environment where one system can be used to manage all dial-out
functions for a set of systems.
Prior to installing the Electronic Service Agent feature, ensure that you have the latest
level of system firmware. You also need a properly configured modem. For more
information on configuring a modem, see Modem Configuration Menu on page 392.
Electronic Service Agent
The Electronic Service Agent is a software extension to the AIX operating system that
monitors the system while the AIX operating system is running. The Electronic Service
Agent monitors and analyzes all recoverable system failures, and, if needed, can
automatically place a service call to a service center (without user intervention).
The service center receives the machine type/serial number, host name, SRN, and a
problem description. The service center analyzes the problem report and, if warranted,
dispatches a service person to the customer site. The service center also determines if
any hardware components need to be ordered prior to the service persons arrival.
The Electronic Service Agent code also gives the user the option to establish a single
system as the problem reporting server. A single system, accessible over the user
network, can be used as the central server for all the other systems on the local area
network (LAN) that are running the Electronic Service Agent application. If the
Electronic Service Agent application on a remote client decides a service request needs
to be placed, the client forwards the information to the Electronic Service Agent server
that dials the service center telephone number from its locally attached modem. In this
scenario, the user only needs to maintain a single analog line for providing call-out
capabilities for a large set of servers.
When used in a scalable parallel (SP) environment, a client/server type implementation
is configured. The Electronic Service Agent client code runs on each of the SP nodes.
The server component runs on the control workstation. In the event of any system
failures, the relevant information is transmitted to the control workstation through the
integrated Ethernet. After it has been alerted to the system failure, the control
workstation initiates actions to prepare and send the service request.
A modem is required for enabling automated problem reporting to the service center.
Configuration files for several types of modems are included as part of the Electronic
Service Agent package. Refer to Modem Configuration Menu on page 392 for more
information on configuring your modem.
Chapter 2. Diagnostics Overview 73
74 Service Guide
Chapter 3. Maintenance Analysis Procedures (MAPs)
This chapter contains maintenance analysis procedures (MAPs) for the system.
Entry MAP
Use the following table to determine your starting point. When possible, run online
diagnostics in service mode. Online diagnostics perform additional functions, compared
to standalone diagnostics. This ensures that the error state of the system is captured in
NVRAM for your use in fixing the problem. The AIX error log and SMIT are only
available when diagnostics are run from the hard drive.
Notes:
1. Licensed programs frequently rely on system information stored on the VPD module
on the operator panel assembly. If the MAPs indicate that the operator panel
assembly should be replaced, swap the VPD module from the old operator panel to
the new one. If recovery is not possible, notify the system owner that new keys for
licensed programs may be required.
2. If a network adapter is replaced, the network administrator must be notified so that
the client IP addresses used by the server can be changed. In addition, the
operating system configuration of the network controller may need to be changed in
order to enable system startup. Also check to ensure that any client or server that
addresses this system is updated.
3. If you are servicing an SP system, go to the Start-of-Call MAP 100 in the SP
Systems Service Guide.
4. If you are servicing a clustered Eserver system, go to the start of call MAP 100 in
the Clustered Eserver Installation and Service Guide.
Symptom Starting Point
You have a problem that does not prevent the
system from booting and all the I/O drawer
operator panels are functional.
Go to the Fast Path MAP in the Diagnostics
Information for Multiple Bus Systems.
You have a problem that does not prevent the
system from booting and the secondary I/O
drawer operator panel is not functioning.
Replace the following parts one at a time in the
secondary I/O drawer with the non-functioning
operator panel.
1. Secondary I/O drawer operator panel.
2. Secondary I/O drawer operator panel cable.
You do not have a symptom. Go to MAP 0020 in the Diagnostics Information
for Multiple Bus Systems.
You have an SRN. Go to the Fast Path MAP in the Diagnostics
The system stops and a 3-digit number is
displayed in the operator panel display.
Record SRN 101-xxx, where xxx is the 3-digit
number displayed in the operator panel display,
then go to the Fast Path MAP in the
Diagnostics Information for Multiple Bus
Systems.
75
Symptom Starting Point
The system stops and a 4-digit number
beginning with 0 or 2 is displayed in the
operator panel display.
All other symptoms. Go to Quick Entry MAP.
Quick Entry MAP
Quick Entry MAP Table of Contents
Problem Description Page No.
Service Actions 77
A Repeating Pattern of Error Code Data Appears on the Primary I/O Drawer
Operator Panel Display
77
OK Does Not Appear in the Primary I/O Drawer Operator Panel Display
Before Pressing the Power On Button
77
There is an 8-Digit Error Code 77
System Stops With an 8-Digit Number Displayed in the Primary I/O Drawer
Operator Panel Display
78
An Error Indication in the Secondary I/O Drawer Operator Panel Display 79
System Stops With a 4-Digit Number That Does Not Begin With a 0 or 2
Displayed
79
System Stops With a 3-Digit Number Displayed (888 sequence, see below) 80
There is a Display Problem (Distortion, Blurring,Etc.) 80
Power and Cooling Problems 80
An 888 sequence appears in Operator Panel Display 81
Other Symptoms or Problems 81
Attention: If you replace FRUs or perform an action and the problem is still not
corrected, go to MAP 1540: Minimum Configuration on page 113 unless otherwise
indicated in the tables.
If you replace FRUs and the problem is corrected, go to MAP 410: Repair Checkout
in the Diagnostics Information for Multiple Bus Systems.
76 Service Guide
Symptom Action
Service Actions
You have parts to exchange or a corrective
action to perform.
1. Go to the Removal and Replacement
Procedures.
2. Go to the Repair Checkout Procedure in the
Systems.
You need to verify that a part exchange or
corrective action corrected the problem.
Go to the Repair Checkout Procedure in the
Systems.
You need to verify correct system operation. Go to the System Checkout Procedure in the
Systems.
A Repeating Pattern of Error Code Data Appears on the Primary I/O Drawer Operator Panel
Display
A sequence of displays, each appearing for five
seconds, repeats continuously as follows: A
blank display, followed by an eight-digit error
code, followed by up to nine full panels of dump
data.
1. Record the 8-digit error code seen after the
five second blank display.
2. Reset the service processor, using the
pinhole reset.
3. Go to Checkpoint and Error Code Index
on page 165 with the error code you have
recorded.
OK Does Not Appear in the Primary I/O Drawer Operator Panel Display Before Pressing the
Power On Button
A bouncing or scrolling ball remains on the
primary I/O drawer operator panel display or
the primary I/O drawer operator panel display is
filled with dashes.
If an ASCII terminal is available, connect it to
the primary I/O drawer through serial port 1.
1. If the service processor menu is displayed:
a. Replace the primary I/O drawer operator
panel assembly. Refer to Operator
Panel on page 465.
b. Replace the primary I/O drawer
backplane. Refer to I/O Drawer
Backplane Assembly on page 447.
2. If the service processor menu is not
displayed, replace the primary I/O drawer
backplane. Refer to I/O Drawer Backplane
Assembly on page 447.
If an ASCII terminal is not available, replace the
following, one at a time.
1. Primary I/O drawer operator panel
assembly. Refer to Operator Panel on
page 465.
2. Primary I/O drawer backplane. Refer to I/O
Drawer Backplane Assembly on page 447.
You have a blank display on the primary I/O
drawer operator panel.
Go to MAP 1520: Power on page 89.
There is an 8-Digit Error Code
Chapter 3. Maintenance Analysis Procedures 77
Symptom Action
You have an 8-digit error code in the form 10n1
xxxx and n is greater than the number of I/O
drawers in the system.
The failing drawer is drawer n. Look for the
drawer with the same value of n in its operator
panel, either in the form *0n or U0n. Substitute 2
for n when looking up the error code in
Checkpoint and Error Code Index on
page 165.
You have an 8-digit error code of the form 10n1
xxxx and two or more drawers have the same
drawer number.
Shut down the system and remove all but one
of the drawers with duplicate drawer numbers.
Refer to the steps in MAP 1540: Minimum
Configuration on page 113 for a procedure to
connect/disconnect I/O drawers. Attempt to
reboot the system.
1. If the system still fails, you have found the
failing drawer. Substitute 2 for n when
looking up the error code in Go to
page 165.
2. If the system boots, shut down and add
another of the detached drawers back into
the system. Repeat steps 1 and 2 until the
failing drawer is isolated.
Note: As the system successfully boots,
duplicate drawer numbers are resolved into
unique drawer numbers.
You have an 8-digit error code. Go to Checkpoint and Error Code Index on
page 165.
System Stops With an 8-Digit Number Displayed in the Primary I/O Drawer Operator Panel
Display
xxxx and n is greater than the number of I/O
drawers in the system.
The failing drawer is drawer n. Look for the
drawer with the same value of n in its operator
panel, either in the form *0N or U0.n. Substitute
2 for n when looking up the error code in the
page 165.
78 Service Guide
Symptom Action
xxxx and two or more drawers have the same
drawer number.
Shut down the system and remove all but one
of the drawers with duplicate drawer numbers.
Refer to the steps in MAP 1540: Minimum
Configuration on page 113 for a procedure to
connect/reconnect I/O drawers. Attempt to
reboot the system.
1. If the system fails, you have found the
failing drawer. Substitute 2 for n when
looking up the error code in Checkpoint
and Error Code Index on page 165.
2. If the system boots, shut down and add
another of the detached drawers back into
the system. Repeat steps one and two until
the failing drawer is isolated.
Note: As the system successfully boots,
duplicate drawer numbers are resolved into
unique drawer numbers.
The system stops with an 8-digit error code
displayed when booting.
Go to Checkpoint and Error Code Index on
page 165.
An Error Indication in the Secondary I/O Drawer Operator Panel Display
A bouncing or scrolling ball remains on the
secondary I/O drawer operator panel display or
the secondary I/O drawer operator panel
display is filled with dashes.
Replace the following, one at a time:
1. Secondary I/O drawer backplane
Location: U0.2-P1
2. Secondary I/O drawer operator panel
assembly
Location: U0.2-L1
You have an 8-digit error code in the form 10n1
xxxx.
This is the failing drawer. If n is greater than the
number of I/O drawers in the system, substitute
2 for n when looking up the error code in
page 165.
System Stops With a 4-Digit Number That Does Not Begin With 0 or 2 Displayed
Symptom Action
The system stops and a 4-digit checkpoint that
does not begin with 0 or 2 displayed in the
operator panel display or on the console.
If the number displayed begins with the
characters 8, 9, A, or B, then go to
Service Processor Checkpoints on page 140.
If the number displayed is in the range
E1xx-EFFF, make note of any location code
that is displayed on the second line of the
operator panel. If the location code indicates a
card slot (for example, P1-I3), replace the card
in the indicated slot. If this does not correct the
problem, then go to Firmware Checkpoints on
page 147.
For all other numbers record SRN 101-xxxx,
where xxxx is the four-digit number displayed
in the operator panel, then go to the Fast Path
MAP in RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries
Systems.
Note: If the operator panel displays two sets of
numbers, use the bottom set of numbers as the
error code.
System Stops With a 3-Digit Number Displayed (888 sequence, see below)
The system stops with a 3-digit error code. Add 101- to the left of the 3 digits to make an
SRN. Go to Diagnostics Information for Multiple
Bus Systems.
There is a Display Problem (Distortion, Blurring,Etc.)
All display problems.
1. If using a graphics display:
a. Go to the problem determination
procedures for the display.
b. If you do not find a problem, replace the
display adapter.
c. If you do not find a problem, suspect the
I/O planar. Go to MAP 1540: Minimum
Configuration on page 113.
2. If using an ASCII terminal:
a. Make sure that the ASCII terminal is
connected to S1.
b. If problems persist, go to the problem
determination procedures for the
terminal.
c. If you do not find a problem, suspect the
I/O planar. Go to MAP 1540: Minimum
Power and Cooling Problems
You cannot power on the system. Go to MAP 1520: Power on page 89.
80 Service Guide
Symptom Action
The power on/off LED on an I/O drawer
operator panel does not come on or stay on.
(both the I/O drawer operator panel
power-on/off LED and the I/O drawer power
supply LEDs do not come on or stay on).
A rack or a rack mounted unit will not power on. Go to MAP 1520: Power on page 89.
You have a power problem. Go to MAP 1520: Power on page 89.
The system attention LED on the primary I/O
drawer operator panel is on and there is no
SRN displayed.
888 sequence in Operator Panel Display
An 888 sequence is displayed in the primary
I/O drawer operator panel display.
Other Symptoms or Problems
The operator panel displays OK. Fans and
blowers are off.
The service processor (SP) is ready. The
system is waiting for power-on.
All of the system POST indicators are displayed
on the system console, the system pauses and
then restarts. The term POST indicators
refers to the device mnemonics (words memory,
keyboard, network, scsi, and speaker) that
appear on the system console during the
power-on self-test (POST).
Go to Boot Problems and Concerns on
page 159.
The system stops and all of the POST
indicators are displayed on the system console.
The term POST indicators refers to the device
mnemonics (words memory, keyboard, network,
scsi, and speaker) that appear on the system
console during the power-on self-test (POST).
Go to MAP 1540: Minimum Configuration on
page 113 to isolate the problem.
The system stops and the message STARTING
SOFTWARE PLEASE WAIT... is displayed on the
system console.
Go to Chapter 4, Checkpoints on page 137.
Symptom Action
The system does not respond to the password
being entered or the system login prompt is
displayed when booting in service mode.
1. If the password is being entered, or the
service mode boot is being initiated, on a
keyboard attached to the system, then the
keyboard or its controller may be faulty. In
this case, replace these parts in the
following order:
a. Keyboard
b. Primary I/O backplane, location:
U0.1-P1
2. If the password is being entered, or the
service mode boot is being initiated, from
an ASCII terminal, first insure that the
terminal is connected to S1 or S2. Use the
problem determination procedures for the
ASCII terminal.
If the problem persists, replace the primary
I/O backplane, location: U0.1-P1.
No codes are displayed on the operator panel
within a few seconds of turning on the system.
The operator panel displays OK before the
system is powered on.
Reseat the operator panel cable. If problem not
resolved, replace in order:
1. Operator panel assembly. Swap the VPD
module.
2. Primary I/O backplane. (See notes on 75.)
The SMS configuration list or boot sequence
selection menu shows more SCSI devices
attached to a controller/adapter than are
actually attached.
A device may be set to use the same SCSI bus
ID as the control adapter. Note the ID being
used by the controller/adapter (this can be
checked and/or changed via an SMS utility),
and verify that no device attached to the
controller is set to use that ID.
If settings do not appear to be in conflict:
1. Replace the SCSI cable.
2. Replace the device.
3. Replace the SCSI adapter
Note: In a twin-tailed configuration where
there is more than one initiator device (normally
another system) attached to the SCSI bus, it
may be necessary to use System Management
Services to change the ID of the SCSI
controller or adapter.
82 Service Guide
Symptom Action
The System Management Services menu is
displayed.
The device or media you are attempting to boot
from may be faulty.
1. Check the SMS error log for any errors. To
check the error log:
v Choose error log
v If an error is logged, check the time
stamp.
v If the error was logged during the current
boot attempt, record it.
v Look up the error in Chapter 5, Error
Code to FRU Index and do the listed
action.
v If no recent error is logged in the error
log, continue to the next step below.
2. Try to boot from an alternate boot device
connected to the same controller as the
original boot device. If the boot succeeds,
replace the original boot device (for
removable media devices, try the media
first).
3. Go to MAP 1540: Minimum Configuration
on page 113.
You suspect a cable problem. Go to the RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries
Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for
All other problems. Go to MAP 1020: Problem Determination on
page 84.
MAP 1020: Problem Determination
Use this MAP to get an error code if you were not provided one by the customer or you
are unable to load diagnostics. If you are able to load the diagnostics, go to MAP 0020
in the Diagnostics Information for Multiple Bus Systems.
The service processor may have recorded one or more symptoms in its error log. It is a
good idea to examine that error log before proceeding (see System Information Menu
on page 382).
The service processor may have been set by the user to monitor server operations and
to attempt recoveries. You can disable these actions while you diagnose and service
the system. If the system was set up according to the recommendations of the RS/6000
Enterprise Server Model H80 Eserver pSeries 660 Models 6H0 and 6H1 Users
Guide, all the settings of the service processor (except language) were saved by using
the SAVE/RESTORE HARDWARE MAINTENANCE POLICIES service aid. You can use
that service aid to restore the settings at the end of your service action.
Just in case the service processor settings were not saved by the user, if you disable
them, you should make notes of their current settings for restoration before you leave.
In addition to the parameters in the table below, you can disconnect the modem to
prevent incoming signals that could cause the system to power on.
Following are the service processor settings of your interest. The service processor
menus are described in Chapter 7, Using the Service Processor on page 369.
Surveillance From the service processor setup menu, go to
the surveillance setup menu and disable
surveillance.
Unattended start From the service processor system power
control menu, disable unattended start mode.
Reboot policy From the system power control menu, go to the
reboot/restart policy setup menu and set:
1. Number of reboot attempts to 0 (zero)
2. Use OS-Defined restart policy to No
3. Enable supplemental restart policy to No.
Call out From the call-in/call-out setup menu, go to the
serial port selection menu and disable call-out
on both serial ports.
Be prepared to record code numbers and use those numbers in the course of analyzing
a problem. Go to Step 1020-1 on page 85.
84 Service Guide
Step 1020-1
The following steps analyze a failure to load the diagnostic programs.
Note: Be prepared to answer questions regarding the operator panel display and to
perform certain actions based on displayed POST indicators. Please be
observant of these conditions.
1. Power off the system. Refer to Powering Off the System on page 429.
2. Select slow boot mode (select disable fast boot) on the system power control menu
from the service processor main menu.
3. Power on the system. Refer to Powering On the System on page 429
4. Insert the diagnostic CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive.
5. When the keyboard indicator is displayed (the word keyboard), press the 5 key on
the system console.
6. Enter a password, if requested.
7. Wait until the diagnostics are loaded or the system appears to stop.
8. Find your symptom in the following table; then follow the instructions given in the
Action column.
Symptom Action
The system stopped and a code is displayed on
the operator panel.
Go to the Entry MAP on page 75.
The system stops with a prompt to enter a
password.
Enter the password. You are not allowed to
continue until a correct password has been
entered. When you have entered a valid
password, go to the beginning of this table and
wait for one of the other conditions to occur.
The diagnostic operating instructions are
displayed.
Go to MAP 0020 in the Diagnostics Information
The primary I/O drawer power on/off LED does
not come on or does not stay on or you have a
power problem.
The system login prompt is displayed. You may not have pressed the correct key or
you may not have pressed the key soon
enough when you were to indicate a service
mode IPL of the diagnostic programs. If this is
the case, start over at the beginning of this
step.
Note: Perform the system shutdown procedure
before turning off the system.
If you are sure you pressed the correct key in a
timely manner, go to Step 1020-2 on page 87.
The system does not respond when the
password is entered.
Go to Step 1020-2 on page 87.
The system stopped. A POST indicator is
displayed on the system console and an
eight-digit error code is not displayed.
If the POST indicator represents:
1. Memory, go to MAP 1540: Minimum
2. Keyboard
a. Replace the keyboard.
b. Go to MAP 1540: Minimum
3. Network, go to MAP 1540: Minimum
4. SCSI, go to MAP 1540: Minimum
5. Speaker, go to MAP 1540: Minimum
The System Management Services menu is
displayed
All other symptoms. If you were directed here from the Entry MAP,
go to MAP 1540: Minimum Configuration on
page 113. Otherwise, find the symptom in the
Entry MAP on page 75.
86 Service Guide
Step 1020-2
There is a problem with the keyboard.
Find the type of keyboard you are using in the following table; then follow the
instructions given in the Action column.
Keyboard Type Action
Type 101 keyboard (U.S.). Identify by the size
of the Enter key. The Enter key is in only one
horizontal row of keys.
Record error code M0KB D001; then go to
Step 1020-3.
Type 102 keyboard (W.T.). Identify by the size
of the Enter key. The Enter key extends into
two horizontal rows.
Step 1020-3.
Type 106 keyboard. (Identify by the Japanese
characters.)
Step 1020-3.
ASCII terminal keyboard Go to the documentation for this type of ASCII
terminal and continue problem determination.
Step 1020-3
Take the following actions:
1. Find the eight-digit error code in Chapter 5, Error Code to FRU Index on page 163.
Note: If the eight-digit error code is not listed in Chapter 5, Error Code to FRU
Index, look for it in the following:
v Any supplemental service manuals for attached devices
v The diagnostic problem report screen for additional information
v The Service Hints service aid
v The CEREADME file (by using the Service Hints service aid).
Note: Service aids can be found in Diagnostics Information for Multiple
Bus Systems.
2. Perform the action listed.
Step 1020-4
1. Turn off, then turn on the system unit.
2. When the keyboard indicator (the word keyboard) is displayed, press the 1 key on
the system console.
3. When the System Management Services menus appear, check the error log for any
errors.
a. Choose Error Log
b. If an error is logged, check the time stamp.
c. If the error was logged during the current boot attempt, record it.
d. Look up the error in the Chapter 5, Error Code to FRU Index on page 163 and
do the listed action.
e. If no recent error is logged in the error log, go to MAP 1540: Minimum
88 Service Guide
MAP 1520: Power
This procedure is used to locate power problems in the CEC drawer, I/O drawers, or
rack(s). If a problem is detected, this procedure helps you isolate the problem to a
failing unit.
Observe the following safety notices during service procedures.
DANGER
potentials.
CAUTION:
electrical shock.
CAUTION:
CAUTION:
Energy hazard, remove power before servicing.
Find the symptom in the following table; then follow the instructions given in the Action
column.
Symptom Action
Power Problems
The primary I/O drawer does not become powered on, no
OK prompt.
Go to Map 1521: Cannot Power On The Primary I/O
Drawer, Operator Panel Does Not Show OK Prompt on
page 91.
The CEC drawer does not become powered on. Go to Map 1522: Cannot Power On The CEC Drawer
on page 97.
The secondary I/O drawer does not become powered on,
no power present LED.
Go to Map 1523: Cannot Power On The Secondary I/O
Drawer, Operator Panel Power Present LED Does Not
Come On on page 104.
You have been directed here by the SPCN Error Codes
table and the error code is 1011 1C0x
Go to Map 1524: The SPCN Error Codes Table Directed
You Here and the Error Code is 1011 1C0x on page 109.
90 Service Guide
Map 1521: Cannot Power On The Primary I/O Drawer, Operator Panel Does Not
Show OK Prompt
Step 1521-1
Attempt to power on the primary I/O drawer (see Powering Off and Powering On the
System on page 429)
Does the primary I/O drawer power on?
NO Go to Step 1521-2.
YES This ends the procedure. Go to Map 0410: Repair Checkout in the
Diagnostics Information for Multiple Bus Systems.
Step 1521-2
Look at the power supply LED(s) at the front of the primary I/O drawer.
Is the primary I/O drawer equipped with two power supplies?
YES Go to Step 1521-5 on page 92.
Step 1521-3
Is the power supply LED flashing?
NO Go to Step 1521-7 on page 92.
YES Go to Step 1521-4.
Step 1521-4
Use the information in the I/O Drawer and Power Supply LED Status on page 28 to
answer the following question.
Is the power supply LED blinking quickly?
NO Check the SPCN cabling.
Check internal drawer cabling from power distribution card to primary I/O
backplane. See Primary I/O Drawer Internal Cables on page 483 in Chapter
10.
Replace the I/O drawer power supply.
Replace the primary I/O drawer backplane.
Replace the I/O drawer power distribution card.
This ends the procedure. Go to Map 0410: Repair Checkout in the
Diagnostics Information for Multiple Bus Systems
YES Replace the power supply with the flashing LED.
Step 1521-5
Is there a power supply with a flashing LED?
Step 1521-6
Are both I/O drawer power supply LEDs flashing?
NO Replace the power supply with the flashing LED.
YES Check internal drawer cabling from power distribution card to primary I/O
10.
Replace the following one at a time:
1. primary I/O drawer backplane
2. power distribution board
Step 1521-7
Are all circuit breakers reset at the rack power distribution unit(s)?
NO Reset the circuit breaker.
Step 1521-8
Are all the cables seated firmly and correctly connected between primary I/O
drawer, secondary I/O drawers and CEC drawer?
NO Fix the cable connections.
92 Service Guide
Step 1521-9
Are all the ac power cables seated firmly and connected correctly from the rack
power distribution unit(s) to the rack drawers?
NO Fix the connection.
Step 1521-10
Follow the ac power cable(s) from the primary I/O drawer to the appropriate power
distribution unit.
Is the power distribution unit power LED on?
Step 1521-11
Note: Read the Danger and Caution notices under Safety Notices on page xi before
continuing with this procedure.
Perform the following:
1. Disconnect the ac power cable(s) from the power distribution unit that supplies
power to the primary I/O drawer.
2. Use a multimeter to measure the ac voltage at the power distribution unit socket(s)
where the ac power cable(s), just removed, was (were) attached.
Is the ac voltage from 200 V ac to 240 V ac?
NO Replace the power distribution unit.
Step 1521-12
Reconnect the ac power cable(s) to the power distribution unit.
1. Disconnect the ac power cable from each power supply of the primary I/O drawer.
2. Use a multimeter to measure the ac voltage at the drawer end of each ac power
cable.
NO Replace the ac power cable(s).
94 Service Guide
Step 1521-13
Check internal drawer cabling from power distribution card to primary I/O backplane.
See Primary I/O Drawer Internal Cables on page 483 in Chapter 10.
Replace the following in the primary I/O drawer, one at a time, disconnecting the ac
power cable to each power supply before replacement and reconnecting the ac power
cable to each supply after replacement:
v Primary I/O drawer operator panel
v Power supply (including redundant power supply, if present)
v Primary I/O drawer backplane
Does the Primary I/O Drawer Operator Panel Show the OK Prompt?
NO Contact your next level of support for assistance.
Step 1521-14
Is the ac power cable from the rack power distribution unit to the customers ac
power outlet connected and seated correctly at both ends?
NO Connect the ac power cable correctly at both ends.
Step 1521-15
1. Disconnect the mainline ac power cable from the power distribution unit that
supplies power to the primary I/O drawer.
2. Use a multimeter to measure the ac voltage at the power distribution unit end of the
mainline ac power cable.
YES Replace the power distribution unit.
Step 1521-16
1. Disconnect the mainline ac power cable from the customers ac power outlet.
2. Use a multimeter to measure the ac voltage at the customers ac power outlet.
NO Inform the customer that the ac voltage at the power outlet is not correct.
YES Replace the mainline ac power cable.
96 Service Guide
Map 1522: Cannot Power On The CEC Drawer
Step 1522-1
Attempt to power on the CEC drawer (see Powering Off and Powering On the System
on page 429)
Does the CEC drawer power on?
Step 1522-2
Look at the power supply LED(s) at the front of the CEC drawer.
Is the CEC drawer equipped with two power supplies?
YES Go to Step 1522-5 on page 98
Step 1522-3
Step 1522-4
Note: This table also applies to the CEC drawer LEDs.
Replace the CEC drawer power supply.
Replace the CEC drawer backplane.
Step 1522-5
Step 1522-6
YES Replace the CEC backplane.
98 Service Guide
Step 1522-7
NO Reset the circuit breaker..
Step 1522-8
Are all the cables seated firmly and correctly connected between the primary I/O
NO Fix the cable connections
Step 1522-9
Step 1522-10
Follow the ac power cable(s) from the CEC drawer to the appropriate power distribution
unit.
Step 1522-11
power to the CEC drawer.
NO Replace the power distribution unit.
Step 1522-12
Reconnect the ac power cable(s) to the power distribution unit.
1. Disconnect the ac power cable from each power supply of the CEC drawer.
cable.
100 Service Guide
Step 1522-13
Disconnect the ac power cable to each power supply of the CEC drawer and remove
the following from the CEC drawer:
1. CEC processor card
2. CEC memory card(s)
Reconnect the ac power cables to each power supply of the CEC drawer and attempt
to power on the CEC.
Does the CEC power on?
Step 1522-14
Disconnect the ac power cable from each power supply. Then reinsert the following
components in the CEC drawer, one at a time, in the sequence listed. After reinserting,
reconnect the ac power cable to each power supply.
1. CEC processor card
2. CEC memory card(s)
NO Replace the defective card just reinserted.
Reinsert any remaining cards in this step.
Step 1522-15
Have all cards in this step been reinserted?
YES The symptom has changed. Call your next level of support for assistance.
Step 1522-16
Disconnect the ac power cable from the power supply. Then replace the CEC
backplane. After replacing, reconnect the ac power cable to the power supply.
YES Reinsert the cards removed in Step 1522-13 on page 101.
Step 1522-17
Have all cards in this step been replaced?
YES Call your next level of support for assistance.
Step 1522-18
Is the ac power cable from the rack power distribution unit to the customers ac
power outlet connected and seated correctly at both ends?
102 Service Guide
Step 1522-19
supplies power to the CEC drawer.
Step 1522-20
1. Disconnect the mainline ac power cable from customers ac power outlet.
Map 1523: Cannot Power On The Secondary I/O Drawer, Operator Panel Power
Present LED Does Not Come On
Step 1523-1
Attempt to power on the secondary I/O drawer (see Powering Off and Powering On the
System on page 429.)
Does the secondary I/O drawer power on?
Step 1523-2
Look at the power supply LED(s) at the front of the secondary I/O drawer.
Is the secondary I/O drawer equipped with two power supplies?
YES Go to Step 1523-5 on page 105
Step 1523-3
104 Service Guide
Step 1523-4
Check internal drawer cabling from power distribution card to primary I/O
10.
Replace the I/O drawer power supply.
Replace the secondary I/O drawer backplane.
Replace the I/O drawer power distribution card.
Step 1523-5
Step 1523-6
YES Check internal drawer cabling from power distribution card to primary I/O
10.
Replace the following one at a time:
1. secondary I/O drawer backplane
2. power distribution board
Step 1523-7
NO Reset the tripped circuit breaker.
Step 1523-8
Are all the cables seated firmly and correctly connected between the primary I/O
NO Fix the cable connections.
Step 1523-9
Step 1523-10
Follow the ac power cable(s) from the secondary I/O drawer to the appropriate power
distribution unit.
106 Service Guide
Step 1523-11
power to the secondary I/O drawer.
NO Replace the power distribution unit. Reconnect the ac power cable(s) to the
power distribution unit.
Step 1523-12
Reconnect the ac power cables(s) to the power distribution unit.
1. Disconnect the ac power cable from each power supply of secondary I/O drawer.
cable.
Step 1523-13
Check internal drawer cabling from power distribution card to primary I/O backplane.
See Primary I/O Drawer Internal Cables on page 483 in Chapter 10.
Disconnect the ac power cable from each power supply. Then replace the following
components in the secondary I/O drawer, one at a time, in the sequence listed. After
replacing, reconnect the ac power cable to each power supply.
v Secondary I/O drawer operator panel
v Secondary I/O drawer backplane
v Power supply (including redundant power supply, if present)
Does the secondary I/O drawer operator panel turn on the power present LED?
NO Contact your next level of support for assistance.
Step 1523-14
Is the ac power cable from the secondary rack power distribution unit to the
customers ac power outlet connected and seated correctly at both ends?
Step 1523-15
supplies power to the secondary I/O drawer.
108 Service Guide
Step 1523-16
1. Disconnect the mainline ac power cable from the customers ac power outlet.
Map 1524: The SPCN Error Codes Table Directed You Here and the Error Code is
1011 1C0x
A CEC power supply is reporting a load fault.
Note: Read the danger and caution notices under Safety Notices on page xi before
Perform the following steps to isolate the problem.
Step 1524-1
1. Turn off the power.
2. Disconnect the ac power cables (dc power cables in a dc-powered system) from the
CEC drawer.
3. At the top of the CEC drawer, remove the following cards, in the sequence listed:
a. CEC memory riser 1(if present)
b. CEC processor
c. CEC memory riser 2 (if present)
4. Reconnect the ac power cables (dc power cables in a dc-powered system) to the
CEC drawer.
5. Turn on the power.
Is the error code 1011 1C0x displayed?
Step 1524-2
CEC drawer.
3. Remove CEC power supply 2 (if present) or cooling unit.
4. Reconnect the ac power cable (dc power cable in a dc-powered system) to the CEC
power supply 1.
YES Go to Step 1524-4
Step 1524-3
2. Reinstall CEC power supply 2 or cooling unit that was removed in Step 1524-2.
power supply 2 (if present).
NO The symptom has changed.
This ends the procedure.
YES Replace CEC power supply 2 or cooling unit, location: U1.1-V2.
This ends the procedure. Go to MAP 410: Repair Checkout in the RS/6000
Step 1524-4
2. Reinstall CEC power supply 2 or cooling unit that was removed in Step 1524-2.
power supply 2 (if present).
4. Disconnect the ac cable (dc power cable in a dc-powered system) to CEC power
supply 1.
5. Remove CEC power supply 1 if CEC power supply 2 is present. If location U1.1V2
has a cooling unit, then replace CEC power supply 1.
NO If CEC power supply 2 is present, replace CEC power supply 1, location:
U1.1-V1.
110 Service Guide
Step 1524-5
2. Reinstall CEC power supply 1 if it was removed in Step 1524-4 on page 110 or
replace the original CEC power supply 1, if it was replaced with a new one in Step
1524-4 on page 110.
power supply 1.
4. Remove CEC fan 7. Disregard a CEC fan error code if it occurs during this step.
NO Replace CEC fan 7, location: U1.1-F7.This ends the procedure. Go to MAP
410: Repair Checkout in the RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries Diagnostics
Step 1524-6
2. Reinstall CEC fan 7 that was removed in Step 1524-5.
3. Remove CEC fan 8. Disregard a CEC fan error code if it occurs during this step.
NO Replace CEC fan 8, location: U1.1-F8.This ends the procedure. Go to MAP
410: Repair Checkout in the RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries Diagnostics
YES Replace the CEC backplane, location: U1.1-P1.This ends the procedure. Go
to MAP 410: Repair Checkout in the RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries
Step 1524-7
CEC drawer.
3. Reinstall one of the cards that was removed in Step 1524-1 on page 109, in the
sequence listed:
a. CEC memory riser 1 (if present)
b. CEC memory riser 2 (if present)
c. CEC processor
4. Reconnect the ac power cables (dc power cables in a dc-powered system) to the
CEC drawer.
YES The last card you installed is defective. Replace the last card you
installed.This ends the procedure. Go to MAP 410: Repair Checkout in the
RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries Diagnostics Information for Multiple Bus
Systems.
Step 1524-8
Have all the cards that were removed in Step 1524-7 on page 111 been
reinstalled?
NO Go to Step 1524-7 on page 111 and reinstall the next card in the list.
YES Replace the CEC backplane, location: U1.1-P1.
112 Service Guide
MAP 1540: Minimum Configuration
This MAP is used to locate defective FRUs not found by normal diagnostics. For this
procedure, diagnostics are run on a minimally configured system. If a failure is detected
on the minimally configured system, the remaining FRUs are exchanged one at a time
until the failing FRU is identified. If a failure is not detected, FRUs are added back until
the failure occurs. The failure is then isolated to the failing FRU.
Notes:
1. Be sure to unplug the power cable from the rack that contains the CEC drawer, the
primary drawer, and any secondary drawer before removing or installing the
processor cards, memory cards, CEC backplane or I/O backplane to avoid damage.
2. This MAP assumes that a CD-ROM drive is installed and connected to a the
internal SCSI adapter of the primary drawer, and a diagnostics CD-ROM is
available.
3. If a general access password or privilegedaccess password is installed, you are
prompted to enter the password before the diagnostic CD-ROM can load.
4. The term POST indicators refers to the device mnemonics (words memory, keyboard,
network, scsi, and speaker) that appear on the system console during the power-on
self-test (POST).
5. The service processor may have recorded one or more symptoms in its error log. It
is a good idea to examine that error log before proceeding (see service processor
system information menu).
6. The service processor may have been set by the user to monitor server operations
and to attempt recoveries. You can disable these actions while you diagnose and
service the system. If you disable them, make notes of their current settings so that
you can restore them easily. The following table lists the settings:
Surveillance From the service processor setup menu, go to
the surveillance setup menu and disable
surveillance.
Unattended start From the service processor system power
control menu, disable unattended start mode.
Reboot policy From the system power control menu, go to the
reboot/restart policy setup menu and set:
a. Number of reboot attempts to 0 (zero)
b. Use OS-Defined restart policy to No
c. Enable supplemental restart policy to No.
Call out From the call-in/call-out setup menu, go to the
serial port selection menu and disable call-out
on both serial ports.
Step 1540-1
1. Ensure that the diagnostics and the operating system are shut down.
3. Select slow boot mode (select disable fast boot) on the system power control menu
4. Turn on the power to boot standalone diagnostics from CD.
Does the primary I/O drawer power come on and stay on?
YES Go to step 5.
5. Insert the diagnostic CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive.
Does the CD-ROM appear to operate correctly?
NO Go to Boot Problems and Concerns on page 159.
Step 1540-2
1. When the keyboard indicator is displayed (the word keyboard), press the 5 key on
the system console.
2. Enter the appropriate password when you are prompted to do so.
Is the Please define the System Console screen displayed?
Step 1540-3
The system is unable to boot standalone diagnostics.
Check the Service Processor error log and the primary I/O drawer operator panel for
additional error codes resulting from the slow boot in step 1540-1.
Did the slow boot generate a different error code than the one that originally sent
you to MAP 1540?
YES Restore fast boot mode (select enable fast boot) on the system power control
menu from the service processor main menu, go to Checkpoint and Error
Code Index on page 165 and follow the actions for the new error code.
NO Continue Step 1540-3 below.
The boot attempts that follow will attempt to get the Please define system console
prompt on the system console. Ignore any codes that may appear on the operator
panel unless stated otherwise.
114 Service Guide
Use the following table to locate, if possible, the error code that sent you to minimum
configuration:
Note: x = indicates any character (6 to F) associated with this code.
First Four Characters Second Four Characters
406x 0009
00A1
00A3
00A6
00A7
______________ ______________
450x 244C
or 460x 244D
or 4B2x 244E
244F
24A1
24A2
24A3
24A4
25BB
25BD
25BE
25BF
25CB
25EA
25EB
25F2
263D
271A
271D
288D
2A00
______________ ______________
B006 1406
1407
1408
______________ ______________
B1xx 4601
4648
4660
4690
4691
469E
469F
Use the following table to locate, if possible, the checkpoint that sent you to minimum
configuration:
Checkpoint Checkpoint Checkpoint
91FF 94B2 9503
9380 94BB 9504
94B0 9501 9505
94B1 9502 9506
Did you find the error code or checkpoint that sent you here in the above tables
or did the action that sent you to MAP 1540 explicitly tell you to run the CEC
Drawer Minimum Configuration?
Step 1540-4
2. At the CEC drawer, disconnect the RIO cable at RIO port 0.
3. At the primary I/O drawer, disconnect the RIO cable at RIO port 0. The RIO cable
should be loose and can be removed from the system.
4. At the CEC drawer, disconnect the RIO cable at RIO port 1 and reconnect it to RIO
port 0.
5. Follow the RIO cable you have connected to RIO port 0 of the CEC drawer back to
an I/O drawer, disconnect the I/O drawer end (RIO port 1, note location) of the RIO
cable and reconnect it to the primary I/O drawer RIO port 0.
6. With only one RIO cable connected between the CEC drawer RIO port 0 and the
primary I/O drawer RIO port 0, power the system on to boot standalone diagnostics
from CD.
Is the Please Define the System Console screen displayed?
NO Reconnect the RIO cable that was removed in substep 3 above. Connect from
CEC drawer RIO port 1 to the I/O drawer RIO port 1 noted in substep 5 above.
YES The RIO cable you removed in substep 3 above is defective.Replace the RIO
cable. Connect from CEC drawer RIO port 1 to the I/O drawer RIO port 1
noted in substep 5 above. The last item replaced was defective. Return the
machine to the original configuration. Go to MAP 410: Repair Checkout in
the Diagnostics Information for Multiple Bus Systems.
116 Service Guide
Step 1540-5
2. Disconnect the ac power cable(s) from the front of the CEC drawer.
3. If the system has a one-way processor card with memory DIMMs installed, record
the DIMM locations and remove all the memory DIMMs except the ones in slots 1
and 8pair A. If a memory riser card with memory DIMMs is installed in slot
U1.1-P1-M1, record the DIMM locations and remove all the memory DIMMs except
the ones in slots 1, 2, 15, and 16quad A.
Make sure the minimum memory DIMMs configuration of 256 MB is installed in the
memory riser card in the first slot of the system, or the one-way processor card if
there is no memory riser card. Use either a pair or a quad, depending on the
memory DIMMs available.
4. Replace the second memory riser card from slot U1.1-P1-M2, (if present), with a
memory filler card if one is available. Otherwise, record the DIMM locations, remove
all the memory DIMMs from the second memory riser card and install it back in slot
U1.1-P1-M2.
5. With the CEC drawer now configured with only minimum required memory, connect
the ac power cable to the CEC drawer and turn on the power to boot standalone
diagnostics from CD.
Step 1540-6
2. Disconnect the ac power cable from the CEC drawer.
3. Replace the items in the following list, ONE at a time.
a. Memory DIMMs quad A on memory riser card 1, if present, with new or
previously removed DIMMs
b. Memory riser card (Location: U1.1-P1-M1), if present, with a new or previously
removed memory riser card
c. Memory riser card (Location: U1.1-P1-M2), if present, with a new or previously
removed memory riser card
d. Memory DIMMs pair A on one-way processor card, if present, with new or
previously removed DIMMs
e. Processor card (Location: U1.1-P1-C1)
f. CEC drawer backplane (Location: U1.1-P1)
4. Reconnect the ac power to the CEC drawer.
YES The last item replaced was defective. Return the machine to the original
configuration. Go to MAP 410: Repair Checkout in the Diagnostics
Step 1540-7
Have all the parts, if present, listed in Step 1540-6 been replaced?
118 Service Guide
Step 1540-8
2. Disconnect the ac power cable from the CEC drawer.
3. Reinsert the cards in the following list one at a time. Continue to reinsert cards in
the list until you have reinserted all the cards in the list.
a. Memory DIMMs in quads B in memory riser card 1 if previously present or
memory DIMMs in pairs B in one-way processor card if previously present.
b. Memory DIMMs in quads C in memory riser card 1 if previously present or
memory DIMMs in pairs C in one-way processor card if previously present.
c. Memory DIMMs in quads D in memory riser card 1 if previously present or
memory DIMMs in pairs D in one-way processor card if previously present.
d. If a memory riser card filler was installed in the place of the memory riser card
2, replace the memory riser card filler with memory riser card 2.
e. Memory DIMMs in quad A in memory riser card 2 if previously present.
f. Memory DIMMs in quad B in memory riser card 2 if previously present.
g. Memory DIMMs in quad C in memory riser card 2 if previously present.
h. Memory DIMMs in quad D in memory riser card 2 if previously present.
4. Reconnect the ac power cable to the CEC drawer.
NO The DIMMs or memory riser card you just reinserted or the one-way processor
card is defective. Isolate to the failing memory DIMM pairs or quads by
temporarily replacing with new or previously removed or populated memory
DIMM pairs or quads. Otherwise, the memory riser card or one-way processor
card is bad. Return to the original configuration and replace the failing memory
DIMM or memory riser card or one-way processor card with new memory
DIMMs, memory riser card, or one-way processor card. Return the machine to
the original configuration. Go to MAP 410: Repair Checkout in the
Step 1540-9
Have all the cards in the list in Step 1540-8 on page 119 been replaced with new
or original cards?
Step 1540-10
The system stopped with the Please define system console prompt appearing on the
system console.
Standalone diagnostics can be booted. Perform the following:
1. Follow the instructions on the screen to select the system console.
2. When the DIAGNOSTIC OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS screen is displayed, press
Enter.
3. If the terminal type has not been defined, you must use the Initial Terminal option
of the FUNCTION SELECTION menu to initialize the AIX operating system
environment before you can continue with the diagnostics. This is a separate and
different operation from selecting the console display.
4. Select Advanced Diagnostic Routines.
5. When the DIAGNOSTIC MODE SELECTION menu displays, select System
Verification.
6. Record any devices missing from the list of all adapters and devices. Continue with
this MAP. When you have fixed the problem, use this record to verify that all
devices appear when you run System Verification.
Are there any devices missing from the list of all adapters and devices?
NO Reinstall all remaining adapters, if any, and reconnect all devices. Return the
system to its original configuration. Be sure to select fast boot mode (select
enable fast boot) on the system power control menu from the service
processor main menu. Go to Map 0410: Repair Checkout in the Diagnostics
Information for Multiple Bus Systems
YES The boot attempts that follow will attempt to isolate any remaining I/O drawer
problems with missing devices. Ignore any codes that may appear on the
operator panel unless stated otherwise. Go to Step 1540-11 on page 121.
120 Service Guide
Step 1540-11
You were directed here because the defect seems to be related to the I/O system.
Select fast boot mode (select enable fast boot) on the system power control menu from
the service processor main menu.
Look at the rear of the CEC drawer and locate the RIO cable connected to port 1. Refer
to CEC Drawer Rear View on page 11 for location of RIO connectors.
Follow the RIO cable back to the secondary I/O drawer.
Is the secondary I/O drawer attached to the CEC drawer ?
NO Did you perform Step 1540-4 on page 116?
YES Did you perform Step 1540-4 on page 116?
Step 1540-12
The secondary I/O Drawer is attached to the CEC drawer. Isolate a faulty RIO cable by
performing the following steps:
Note: Before continuing, check the cabling from the CEC drawer to I/O Drawer(s) to
ensure that the system is cabled correctly. Refer to Cabling the CEC Drawer,
Primary I/O Drawer, and Secondary I/O Drawer on page 48 for valid
configurations. Record the current cabling configuration and then continue with
the following steps.
1. Turn the system power off.
2. At the CEC drawer, disconnect the cable connection at RIO port 0.
3. At the primary I/O drawer, disconnect the cable connection at RIO port 0. The RIO
cable that was connected to RIO port 0 should now be loose and can be removed.
4. At the CEC drawer, disconnect the cable connection at RIO port 1 and reconnect
to RIO port 0.
5. Follow the RIO cable you have connected to RIO port 0 of the CEC drawer back
to the secondary I/O drawer, disconnect the I/O drawer end (RIO port 1, note
location) of the RIO cable and reconnect it to the primary I/O drawer RIO port 0.
6. Verify that primary I/O drawer RIO port 0 is connected to the CEC drawer RIO port
0.
8. If the Please Define System Console screen is displayed, follow directions to
select the system console.
9. Use the Display Configuration and Resource List to list all attached devices and
adapters (refer to the Diagnostics Information for Multiple Bus Systems if
necessary).
10. Check that all attached devices and adapters are listed.
Did the Please define the System Console screen display and are all attached
devices and adapters listed?
NO Go to Step 1540-13
YES The RIO cable that was removed in substep 3 above is defective. Replace the
RIO cable. Connect the new RIO cable from CEC drawer RIO port 1 to the
secondary I/O drawer RIO port 1 noted in substep 5 above. Reconfigure the
system to its original condition. Go to MAP 410: Repair Checkout in the
Step 1540-13
Isolate the primary I/O drawer by performing the following steps:
1. Turn off the system power.
2. Select fast boot mode (select enable fast boot) on the system power control menu
3. Verify that primary I/O drawer RIO port 0 is connected to CEC drawer RIO port 0.
4. At the primary I/O drawer, remove the cable connected to RIO port 1.
5. Verify that the primary I/O drawer V/S COMM and JTAG ports are connected to the
CEC V/S COMM and JTAG ports.
Note: The primary I/O drawer should be cabled as shown in Cabling the CEC
Drawer, Primary I/O Drawer, and Secondary I/O Drawer on page 48. Be sure
to examine all the RIO, V/S COMM, and JTAG cables.
6. Disconnect ac power cables from the secondary I/O drawer.
Attention: The rack that you are working on may have I/O drawers that are
connected to other CEC drawers or other third-party drawers attached to the power
distribution unit (PDU). To avoid removing power from drawers that are used by
other systems, when you are instructed to unplug power from an I/O drawer,
remove only the PDU side of the single ac cables connected to the I/O drawer in
question.
7. All I/O drawers except the primary I/O drawer should now be physically
disconnected from the CEC drawer.
122 Service Guide
Step 1540-14
The primary I/O drawer is the only remaining I/O drawer connected to the CEC drawer.
2. If the Please Define System Console screen is displayed, follow directions to select
the system console.
necessary).
If the Please Define System Console screen did not display or all attached devices and
adapters are not listed, the problem is in the primary I/O drawer.
Step 1540-15
Perform the following to deconfigure the primary I/O drawer:
2. If you have not already done so, reset the service processor settings with the
instructions in step 6 on page 113. Then return here and continue.
3. Exit the service processor menus, and remove the ac power cables from the CEC
drawer and the I/O drawer.
Attention: The rack that you are working on may have I/O drawers that are
connected to other CEC drawers or other third-party drawers attached to the power
distribution unit (PDU). To avoid removing power from drawers that are used by
other systems, when you are instructed to unplug power from an I/O drawer,
remove only the PDU side of the single ac cables connected to the I/O drawer in
question.
4. If a display adapter with keyboard and mouse connected to the primary I/O drawer
is being used as the console, locate a standalone serial terminal (possibly a 3151)
and connect to the S1 serial port.
5. Remove the keyboard and mouse, if they are attached to the primary I/O drawer.
6. Leave the remaining external cables (RIO-port0, V/S COMM, RIO-port1, and JTAG)
connected.
7. Disconnect the diskette drive cable from the diskette drive connector on the primary
I/O drawer backplane.
8. Disconnect the boot devices, if present, other than the device used for booting.
9. Plug in the ac power cables for the CEC drawer and the I/O drawer. The primary
I/O drawer operator panel momentarily displays an OK prompt.
Are there any adapters in slots 1, 2, 3, or 4?
Step 1540-16
Are there any adapters in slots 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9?
Step 1540-17
124 Service Guide
Step 1540-18
1. If it is not already off, turn power off.
2. Remove all adapters from slots 1, 2, 3, and 4 that are not attached to the boot
device.
3. Label and record the location of any cables attached to the adapters.
4. Record the slot number of the adapters.
6. If the TTY screen displays Enter 0 to select this console, press the 0 key on the
TTY terminals keyboard.
the system console.
necessary).
Step 1540-19
1. If it is not already off, turn power off.
2. Remove all adapters from slots 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9 that are not attached to the boot
device.
6. When the TTY screen displays Enter 0 to select this console, press the 0 key
on the TTY terminals keyboard.
the system console.
necessary).
Step 1540-20
1. If it is not already off, turn off the power.
2. Remove all adapters from slots 10, 11, 12, 13, and 14 that are not attached to the
boot device.
the system console.
necessary).
126 Service Guide
Step 1540-21
The problem is with one of the adapter cards or devices that was removed or
disconnected from the primary I/O drawer.
2. Reinstall one adapter or device that was removed. Use the original adapter cards in
their original slots when reinstalling adapters.
the system console.
necessary).
YES Reinstall the next adapter or device and return to the beginning of this step.
Continue repeating this process until an adapter or device causes the Please
Define System Console screen to not display or all attached devices and
adapters to not be listed.
After installing all the adapters and the Please Define System Console screen
does display and all attached devices and adapters are listed, return the
system to its original configuration. Go to Map 0410: Repair Checkout in the
Step 1540-22
Replace the adapter or device you just installed with a new adapter or device and retry
the boot to standalone diagnostics from CD.
the system console.
necessary).
NO The I/O drawer backplane is defective. Replace the I/O drawer backplane, and
then reinstall all remaining adapters and reconnect all devices. Return the
system to its original configuration. Go to Map 0410: Repair Checkout in the
YES The adapter was defective. Go to Step 1540-24 on page 130.
128 Service Guide
Step 1540-23
2. Disconnect the I/O drawer AC power cables.
3. Replace the parts in the list below one at a time.
a. Primary I/O drawer backplane
b. Boot device
c. RIO adapter card
d. Power supply and redundant power supply (if present)
e. Fan controller card
f. Power distribution card
4. Reconnect the I/O drawer AC power cables.
5. Turn power on.
6. Boot standalone diagnostics from CD.
the system console.
necessary).
NO Reinstall the next part in the list and return to the beginning of this step.
Continue repeating this process until a part causes the Please Define System
Console screen to be displayed and all attached devices and adapters to be
listed.
If you have replaced all the items listed above and the Please Define System
Console screen does not display or all attached devices and adapters are not
listed, check any external devices and cabling. If you do not find a problem,
contact your next level of support for assistance.
Step 1540-24
2. The item just replaced fixed the problem.
3. If a display adapter with keyboard and mouse were used, reinstall the display
adapter card, keyboard, and mouse.
4. Reconnect the diskette drive cable to the primary I/O drawer backplane.
5. Connect all the boot devices to the SCSI cable.
6. Plug in all adapters that were previously removed but not reinstalled.
7. Reconnect the primary I/O drawer ac power cables that were previously
disconnected.
Reconfigure the system to its original condition. Go to Map 0410: Repair Checkout in
the Diagnostics Information for Multiple Bus Systems.
Step 1540-25
If the Please Define System Console screen does display and all attached devices and
adapters are listed, the problem is with the secondary I/O drawer. Turn the power off.
Reconnect the secondary I/O drawer.
Note: The I/O drawers should be cabled as shown in Cabling the CEC Drawer,
Primary I/O Drawer, and Secondary I/O Drawer on page 48. Be sure to look at
RIO cables, SPCN cables, V/S COMM cables, and JTAG cables.
130 Service Guide
Step 1540-26
Connect ac power to the secondary I/O drawer.
Step 1540-27
Are there any adapters in slots 1, 2, 3, or 4?
Step 1540-28
Step 1540-29
Step 1540-30
2. Remove all adapters from slots 1, 2, 3, and 4 that are not attached to the boot
device.
the system console.
necessary).
Step 1540-31
2. Remove all adapters from slots 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9 that are not attached to the boot
device.
the system console.
necessary).
132 Service Guide
Step 1540-32
2. Remove all adapters from slots 10, 11, 12, 13, and 14 that are not attached to the
boot device.
the system console.
necessary).
Step 1540-33
If the Please Define System Console screen does display and all attached devices and
adapters are listed, the problem is with one of the adapter cards or devices that was
removed or disconnected from the I/O drawer.
2. Replace one adapter or device that was removed. Place the original adapter cards
in their original slots when reinstalling adapters.
the system console.
necessary).
YES Reinstall the next adapter or device and return to number 1 in this step.
Continue repeating this process until an adapter or device causes the Please
Define System Console screen to not be displayed or all attached devices and
adapters to not be listed.
Step 1540-34
Replace the adapter or device that is causing the Please Define System Console
screen to not be displayed or all attached devices and adapters to not be listed with a
new adapter.
1. Turn on power and boot standalone diagnostics from CD.
the system console.
necessary).
YES Reinstall all remaining adapters and reconnect all devices. Return the system
to its original configuration. Go to Map 0410: Repair Checkout in the
134 Service Guide
Step 1540-35
2. Disconnect the I/O drawer AC power cables.
3. Replace the remaining parts (listed below) in this drawer, one at a time.
a. Secondary I/O drawer backplane
b. RIO adapter card
c. Secondary drawer I/O operator panel
d. Fan controller card
e. Power supply and redundant power supply (if present)
f. Power distribution card
4. Reconnect the I/O drawer AC power cables.
5. Turn power on.
6. Boot standalone diagnostics from CD.
the system console.
necessary).
NO Reinstall the next part in the list and return to the beginning of this step.
Continue repeating this process until a part causes the boot to be successful.
If you have replaced all the items listed above and the boot is not successful,
check any external devices and cabling. If you do not find a problem, contact
your next level of support for assistance.
Step 1540-36
If the Please Define System Console screen is displayed and all attached devices and
adapters are listed, do the following:
2. The item just replaced fixed the problem.
3. Plug in all adapters that were previously removed but not installed.
4. Reconnect the secondary I/O drawer ac cables that were previously disconnected.
Ensure the circuit breakers are set to the On position.
Reconfigure the system to its original condition. Go Map 0410: Repair Checkout in the
Step 1540-37
The primary I/O Drawer is the only I/O Drawer that was connected to the CEC drawer.
Perform the following steps to isolate a faulty RIO cable:
Note: Before continuing, check the cabling from the CEC drawer to I/O Drawer(s) to
ensure that the system is cabled correctly. Refer to Cabling the CEC Drawer,
Primary I/O Drawer and Secondary I/O Drawer(s) on page 41 for valid
configurations. Record the current cabling configuration and then continue with
the following steps.
1. Turn the system power off.
2. At the CEC drawer, disconnect the cable connection at RIO port 0.
3. At the primary I/O drawer, disconnect the cable connection at RIO port 0. The RIO
cable that was connected to RIO port 0 should now be loose and can be removed.
4. At the CEC drawer, disconnect the cable connection at RIO port 1 and reconnect to
RIO port 0.
5. At the primary I/O drawer, disconnect the RIO connection at RIO port 1. Reconnect
this RIO cable end to RIO port 0.
6. Verify that primary I/O drawer RIO port 0 is connected to the CEC drawer RIO port
0.
NO Go to Step 1540-15 on page 124
YES The RIO cable that was removed in step 3 above is defective. Replace the
RIO cable. Connect the new RIO cable from CEC drawer RIO port 1 to the
primary I/O drawer RIO port 1. Reconfigure the system to its original condition.
Go to MAP 410: Repair Checkout in Diagnostics Information for Multiple Bus
Systems.
136 Service Guide
Chapter 4. Checkpoints
Checkpoints display on the primary I/O drawer operator panel while the system is
powering on and going through the initial program load (IPL). This chapter explains the
IPL flow of the system and provides a table that lists checkpoints that you might see in
the primary I/O drawer operator panel.
IPL Flow
The IPL process starts when ac power is connected to the system. The IPL process
has four phases:
v Phase 1: Service Processor Initialization
Phase 1 starts when ac power is connected to the system and ends when OK is
displayed in the primary I/O drawer operator panel. 8xxx checkpoints are displayed
during this phase. Several 9xxx codes may also be displayed. Service processor
menus are available at the end of this phase by pressing any key on the console
keyboard.
v Phase 2: Hardware Initialization by the Service Processor
Phase 2 starts when system power up is initiated by pressing the power on button on
the primary I/O drawer operator panel. 9xxx checkpoints are displayed during this
time. 91FF, the last checkpoint in this phase, indicates the transition to Phase 3 is
taking place.
v Phase 3: System Firmware initialization
At phase 3, a system processor takes over control and continues initializing system
resources. During this phase, checkpoints in the form Exxx are displayed. E105, the
last checkpoint in this phase, indicates that control is being passed to the AIX boot
program. Location codes may also be displayed in the second line of the primary I/O
v Phase 4: AIX Boot
When AIX starts to boot, checkpoints in the form 0xxx and 2xxx are displayed.
Location codes may also be displayed in the second line of the primary I/O drawer
operator panel. This phase ends when the AIX login prompt displays on the AIX
console. The primary I/O drawer operator panel should be blank.
137
The following table outlines the IPL phases from power-on to the AIX login prompt,
matching the phases to corresponding operator-panel checkpoints for a typical system
boot. Also listed are the approximate boot times for each phase, along with their
dependencies for each phase.
Note: The table below lists the major checkpoints only.
Phase # Checkpoints on
Operator Panel
Time in phase
(minutes)
Major contributors to time in phase
Phase 1 8xxx => OK Approx. 1
Phase 2 9xxx => 91FF 3 to 6 Number of I/O drawers
Phase 3 Exxx => E105 1 to 3 Number of bootable adapters
Phase 4 0xxx => blank 2 to 30+ Number of SSA drives
Number of SCSI drives
Number of Async sessions
Number of processors
Number of adapters
Amount of memory
138 Service Guide
Checkpoints enable users and service personnel to know what the server is doing, with
some detail, as it initializes. These checkpoints are not intended to be error indicators,
but in some cases a server could hang at one of the checkpoints without displaying an
8-character error code. It is for these hang conditions, only, that any action should be
taken with respect to checkpoints. The most appropriate action is included with each
checkpoint.
Before taking actions listed with a checkpoint, check for additional symptoms in the
service processor error log. See the System Information Menu on page 382 for
information on how to access the service processor error log.
Note: Go to MAP 1540: Minimum Configuration on page 113 for any of the following
checkpoint conditions. If mentioned as an action, remember to run the System
Rack Minimum Configuration:
v A four-digit code in the range of 8xxx through EFFF not listed in the
checkpoint tables.
v A four-digit code is in the checkpoint tables, but does not contain a repair
action or FRU listing.
v All of the FRUs listed in the repair action have been replaced and the problem
has not been corrected.
Checkpoints listed in the following tables are in the format 8xxx, 9xxx, Axxx, Bxxx, or
Exxx, where x is any hexadecimal digit from 1-9 or A-F. If your system hangs with a
checkpoint displayed that begins with anything other than 8, 9, A, B, or E, go to the
RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries Diagnostics Information for Multiple Bus Systems.
Use the table below to determine where to find the checkpoint.
Symptom Action
You have a code that is of the form 8xxx, 9xxx,
Axxx, or Bxxx.
Go to Service Processor Checkpoints on
page 140.
You have a code of the form Exxx. Go to Firmware Checkpoints on page 147.
You have a four-character code that is NOT of
the form 8xxx, 9xxx, Axxx, Bxxx, or Exxx.
Refer to the RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries
Systems manual.
Chapter 4. Checkpoints 139
Service Processor Checkpoints
Service processor checkpoints are in the range 8xxx to Bxxx. OK in the primary I/O
drawers operator panel indicates successful service processor testing and initialization.
Firmware checkpoints are listed in Firmware Checkpoints on page 147.
Note: A spinning (or twirling) slash will be shown in the upper right corner of the
operator panel display while some checkpoints are being displayed. If the slash
stops spinning, a hang condition is indicated.
Table 1. Service Processor Checkpoints
Checkpoint Description Action/
Possible Failing FRU
8000 Test of the service processor
DRAM
See note 1 on page 144
8004 Verify base code checksum See note 1 on page 144
8008 Verify base code mirror checksum See note 1 on page 144
8009 Set NVRAM configuration in TITAN See note 1 on page 144
800F Start base code See note 1 on page 144
8010 Start supervisor in base code See note 1 on page 144
8012 Initialize hardware interrupts See note 1 on page 144
8014 Allocate and initialize area in
DRAM
8016 Initialize debugger and build VPD See note 1 on page 144
8018 Initialize service processor
interfaces
801A Initialize external FLASH load See note 1 on page 144
801B Initialize and test ISA hub chip See note 1 on page 144
801C Initialize and test SUPER I/O chip See note 1 on page 144
801F Initialize diskette, verify VDASD
and start operational loader
809x Related to recovery mode system
firmware update from diskette
8092 Diskette initialization during
recovery mode system firmware
update
8098 Firmware image being read during
recovery mode system firmware
update
809C Firmware image being written
during recovery mode system
firmware update
809F Diskette error during recovery
mode system firmware update
8100 Start operational loader See note 1 on page 144
140 Service Guide
Table 1. Service Processor Checkpoints (continued)
81xx Load code into DRAM from VDASD
(where xx = number of loads)
81FE Load service processor operating
system
81FF Start service processor operating
system
9000 Primary service processor task
initializing
9009 System processor IPL has started See note 1 on page 144
9010 Primary service processor thread
waiting for response
9020 Service processor state set to
pre-standby
9021 Service processor state set to
standby
9022 Service processor state set to IPL See note 1 on page 144
9030 Waiting for secondary thread
acknowledge
9033 I/O base initialization See note 1 on page 144
9034 I2C initialization See note 1 on page 144
9035 ISA initialization See note 1 on page 144
9036 Mailbox initialization See note 1 on page 144
9037 SLLA initialization (VPD) See note 1 on page 144
9038 NVRAM initialization See note 1 on page 144
9039 Serial port initialization See note 1 on page 144
903A Serial I/O initialization See note 1 on page 144
903B SPCN initialization See note 1 on page 144
9051 End of reset/reload operation:
service processor dump has
completed
9060 Checking/configuring modem on
serial port 1
9061 Checking/configuring modem on
serial port 2
906A Create mailbox processing thread See note 1 on page 144
906B Create menu interface thread See note 1 on page 144
906C Create general thread See note 1 on page 144
906D Create SPCN thread See note 1 on page 144
9080 Start VPD collection program See note 1 on page 144
9081 Start SC VPD data collection See note 1 on page 144
9082 I2C/SPCN VPD data collection See note 1 on page 144
9083 End SC VPD data collection See note 1 on page 144
9084 End I2C VPD data collection See note 1 on page 144
90FD Waiting for IBIST to complete See note 1 on page 144
9101 Create CEC box See note 1 on page 144
9102 Open load source See note 1 on page 144
9103 Verify open status of load source See note 1 on page 144
9104 Load IPL LIDs See note 1 on page 144
9105 System flush See note 1 on page 144
9106 Scan interface BATs See note 1 on page 144
9107 ABIST See note 1 on page 144
9108 LBIST See note 1 on page 144
9109 LBIST See note 1 on page 144
910A Configure and initialize processors See note 1 on page 144
910B Configure main storage (system
memory)
910C Initialize main storage (system
memory)
910D Configure and initialize I/O See note 1 on page 144
910E Test main storage (system
memory)
910F Free IPL LIDS See note 1 on page 144
9110 Load runtime LIDS See note 1 on page 144
9111 Load dump LIDS See note 1 on page 144
9112 Enable attention See note 1 on page 144
9113 Enable function 22 See note 1 on page 144
9114 Load system IPL program See note 1 on page 144
9115 Load system data areas
(NACA/PACA)
9116 Start system IPL program See note 1 on page 144
9118 Waiting for VPD collection to
complete
142 Service Guide
9184 Firmware image being loaded into
service processors control storage
during firmware update.
1. Remove, then reapply power to
the system. If the service
processor enters recovery
mode, (indicated by A1FD 0000
in the display), attempt to
update the firmware again in
recovery mode. If the service
processor comes up to the OK
prompt, try again to update the
firmware using the service
processor menus.
2. Call service support
91FF Control being handed to system
processor from service processor
9380 Built-in-self-test (BIST) See note 2 on page 144
94B0 Wire test faulty driver status
refcode
94B1 Wire test shorted net status refcode See note 2 on page 144
94B2 Wire test L2 cache status refcode See note 2 on page 144
94BB Wire test status SRC refcode See note 2 on page 144
9501 Main storage initialization See note 2 on page 144
9502 Main storage L3 cache march test See note 2 on page 144
9503 Main storage L3 connections test See note 2 on page 144
9504 Main storage L3 cache march test See note 2 on page 144
9505 MS extra testing (RIO, etc.) See note 2 on page 144
9506 MS cleanup See note 2 on page 144
99FD Service processor receiving
firmware update module
99FF Service processor writing firmware
update module
A800 Start service processor dump
process
A801 Start dump to debug port See note 1 on page 144
A802 Start dump to debug port See note 1 on page 144
A803 NVRAM not usable See note 1 on page 144
A804 NVRAM dump done See note 1 on page 144
A805 Start dump to flash See note 1 on page 144
A806 Flash dump area done See note 1 on page 144
A807 Flash area not usable See note 1 on page 144
A808 Flash error log to debug port See note 1 on page 144
A809 Flash erase start See note 1
A80A Flash erase end See note 1
A80B Reserved; not used See note 1
A80C Reserved; not used See note 1
A80D Reserved; not used See note 1
A80E Reserved; not used See note 1
A80F Service processor dump done See note 1
B00B Firmware delaying to determine if
MOPs error is the result of power
disturbance. After delay, SPCN is
queried for CEC power status.
1. Remove, then reapply power to
the system.
2. Call service support.
B0F5 Delayed power-off sequence has
begun
See note 1
B0FA Delayed power-off acknowledged See note 1
B0FF Power-off requested program
executing
See note 1
Notes:
1. If the system fails to progress after this checkpoint is put in the display, do the
following:
a. Activate the service processor pinhole reset switch on the systems operator
panel.
b. If the hang repeats, check with service support to see if there is a firmware
update that fixes the problem.
c. If not, or the update does not fix the problem, change the primary I/O backplane.
d. If this procedure does not fix the problem, call service support.
2. If the system fails to progress after this checkpoint is put in the display, do the
following:
panel.
c. If not, or the update does not fix the problem, go to MAP 1540: Minimum
3. Recovery mode flash update has failed. Do the following:
panel and try the recovery mode flash update again.
b. If the system hangs again, make a new set of firmware update diskettes, using
new, blank diskettes. Retry the flash update with the new diskettes.
144 Service Guide
c. If the same hang occurs with the new diskettes, replace the following FRUs one
at a time in this order:
1) Diskette drive
2) I/O backplane in the primary I/O drawer
4. The service processor was unable to configure the modem(s) attached to the serial
port(s). Do the following:
a. Check the modem, modem cable, and serial port for loose or unconnected
cables. Reset the service processor using the pinhole reset switch on the
primary I/O drawer operator panel.
c. If there is not, or the update does not fix the problem, replace the following
FRUs one at a time in this order:
1) Modem cable
2) Modem
3) I/O backplane in the primary I/O drawer
146 Service Guide
Firmware Checkpoints
Firmware uses checkpoints (progress codes) in the range of Exxx to EFFF. These
checkpoints occur during system startup and can be useful in diagnosing certain
problems. Service processor checkpoints are listed in Service Processor Checkpoints
on page 140.
If you replace FRUs and the problem is still not corrected, go to MAP 1540: Minimum
Configuration on page 113 unless otherwise indicated in the tables.
in the RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries Diagnostics Information for Multiple Bus Systems.
Note: Firmware can hang due to multiple causes. In many cases, it can be caused by
the primary processor or a memory problem in the first 64 MB of real memory. If
a location code is not provided with the checkpoint, the following procedure will
use the primary processor and low memory as the probable FRUs.
1. If firmware is hung (E100 through EFFF) and a location code is displayed on
the second line of the operator panel, use that location code as the primary
FRU.
2. If no location code is present or if replacing the primary FRU indicated in the
location code did not fix the problem, then perform the following actions:
a. Power off the system and go to the service processor menus.
b. From the service processor main menu, select option 3, System
Information Menu, then select option 5, Read NVRAM.
c. Enter 330 when prompted for an address.
d. Look at the byte of data at address 330. If value is FF, go to note 3. If the
value is 000F, replace the processor card, location: U1.1P1C1.
Attempt to reboot the system. If the system hangs at the same
checkpoint, go to note 3. If the system hangs at a new checkpoint,
perform the actions associated with the new checkpoint.
3. Power off the system. From the service processor main menu, select option
3, System Information Menu, then option 8, Memory
Configuration/Deconfiguration Menu. Identify the first configured DIMM
pair if DIMMs reside on a 1way processor card, or the first configured
memory riser card and quad of DIMMs. Replace the first group of DIMMs.
4. If replacing the first group of configured DIMMs doesnt fix the problem,
replace the memory riser card. If the problem is not fixed, go to MAP 1540:
Minimum Configuration on page 113.
Table 2. Firmware Checkpoints
E100 Reserved See the note on 139.
E101 Create RTAS node See the note on page 139.
E102 Load/Init RTAS See the note on page 139.
E105 Transfer control to Operating
System (normal boot).
See Boot Problems and Concerns
on page 159.
E10A Load RTAS device tree See the note on page 139.
E10B Set RTAS device properties See the note on page 139.
E122 RTAS sensor setup complete See the note on page 139.
E130 Build device tree See the note on page 139.
E134 Create memory node See the note on page 139.
E137 Create openprom node See the note on page 139.
E138 Create options node See the note on page 139.
E139 Create node aliases and system
aliases
See the note on page 139.
E13A Create packages node See the note on page 139.
E140 Operating system load See the note on page 139.
E149 Create boot mgr node See the note on page 139.
E14C Create terminal-emulator node See the note on page 139.
E14D Loading boot image See Boot Problems and Concerns
on page 159.
E14F NVRAM initialization See the note on page 139.
E150 Create host (primary) PCI controller
node
1. If a location code is associated
with the checkpoint, replace the
adapter identified by the
location code. See Checkpoint
and Error Code Index on
page 165.
If a network adapter is
replaced, see Replacing the
Network Adapter on page 163.
2. Replace the primary I/O
backplane.
E151 Probing primary PCI bus 1. If a location code is associated
with the checkpoint, replace the
FRU identified by the location
code. See Checkpoint and
Error Code Index on page 165.
If a network adapter is
replaced, see Replacing the
Network Adapter on page 163.
backplane.
148 Service Guide
Table 2. Firmware Checkpoints (continued)
E152 Probing for adapter FCODE,
evaluate if present
Follow the repair action listed for
checkpoint E151.
E153 End adapter FCODE,
probe/evaluate
E154 Create PCI bridge node Follow the repair action listed for
checkpoint E151.
E155 Probing PCI bridge secondary bus Follow the repair action listed for
checkpoint E151.
E156 Create PCI ethernet node Follow the repair action listed for
checkpoint E151.
E15A Create 64-bit host (primary) PCI
controller node
E15B Transferring control to Operating
System (service mode boot)
on page 159.
E15C Probe primary 64-bit PCI bus See the note on page 147.
E15D Create host PCI controller node See the note on page 147.
E15F Adapter VPD probe Follow the repair action listed for
checkpoint E151.
E162 SP node VPD creation See the note on page 147.
E163 Create CPU VPD See the note on page 147.
E165 Create planar-clock VPD See the note on page 147.
E166 Create CEC VPD See the note on page 147.
E167 Collect power cards VPD. See the note on page 147.
E170 Start of PCI Bus Probe Follow the repair action listed for
checkpoint E151.
E172 First pass PCI device probe Follow the repair action listed for
checkpoint E151.
E174 Establishing host connection If the system is not connected to
an active network or if the target
server is inaccessible (this can also
result from incorrect IP parameters
being supplied), the system will still
attempt to boot. Because time-out
durations are necessarily long to
accommodate retries, the system
may appear to be hung.
Restart the system and access the
firmware SMS utilities. In the
utilities check:
v Is the intended boot device
correctly specified in the boot
list?
v Are the IP parameters correct?
v Verify the network connection
(network could be down).
v Have network administrator
verify the server configuration for
this client.
v Attempt to ping the target
server using the SMS Ping
utility.
E175 BootP request Refer to checkpoint E174.
E176 TFTP file transfer See Boot Problems and Concerns
on page 159.
E177 Transfer failure due to TFTP error
condition
on page 159.
E17B Processor clock speed check
measurement
Primary I/O backplane.
E180 Service processor command setup See the note on page 139.
E183 Service processor post See the note on page 139.
E186 Request PS1 VPD See the note on page 139.
E187 Add PS1 VPD to NVRAM and
device tree
E188 Request PS2 VPD See the note on page 139.
E189 Add PS2 VPD to NVRAM and
device tree
E18C VPD and data communications with
I/O planar complete
E190 Create ISA node See the note on page 139.
E191 Create ISA reserved node See the note on page 139.
150 Service Guide
E193 Initialize Super I/O See the note on page 139.
E196 Probe ISA bus See the note on page 139.
E199 Reboot after flash Try to boot system a second time.
If this does not work, replace the
primary I/O backplane.
E19B Create service processor node See the note on page 139.
E19C Create tablet node See the note on page 139.
E19D Create NVRAM node See the note on page 139.
E19E Real-time clock (RTC) initialization Refer to error code 28030xxx in
Firmware Error Codes on
page 190.
E1AD See description of checkpoint
E1DE
E1B0 Create lpt node See the note on page 139.
E1B1 Create serial node See the note on page 139.
E1B2 Create audio node See the note on page 139.
E1B3 Create 8042 node See the note on page 139.
E1B6 Probe for (ISA) keyboard See the note on page 139.
E1BD Probe for (ISA) mouse See the note on page 139.
E1BF Create pwr-mgmt node See the note on page 139.
E1C4 Build ISA timer chip node See the note on page 139.
E1C5 Create ISA interrupt controller (pic)
node
E1C6 Create DMA node See the note on page 139.
E1D0 Create PCI SCSI node Perform Repair actions from
checkpoint E156.
E1D3 Create SCSI block device node
(SD)
Perform Repair actions from
checkpoint E156.
E1D4 Create SCSI byte device node (ST) Perform Repair actions from
checkpoint E156.
E1DB Create floppy controller (FDC) node Replace the primary I/O backplane.
E1DC Dynamic console selection. If a console is attached but nothing
is displayed on it, follow the steps
associated with All display
problems in the Entry MAP tables.
If selection screen(s) can be seen
on the terminals and the
appropriate key on the input device
associated with the desired display
or terminal is pressed, within 60
seconds, but there is no response
to the keystroke:
v If selecting the console with a
keyboard attached to the
system, replace the keyboard. If
replacing the keyboard does not
fix the problem, replace the
primary I/O backplane.
v If selecting the console with an
ASCII terminal, suspect the
ASCII terminal. Use the problem
determination procedures for the
terminal. Replace the primary I/O
backplane if these procedures
do not reveal a problem.
Note: Terminal settings should
be set to:
9600 Baud
No Parity
8 Data bits
1 Stop bit
E1DE Alternating pattern of E1DE and
E1AD is used to indicate a default
catch condition before the firmware
checkpoint word is available.
E1DF Create diskette drive (disk) node See the note on page 139.
E1F0 Start O.B.E. See the note on page 139.
E1F1 Begin selftest sequence on boot
device(s). Begin SMS.
E1F2 Power-on password prompt. Prompt should be visible on the
system console.
If a console is attached but nothing
is displayed on it, go to the Entry
MAP on page 75 with the symptom
152 Service Guide
E1F3 Privileged-access password prompt Prompt should be visible on the
system console.
If a console is attached but nothing
is displayed on it, go to the Entry
MAP on page 75 with the symptom
E1F5 Build boot device list See the note on page 139.
E1F6 Determine boot device sequence See the note on page 139.
E1F7 No boot image located Follow the repair actions listed for
error code 20EE000B.
E1FB Scan SCSI bus for attached
devices
If a location code is available,
follow the repair actions listed for
error code 21A000XX.
E1FD The operator panel will alternate
between the code E1FD and
another Exxx code, where Exxx is
the point at which the error
occurred.
Checkpoint E1FD indicates that an
error has occurred during system
startup. The display alternates
between E1FD and another
checkpoint, Exxx, where the error
occurred. Check the list of
checkpoints for Exxx. If the
description for that checkpoint does
not resolve the problem, return
here for more instruction.
Checkpoint E1FD may be
displayed when an adapter or
peripheral device is malfunctioning.
To determine which device is most
likely to have caused the error,
follow these steps.
1. Check the progress codes
from last boot in the service
processors Information menu.
Look for the last location code
that was displayed before the
E1FD error code.
2. The device pointed to by this
location is suspect.
3. If the progress code listing only
contains the E1FD and Exxx
checkpoints, restart the system
and power off when the E1FD
and Exxx codes are displayed.
Repeat step 1.
4. Try removing the suspect
device (if it is not integrated).
Remove power from the system
before changing the hardware
configuration.
5. Restart the system. If it now
boots normally, without stopping
at checkpoint E1FD, the device
that was removed in the
previous step should be
replaced.
6. If the above steps have not
resolved the problem, go to
MAP 1540: Minimum
154 Service Guide
E440 Validate NVRAM, initialize partitions
as needed
1. Verify that the system firmware
levels are at the current release
levels. Update as necessary.
2. Replace primary I/O backplane
if problem persists.
E441 Generate /options node NVRAM
configuration variable properties
1. Verify that the system firmware
E442 Validate NVRAM partitions 1. Verify that the system firmware
E443 Generate NVRAM configuration
variable dictionary words
Suspect a system firmware
problem if problem persists. Verify
that the system firmware is at
current release level. Update
back-level system firmware.
E500 Configure remote I/O subsystem 1. Configure I/O subsystem
2. The appearance of this code
indicates that the I/O
subsystem configuration has
started or progressed to the
point where the code can be
displayed.
E5xy (E511 - E5FF)
Where x is not equal
to 0, and y is not
equal to 0.
Configure remote I/O subsystem
components
The E5xy (E511 to E5FF) codes
are reserved for activities relating
to configuration or testing of the I/O
subsystem, or remote I/O
subsystem. A hang at one of these
codes implies that a severe error
occurred during the programming
of I/O subsystem registers or when
interacting with adapters plugged
into the system. The last two digits
in the checkpoint can be used to
help isolate the location of the I/O
activity that caused the problem.
x indicates the I/O drawer
number. y indicates the PCI bus
occurrence.
If y=_, then the PCI Bus is:
Y = PCI Bus
1 = 0
2 = 1
3 = 2
4 = 3
See AIX and Physical Location
Code Tables in Chapter 1, for
location codes.
Using the information above, go to
MAP 1540: Minimum
E600 SSA PCI adapter open firmware
has run successfully.
Replace the adapter. See
Checkpoint and Error Code Index
on page 165 for location code
information related to this error.
E601 SSA PCI adapter BIST has started
but failed to complete after four
seconds.
E602 SSA PCI adapter open firmware
has started.
E603 SSA PCI adapter BIST has
completed with an error.
156 Service Guide
E604 SSA PCI adapter BIST and
subsequent POSTs have completed
successfully.
E605 SSA PCI adapter BIST has
completed successfully but the
subsequent POSTs have failed.
E60E SSA PCI adapter open firmware
about to exit (no stack corruption).
E60F SSA PCI adapter open firmware
has run unsuccessfully.
E6FF SSA PCI adapter open firmware
about to exit (with stack corruption).
E700 Create system firmware VPD Replace the primary I/O drawer
backplane, location: U0.1P1.
E701 Create memory VPD. Go to MAP 1540: Minimum
Configuration on page 113 to
isolate the failing memory
components.
E702 Create processor card VPD. Replace the processor card,
location: U1.1P1C1. See the
note on page 139.
E703 Create operator panel VPD.
1. Replace the operator panel,
location U0.1L1. See
Replacing the Primary Drawer
Operator Panel on page 163.
2. Replace the primary I/O drawer
E704 Create CEC VPD. See the note on page 139.
E705 Create clock card VPD. See the note on page 139.
E706 Create RIO extender card VPD. Replace RIO extender card. See
the note on page 139.
E707 Create system VPD. See the note on page 139.
E708 Create RIO to PCI adapter VPD. See the note on page 139.
E709 Create VPD via SPCN. See the note on page 139.
E70A Create service processor VPD. Replace the primary I/O drawer
E8xx RTAS initialization problem. Call for support.
EAA1 Probe PCI-PCI bridge. Follow the repair actions for
checkpoint E151.
Note: If you receive a four-digit code in the range of E1xx to EFFF that is not listed in
the table above, go to MAP 1540: Minimum Configuration on page 113.
158 Service Guide
Boot Problems and Concerns
Depending on the boot device, a checkpoint may be displayed on the operator panel for
an extended period of time while the boot image is retrieved from the device. This is
particularly true for tape and network boot attempts. If booting from CD-ROM or tape,
watch for activity on the drives LED indicator. A blinking LED indicates that the loading
of either the boot image or additional information required by the operating system
being booted is still in progress. If the checkpoint is displayed for an extended period of
time and the drive LED is not indicating any activity, there might be a problem loading
the boot image from the device.
Note: For network boot attempts, if the system is not connected to an active network or
if the target server is inaccessible (this can also result from incorrect IP
parameters being supplied), the system will still attempt to boot. Because
time-out durations are necessarily long to accommodate retries, the system may
appear to be hung.
This procedure assumes that a CD-ROM drive is connected to internal SCSI connector
in the primary I/O drawer and a diagnostic CD-ROM is available.
Step 1
Restart the system and access the firmware SMS Main Menu. Select Multiboot.
1. Check to see if the intended boot device is correctly specified in the boot list. If it is
in the boot list:
a. Remove all removable media from devices in the boot list from which you do not
want to boot.
b. If attempting to boot from the network, go to Step 2.
c. If attempting to boot from a disk drive or CD-ROM, go to Step 3 on page 160.
2. If the intended boot device is not correctly identified in the boot sequence, add it to
the boot sequence using the SMS menus. If the device can be added to the boot
sequence, reboot the system. If the intended boot device cannot be added to the
boot list, go to Step 3 on page 160.
Step 2
If attempting to boot from the network:
1. Verify that IP parameters are correct.
2. Attempt to ping the target server using the SMS Ping utility. If the ping is not
successful, have the network administrator verify the server configuration for this
client.
3. Check with the network administrator to ensure that the network is up.
4. Check the network cabling to the adapter.
5. Turn the power off, then on and retry the boot operation.
Step 3
Try to boot and run standalone diagnostics against the system, particularly against the
intended boot device.
If diagnostics boot successfully:
1. Go to the Task Selection Menu and select Display Configuration and Resource List.
If the intended boot device is not listed, go to MAP 0290: Missing Resource
Problem Resolution in the RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries Diagnostics Information
2. If an SRN, not an 8-digit error code, is reported, go to the RS/6000 and Eserver
pSeries Diagnostics Information for Multiple Bus Systems manual.
3. If the diagnostics are successful, it may be necessary to perform an operating
system-specific recovery process, or reinstall the operating system.
If diagnostics do not boot successfully:
1. Verify proper SCSI bus termination.
2. Check SCSI cabling.
3. It is possible that another attached SCSI device is causing the problem. Do the
following:
a. Disconnect the signal and power cables from the disk drive cage backplane.
b. Disconnect the disk drive(s) in the disk drive cage from the backplane.
c. Disconnect the signal and power cables from any other SCSI devices attached
to the SCSI adapter that the CD-ROM drive is attached to.
d. Try to boot the standalone diagnostics again.
e. If you are still unable to load standalone diagnostics, go to Step 4 on
page 161.
f. If standalone diagnostics load, one of the disconnected devices is causing the
problem. Reconnect the devices one at a time and retry the boot operation until
the problem recurs and replace the device that caused the problem. (If the
problem appears to be one of the disk drives in the disk drive cage, be aware it
could be either the disk drive or the backplane.) Go to MAP 410: Repair
Checkout in the RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries Diagnostics Information for
160 Service Guide
Step 4
It is possible that another installed adapter is causing the problem. Do the following:
1. Remove all installed adapters except the one the CD-ROM drive is attached to and
the one used for the console.
2. Try to boot the standalone diagnostics again.
3. If unable to load standalone diagnostics, go to Step 5.
4. If standalone diagnostics load, reinstall adapters (and attached devices as
applicable) one at a time and retry the boot operation until the problem recurs. Then
replace the adapter or device that caused the problem. (The primary I/O drawer
backplane can also cause the device or adapter to fail.) Go to MAP 410: Repair
Checkout in the RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries Diagnostics Information for
Step 5
The CD-ROM drive, SCSI cable, SCSI adapter, graphics adapter, or the primary I/O
drawer backplane is most likely defective. A TTY terminal attached to the serial port
also can be used to determine if the graphics adapter is causing the problem. This is
done by removing the graphics adapter, attaching a TTY to the serial port, and retrying
standalone diagnostics. If the standalone diagnostics load, replace the graphics
adapter.
1. Replace the CD-ROM drive.
3. If the CD-ROM drive is attached to a SCSI adapter rather than the integrated SCSI
on the primary I/O drawer backplane, replace the SCSI adapter.
4. Replace the primary I/O drawer backplane.
5. If you replaced the indicated FRUs and the problem is still not corrected, or the
above descriptions did not address your particular situation, go to MAP 1540:
Minimum Configuration on page 113.
6. Go to MAP 410: Repair Checkout in RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries Diagnostics
162 Service Guide
Chapter 5. Error Code to FRU Index
Attention: Start your activity in this chapter by going to Checkpoint and Error Code
Index on page 165. In this section, you may be asked to perform additional isolation
procedures before looking up the actions for a 4-character checkpoint or 8-character
error code.
The Error Code to FRU Index lists fault symptoms and possible causes. The most likely
cause is listed first. Use this index to help you decide which FRUs to replace when
servicing the system.
v If you replace FRUs or perform an action and the problem is still not corrected, go to
MAP 1540: Minimum Configuration on page 113 unless otherwise indicated in the
tables.
v If you replace FRUs and the problem is corrected, go to MAP 410: Repair
Checkout in the RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries Diagnostics Information for Multiple
Bus Systems.
Note: Do not shut down the system if the FRU was replaced by hot swap.
Four-Character Checkpoints
Four-character progress codes and checkpoints in the form 8xxx, 9xxx, Axxx, Bxxx, and
Exxx are listed in Firmware Checkpoints on page 147. If you have a four-character
code that begins with any character other than 8, 9, A, B, or E, refer to the RS/6000
Replacing the Primary Drawer Operator Panel
Licensed programs frequently rely on system information that is stored in the VPD
module on the primary drawers operator panel. If the MAPs indicate that the operator
panel should be replaced, the pluggable VPD module must be swapped. If the old
module is defective, or cannot be recovered, contact service support.
Replacing the Network Adapter
If a network adapter is replaced, the network administrator must be notified so that the
client IP addresses used by the server can be updated. In addition, the operating
system configuration of the network controller may need to be changed in order to
enable system startup. Also check to ensure that any client or server that accesses this
system is updated.
Analyzing SPCN Errors on Secondary Drawers
The drawer number of a secondary I/O drawer (which displays in the operator panel in
the form U0.n, where n is the drawer number) does not change unless a repair action or
a configuration change has occurred. However, after a secondary I/O drawer has been
removed, added, or had its backplane replaced, there is a window of time during the
163
IPL process in which the drawer number may appear to be out of range. For example, if
there is one I/O drawer in the system and one is added, it may temporarily be assigned
a drawer number of 3 or greater. The drawer numbers are reallocated and finalized
during the latter stages of the boot process.
If a fatal SPCN error occurs while the drawer has a temporary number, the system halts
with an 8-character error code displayed in the form 10n1xxxx, where n is the drawer
number. To determine the error, if n is not equal to 1, substitute the number 2 for n, then
look up the error code in SPCN Error Codes on page 169. Perform the indicated
actions on the failing drawer.
If a non-fatal SPCN error occurs while the drawer has a temporary number, this
temporary number may appear as part of a location code in the service processor error
log or while running AIX diagnostics. If the non-fatal error becomes fatal or is the cause
of a fatal error, the drawer address will have been resolved and the original error log
entry can be ignored.
Isolating the I/O Drawer Failure
The primary I/O drawer is drawer number 1, although it is not displayed on the operator
panel.
To determine which I/O drawer is failing, you may find the attention LED on an I/O
drawer indicates a fault. Check the LEDs on the front of each I/O drawer to isolate
failures to a single drawer. See Primary I/O Drawer Operator Panel on page 23 and
Secondary I/O Drawer Operator Panel on page 24 for the location and meaning of the
LEDs on the I/O drawer operator panels.
Determining Location Code
If you have an error code in the form 2xxx xxxx or Exxx, and no location code
associated with it, the location code may possibly be found in three places, depending
on the state of the system:
v If the system will boot into AIX, the location code will be reported when error log
analysis is run under AIX diagnostics.
v If the system will boot into the system management services (SMS) menus, the SMS
error log will contain the location code associated with the error code. See Display
Error Log on page 417.
v If the system halted when the error occurred, the error code and location can be
found in the LCD progress indicator log, which can be accessed using the service
processor menus. See System Information Menu on page 382, then select Read
Progress Indicator From Last System Boot. Find the error code in the list that
directed you to this note, and the location code should be a part of the entry in the
log.
164 Service Guide
The following table is an index to the checkpoints or error codes that you may receive
to help diagnose a failure. Locate the code you received, and follow the instructions to
determine your next step.
Checkpoint or Error
Code
What You Should Do
0000 xxxx Operator Panel Error Codes
Go to Operator Panel Error Codes on page 168 and follow the instructions in the Operator
Panel Error Code table.
1xxx xxxx System Power Control Network (SPCN) Error Codes
Go to SPCN Error Codes on page 169 and follow the instructions in the SPCN Error Code
table.
2xxx xxxx Firmware Error Codes
Go to Firmware Error Codes on page 190 and follow the instructions in the Firmware Error
Code table.
4xxx xxxx Service Processor Error Codes
1. Perform slow boot. See Performing Slow Boot on page 166.
2. If the error codes are 406x xxxx or 450x xxxx, and if their actions call out memory
DIMMs or cards containing memory DIMMs, go to Memory-Related Error Codes on
page 167. For all other error codes, go to Confirming Initial Error Code on page 166.
3. Go to Service Processor Error Codes on page 213 and follow the instructions in the
Service Processor Error Codes table.
8xxx
9xxx
Axxx
Bxxx
Service Processor Checkpoints
Go to Service Processor Checkpoints on page 140 for more information on these
checkpoints.
B006 xxxx
B1xx xxxx
Common Firmware Error Codes
1. Go to Common Firmware Error Codes on page 354 and follow the instructions in the
Common Firmware Error Code table.
2. Perform slow boot. See Performing Slow Boot on page 166.
3. Confirm initial error code. See Confirming Initial Error Code on page 166.
Exxx Firmware Checkpoints
Go to Firmware Checkpoints on page 147 for more information on these checkpoints.
Mxxx xxxx Problem Determination Generated Error Codes
Go to Problem Determination Generated Error Codes on page 364 and follow the
instructions in the Problem Determination Generated Error Code table.
Chapter 5. Error Code to FRU Index 165
Performing Slow Boot
On this system, the error code displayed in the operator panel may not indicate the root
cause of the problem. To fully analyze all of the available information, perform the
following steps before doing a hardware repair or replacement:
1. Record the 8-character error code (and location code if present) in the primary I/O
2. Do a slow-mode boot to the SMS menus. This boot can be specified using the
System Power Control Menu on the service processor main menu. (A fast-mode
boot skips much of the built-in diagnostic testing.) A slow-mode boot may yield a
new 8-character error code on the primary I/O drawer operator panel and new
errors in the service processor error log. If a new error code is reported, use it in
subsequent steps to continue problem analysis. If the system hangs with the same
error code, continue with the next step in the Checkpoints and Error Codes Index. If
no 8-character error code is displayed in the op panel, use the original error code
and continue with the next step in the Checkpoints and Error Codes Index.
3. A slow boot in service mode should result in the Diagnostic Operating Instructions
panel being displayed.
4. Press enter to continue to the Function Selection menu
5. Enter option 5, Single User Mode.
6. When prompted, enter the root password.
7. At the prompt, issue the shutdown -F command.
8. At this point, the service processor menus should be available to examine the
service processor error log.
Confirming Initial Error Code
The service processor may have recorded one or more symptoms in its error log. If the
system has attempted to boot since an error terminated normal operation, there may be
specific fault information in the service processor error log. Examine this error log
before proceeding (see System Information Menu on page 382).
In the service processor error log, the most recent error is at the top of the list and the
oldest error is at the bottom. It is also important to look at the time stamp associated
with each error. (The time stamps in the service processor error log reflect coordinated
universal time (UTC), which is also referred to as Greenwich mean time.)
On this system, the error code displayed in the primary drawer op panel may not be
indicative of the root cause of the problem. Find the error code in the service processor
error log that directed you to this note. (If the error code is not in the error log, perform
the service actions for the error code that was first reported.) Observing the
timestamps, look for a group of failures that happened within minutes prior to this error
code. In this group, start at the error code with the earliest timestamp. To get a list of
possible FRUs, select the detail screen for each arror code and perform the listed repair
actions. If the repair actions for an error code are ineffective, continue to work upward
through this group of errors codes (which is forward in time from the earliest timestamp
to the latest) until the problem is fixed, or you reach the error code that was first
reported. If the system is still not fixed, go to MAP 1540: Minimum Configuration on
page 113.
166 Service Guide
Memory-Related Error Codes
You have been directed here because you have an 8-character error code that
indicates a problem with system memory. This section will help you isolate to the failing
FRU.
v If the location code or the service action calls out one DIMM:
1. Replace the memory DIMM.
2. Replace the memory group (pair or quad).
3. Replace the memory card.
v If more than one DIMM is called out, go to the service processor memory
configuration/deconfiguration menu to verify memory DIMM state. See Memory
Configuration/Deconfiguration Menu on page 384 for more information.
1. From the Memory Configuration/Deconfiguration Menu, select the card(s)
specified by the location code(s) of the failing DIMM(s). If the first character of the
error status of any DIMM is 1, 2, or 3 (but not 0 or 4), this is a suspect DIMM.
Record its location. See System Information Menu on page 382 for more
information on the error status of the DIMMs.
2. If only one DIMM was recorded in the previous step:
a. Replace the DIMM.
b. Replace the memory group (pair or quad).
c. Replace the memory card.
3. If more than one DIMM was recorded, and the DIMMs reside in more than one
group (pair or quad):
a. Replace the memory card.
b. Replace all of the failing DIMMs.
4. If more than one DIMM was recorded, and the DIMMs reside in one group (pair
or quad):
a. Replace all of the failing DIMMs.
b. Replace the memory card.
v Boot the system to the SMS menus. Power off the system and go the service
processor memory configuration/deconfiguration menu to verify that all memory
DIMMs are in the configured state after the repair action. Go to MAP 410: Repair
Checkout in the RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries Diagnostics Information for Multiple
Bus Systems.
Operator Panel Error Codes
Table 3. Operator Panel Error Codes.
Error Code Description Action/
0000 1111 At power on, failure of power-good signal
from power supply.
1. Primary I/O backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
2. Primary I/O power supply
Locations:
U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
0000 1112 At power off, failure of power-good signal
from power supply.
Location: U0.1-P1
Locations:
U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
0000 1113 While power on, failure of power-good
signal from power supply.
Location: U0.1-P1
Locations:
U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
0000 1114 Operator panel and service processor
have been reset after main power
disturbance.
Information message
0000 2222 Operator panel not communicating with
service processor
1. If system cannot be powered
off, reset the service processor
(via the pinhole reset or by
disconnecting then
reconnecting power).
Location: U0.1-P1
0000 3333 SPCN communications error Primary I/O backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
0000 3334 I2C repeater error Primary I/O backplane
Location: UO.1-P1
0000 BBBB TOD battery malfunction TOD battery
Location: U0.1-P1-V3
168 Service Guide
SPCN Error Codes
Attention: If a power supply or fan is hot-swapped, wait five minutes, then recheck
the AIX error log. If the system has to be shut down to replace a power supply or fan,
reboot the system, wait five minutes after the AIX login prompt appears, then recheck
the AIX error log. If the detailed information for the most recent error with the same
identifier indicates that the original problem has not been fixed by performing the first
action in the action column, continue with the next action in the action column.
Table 4. SPCN Error Codes
1011 00AC AC loss or brownout detected Information message
1011 00EF Room emergency power off detected Information message
1011 1510 Power supply 1 power source failure 1. Check input power to the
power supply
2. Primary I/O drawer power
supply 1
Location: U0.1-V1
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 1511 Power supply 1 fault 1. Primary I/O drawer power
supply 1
Location: U0.1-V1
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 1512 Power supply 1 non-power fault 1. Primary I/O drawer power
supply 1
Location: U0.1-V1
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 1513 Power supply 1 domain fault 1. Primary I/O drawer power
supply 1
Location: U0.1-V1
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 1514 Power supply 1 cooling fault 1. Primary I/O drawer power
supply 1
Location: U0.1-V1
Location: U0.1-P1
Table 4. SPCN Error Codes (continued)
1011 1516 Swapped power supply and cooling unit
or missing power supply 1
1. Verify correct installation of
primary power supply and
cooling unit
2. Primary I/O power supply 1
Location: U0.1-V1
power supply
supply 2
Location: U0.1-V2
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 1521 Power supply 2 fault 1. Primary I/O drawer power
supply 2
Location: U0.1-V2
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 1522 Power supply 2 non-power fault 1. Primary I/O drawer power
supply 2
Location: U0.1-V2
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 1523 Power supply 2 domain fault 1. Primary I/O drawer power
supply 2
Location: U0.1-V2
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 1524 Power supply 2 cooling fault 1. Primary I/O drawer power
supply 2
Location: U0.1-V2
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 1526 Power supply 2 missing Primary I/O drawer power supply 2
Location: U0.1-V2
1011 1611 CEC regulator 1 fault Processor card
Location: U1.1-P1-C1
1011 1612 CEC regulator 1 non-power fault 1. Processor card
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 1613 CEC regulator 1 domain fault Processor card
1011 1621 CEC regulator 2 fault Processor card
170 Service Guide
1011 1622 CEC regulator 2 non-power fault 1. Processor card
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 1623 CEC regulator 2 domain fault Processor card
power supply
2. CEC drawer power supply 1
Location: U1.1-V1
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 1911 Power supply 1 fault 1. CEC drawer power supply 1
Location: U1.1-V1
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 1912 Power supply 1 non-power fault 1. CEC drawer power supply 1
Location: U1.1-V1
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 1913 Power supply 1 domain fault 1. CEC drawer power supply 1
Location: U1.1-V1
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 1914 Power supply 1 cooling fault 1. CEC drawer power supply 1
Location: U1.1-V1
2. CEC drawer fan controller card
Location: U1.1-X2
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 1916 Swapped power supply and cooling unit,
or missing power supply 1
power supply or cooling unit
Location: U1.1-V1
power supply
Location: U1.1-V2
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 1921 Power supply 2 fault 1. CEC drawer power supply 2
Location: U1.1-V2
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 1922 Power supply 2 non-power fault 1. CEC drawer power supply 2
Location: U1.1-V2
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 1923 Power supply 2 domain fault 1. CEC drawer power supply 2
Location: U1.1-V2
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 1924 Power supply 2 cooling fault 1. CEC drawer power supply 2
Location: U1.1-V2
2. CEC drawer fan controller card
Location: U1.1-X2
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 1926 Power supply 2 missing CEC drawer power supply 2
Location: U1.1-V2
1011 1B01 12V loading 1. Replace power supply 1
Location: U0.1-V1
2. If power supply 2 is present
(no cooling unit), use removed
power supply 1 to replace
power supply 2
Location: U0.1-P1
Location: U0.1-V1
power supply 2
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 1B03 3.3V loading 1. Replace power supply 1
Location: U0.1-V1
power supply 2
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 1B04 -12V loading 1. Replace power supply 1
Location: U0.1-V1
power supply 2
Location: U0.1-P1
172 Service Guide
Location: U0.1-V1
power supply 2
Location: U0.1-P1
Location: U0.1-V1
power supply 2
Location: U0.1-P1
Location: U0.1-V1
power supply 2
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 1C01 Load fault on +12V bus Go to MAP 1520: Power on
page 89.
1011 1C02 Load fault on +5V bus Go to MAP 1520: Power on
page 89.
1011 1C03 Load fault on +3.3V bus Go to MAP 1520: Power on
page 89.
page 89.
page 89.
page 89.
page 89.
1011 1F00 Power system communication fault Primary I/O backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 1F01 S/N write to secondary drawer failed
1. Check for system firmware
update.
1011 2600 Pgood fault Primary I/O backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 2601 Pgood fault Primary I/O backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 2602 Power domain fault in CEC drawer 1. Verify that the V/S COMM
cable is properly connected
2. CEC drawer power supply
Locations:
U1.1-V1
U1.1-V2
3. Power distribution board
Location: U1.1-X1
4. CEC drawer backplane
Location: U1.1-P1
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 2603 Power domain fault in primary I/O drawer 1. I/O drawer power supply
Locations:
U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
2. Power distribution board
Location: U0.1-X1
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 2604 Power domain fault affecting CEC and
primary I/O drawers
supply
Locations:
U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
2. CEC drawer power supply
Locations:
U1.1-V1
U1.1-V2
3. CEC drawer power distribution
board
Location: U1.1-X1
distribution board
Location: U0.1-X1
Location: U1.1-P1
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 2610 Missing or misplugged memory Inspect the system memory for
proper installation of DIMMs and
memory riser cards
174 Service Guide
1011 2611 Regulator fault
1. Verify that the VSCOMM cable
is functioning and properly
installed.
backplane
Location: U0.1-P1.
1011 2612 SPCN problem
1. Verify that the VSCOMM cable
is functioning and properly
installed.
backplane
Location: U0.1-P1.
1011 2613 Power configuration fault 220 V ac power required
1011 3100 I2C controller fault Primary I/O backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 3101 I2C bus 1 fault 1. Primary drawer op panel
Location: U0.1-L1
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 3102 I2C bus 2 fault Primary I/O backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 3104 I2C bus 4 fault Primary I/O backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 3105 I2C bus 5 fault 1. Primary I/O fan controller card
Location: U0.1-X2
Location: U0.1-P1
distribution board
Location: U0.1-X1
1011 3106 I2C bus 6 fault 1. CEC drawer fan controller card
Location: U1.1-X2
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 3113 RIO bus adapter fault Primary I/O drawer RIO bus
adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
1011 3114 PCI backplane fault Primary I/O PCI backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 3115 Operator panel fault Operator panel
Location: U0.1-L1
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
1011 3116 Primary I/O drawer fan controller fault 1. Primary I/O drawer fan
controller card
Location: U0.1-X2
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 3117 CEC drawer fan controller fault 1. CEC drawer fan controller card
Location: U1.1-X2
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 3118 Backplane fault Primary I/O backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 311B CEC thermal malfunction CEC backplane
Location: U1.1-P1
1011 311C Primary I/O drawer thermal malfunction 1. Primary I/O Op Panel
Location: U0.1-L1
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 7610 Slow I/O drawer fan 1 1. Fan 1
Location: U0.1-F1
2. Primary fan controller
Location: U0.1-X2
3. Power distribution card
Location: U0.1-X1
1011 7611 Missing I/O drawer fan 1 Fan 1
Location: U0.1-F1
Location: U0.1-F2
Location: U0.1-X2
Location: U0.1-X1
Location: U0.1-F2
Location: U0.1-F3
Location: U0.1-X2
Location: U0.1-X1
Location: U0.1-F3
176 Service Guide
Location: U0.1-F4
Location: U0.1-X2
Location: U0.1-X1
Location: U0.1-F4
1011 7650 Slow fan in primary I/O drawer power
supply 1
1. I/O drawer power supply 1
Location: U0.1-V1
Location: U0.1-X2
Location: U0.1-X1
1011 7651 Missing fan 5 in primary I/O drawer power
supply 1
I/O drawer power supply 1
Location: U0.1-V1
1011 7660 Slow fan in primary I/O drawer power
supply 2
1. I/O drawer power supply 2
Location: U0.1-V2
Location: U0.1-X2
Location: U0.1-X1
1011 7661 Missing fan 6 in primary I/O drawer power
supply 2
I/O drawer power supply 2
Location: U0.1-V2
1011 7690 Slow I/O drawer fan 9 in cooling unit 1. Fan 9 (cooling unit)
Location: U0.1-F9
Location: U0.1-X2
Location: U0.1-X1
1011 7691 Missing I/O drawer fan 9 in cooling unit Fan 9 (cooling unit)
Location: U0.1-F9
1011 7710 Slow CEC fan 1 1. Fan 1
Location: U1.1-F1
2. CEC fan controller
Location: U1.1-X2
Location: U1.1-X1
1011 7711 Missing CEC fan 1
1. Check the cabling to fan 1
Location: U1.1-F1. If no
problem is found with the
cabling, replace the fan.
Note: If the primary I/O drawer
planar has been replaced
recently, verify that the I/O type
is set correctly before changing
this fan. See Power Control
Network Utilities Menu on
389.
1011 7720 Slow CEC fan 2 1. Fan 2
Location: U1.1-F2
Location: U1.1-X2
Location: U1.1-X1
1011 7721 Missing CEC fan 2 Fan 2
Location: U1.1-F2
1011 7730 Slow CEC fan 3 1. Fan 3
Location: U1.1-F3
Location: U1.1-X2
Location: U1.1-X1
Location: U1.1-F3
1011 7740 Slow CEC fan 4 1. Fan 4
Location: U1.1-F4
Location: U1.1-X2
Location: U1.1-X1
Location: U1.1-F4
1011 7750 Slow fan in CEC drawer power supply 1 1. CEC power supply 1
Location: U1.1-V1
Location: U1.1-X2
Location: U1.1-X1
1011 7751 Missing fan 5 in CEC drawer power
supply 1
CEC drawer power supply 1
Location: U1.1-V1
178 Service Guide
1011 7760 Slow fan in CEC drawer power supply 2 1. CEC drawer power supply 2
Location: U1.1-V2
Location: U1.1-X2
Location: U1.1-X1
1011 7761 Missing fan 6 in CEC drawer power
supply 2
CEC drawer power supply 2
Location: U1.1-V2
1011 7770 Slow CEC fan 7 1. Fan 7
Location: U1.1-F7
Location: U1.1-X2
Location: U1.1-X1
1011 7771 Missing fan 7 Fan 7
Location: U1.1-F7
1011 7780 Slow CEC fan 8 1. Fan 8
Location: U1.1-F8
Location: U1.1-X2
Location: U1.1-X1
1011 7781 Missing fan 8 Fan 8
Location: U1.1-F8
1011 7790 Slow CEC fan 9 1. Fan 9 (cooling unit)
Location: U1.1-F9
Location: U1.1-X2
Location: U1.1-X1
1011 7791 Missing CEC fan 9 Fan 9 (cooling unit)
Location: U1.1-F9
1011 8400 VPD configuration problem Ignore all location codes.
Go to MAP 1540 and run CEC
minimum configuration.
1011 8401 VPD access problem Ignore all location codes.
1011 8402 VPD access problem Ignore all location codes.
1011 8403 VPD level mismatch Ignore all location codes.
1011 8404 Processor unit VPD mismatch
1. Processor card
Location: U1.1P1C1
Location: U0.1P1
1011 8409 VPD for processor card 1. Ensure that the processor
assembly(s) are the correct
type for the system and are
properly installed.
2. Processor card
1011 840A VPD +5 stuck high Ignore all location codes.
1011 840B VPD +5 stuck low Ignore all location codes.
1011 840C Memory DIMM misplugged Inspect system memory for proper
installation of DIMMs and memory
cards
1011 840D I/O type mismatch 1. Check cabling
2. Set the I/O type to 85. See
Power Control Network Utilities
Menu on page 389.
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 840E SPCN default configuration loaded 1. Check cabling
Menu on page 389.
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 840F I/O type not recognized 1. Check cabling
Menu on page 389.
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 8413 Invalid processor VPD Processor card
1011 8423 No processor VPD Processor card
1011 8430 V/S Comm cable not connected Check cabling
180 Service Guide
1011 8431 Frame ID error 1. Check cabling
Menu on page 389.
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 8441 Internal SPCN error in a drawer
1. Check the internal SPCN
cables in the CEC drawer
Location: U1.1
2. Check the internal SPCN
cables in the I/O drawer
Location: U0.x
10118450 I/O type set incorrectly Set the I/O type to 85. See Power
Control Network Utilities Menu on
page 389.
1011 8A00 A different I/O drawer is connected to the
CEC
Informational only
1011 9014 Invalid address mode Update system firmware
1011 9038 Node fault Primary I/O backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 9039 Node fault Primary I/O backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 9042 EPROM failure Primary I/O backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 9043 Download failure
update.
1011 9046 QDS packet sequence error
update.
1011 9047 QDS block sequence error
update.
1011 9080 Undefined status code received Primary I/O backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 90F0 CEC backplane not present in
configuration table
Check cabling
1011 9101 SPCN failed to respond to service
processor in time
Primary I/O backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 9102 Permanent address assignment failed Primary I/O backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 9103 Download initialize timeout Primary I/O backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 9104 Download completion timeout Primary I/O backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 9105 Load damaged timeout Primary I/O backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 9109 Download failure Primary I/O backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 9111 Network too large for service processor
update.
1011 9114 Firmware image corrupted 1. Reinstall system firmware
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 9116 SCPN communication with operator panel
failure
1. Primary I/O operator panel
Location: U0.1-L1
Location: U0.1-P1
1021 00AA SPCN firmware update started Information message
1021 1510 Power supply 1 power source failure 1. Check input power to power
supply
2. Secondary I/O power supply 1
Location: U0.2-V1
3. Secondary I/O backplane
Location: U0.2-P1
1021 1511 Power supply 1 fault 1. Secondary I/O power supply 1
Location: U0.2-V1
Location: U0.2-P1
1021 1512 Power supply 1 non-power fault 1. Secondary I/O power supply 1
Location: U0.2-V1
Location: U0.2-P1
1021 1513 Power supply 1 domain fault 1. Secondary I/O power supply 1
Location: U0.2-V1
Location: U0.2-P1
1021 1514 Power supply 1 cooling fault 1. Secondary I/O power supply 1
Location: U0.2-V1
Location: U0.2-P1
182 Service Guide
1021 1516 Power supply 1 missing or swapped
power supply and cooling unit
primary power supply and
cooling unit
Location: U0.2-V1
1021 1520 Power supply 2 power source failure 1. Check input power to power
supply
Location: U0.2-V2
Location: U0.2-P1
Location: U0.2-V2
Location: U0.2-P1
Location: U0.2-V2
Location: U0.2-P1
1021 1523 Power supply 2 domain fault 1. Secondary I/O power supply 2
Location: U0.2-V2
Location: U0.2-P1
1021 1524 Power supply 2 cooling fault 1. Secondary I/O power supply 2
Location: U0.2-V2
Location: U0.2-P1
1021 1526 Power supply 2 missing Secondary I/O drawer power
supply 2
Location: U0.2-V2
Location: U0.2-V1
power supply 2
Location: U0.2-P1
Location: U0.2-V1
power supply 2
Location: U0.2-P1
Location: U0.2-V1
power supply 2
Location: U0.2-P1
1021 1B04 -12V loading 1. Replace power supply 1
Location: U0.2-V1
power supply 2
Location: U0.2-P1
Location: U0.2-V1
power supply 2
Location: U0.2-P1
Location: U0.2-V1
power supply 2
Location: U0.2-P1
Location: U0.2-V1
power supply 2
Location: U0.2-P1
1021 2600 Pgood fault Secondary I/O backplane
Location: U0.2-P1
1021 2601 Pgood fault Secondary I/O backplane
Location: U0.2-P1
184 Service Guide
1021 2603 Power domain fault in secondary I/O
drawer
1. Secondary I/O drawer power
supply
Locations:
U0.2-V1
U0.2-V2
Location: U0.2-P1
1021 2612 SPCN problem Secondary I/O backplane
Location: U0.2-P1
1021 3100 I2C controller fault Secondary I/O backplane
Location: U0.2-P1
1021 3101 I2C bus 1 fault 1. Secondary I/O operator panel
Location: U0.2-L1
Location: U0.2-P1
1021 3102 I2C bus 2 fault Secondary I/O backplane
Location: U0.2-P1
1021 3104 I2C bus 4 fault Secondary I/O backplane
Location: U0.2-P1
1021 3105 I2C bus 5 fault 1. Secondary I/O fan controller
card
Location: U0.2-L1
Location: U0.2-P1
1021 3113 RIO bus adapter fault RIO bus adapter
Location: U0.2-P1.1
1021 3114 PCI backplane fault Secondary I/O PCI backplane
Location: U0.2-P1
1021 3115 Operator panel fault Operator panel
Location: U0.2-L1
1021 3116 Fan controller fault 1. Fan controller card
Location: U0.2-X2
Location: U0.2-P1
1021 3118 Backplane fault Secondary I/O backplane
Location: U0.2-P1
1021 311C Secondary I/O thermal sensor fault 1. Secondary I/O operator panel
Location: U0.2-L1
Location U0.2-P1
Location: U0.2-F1
2. Secondary fan controller
Location U0.2-X2
Location U0.2-X1
Location: U0.2-F1
Location: U0.2-F2
Location U0.2-X2
Location U0.2-X1
Location: U0.2-F2
Location: U0.2-F3
Location U0.2-X2
Location U0.2-X1
Location: U0.2-F3
Location: U0.2-F4
Location U0.2-X2
Location U0.2-X1
Location: U0.2-F4
1021 7650 Slow fan in power supply 1 1. I/O drawer power supply 1
Location: U0.2-V1
Location U0.2-X2
Location U0.2-X1
1021 7651 Missing fan 5 in power supply 1 I/O drawer power supply 1
Location: U0.2-V1
1021 7660 Slow fan 6 in power supply 2 1. I/O drawer power supply 2
Location: U0.2-V2
Location U0.2-X2
Location U0.2-X1
186 Service Guide
1021 7661 Missing fan 6 in power supply 2 I/O drawer power supply 2
Location: U0.2-V2
1021 7690 Slow secondary I/O drawer fan 9 in
cooling unit
1. Fan 9 (cooling unit)
Location: U0.2-F9
Location U0.2-X2
Location U0.2-X1
1021 7691 Missing secondary I/O drawer fan 9 in
cooling unit
Fan 9 (cooling unit)
Location: U0.2-F9
1021 8400 VPD configuration problem
update.
1021 8401 VPD access problem
update.
1021 840A VPD +5 stuck high Secondary I/O backplane
Location: U0.2-P1
1021 840B VPD +5 stuck low Secondary I/O backplane
Location: U0.2-P1
1021 840D I/O type mismatch 1. Check cabling
Menu on page 389.
Location: U0.1-P1
1021 840E SPCN default configuration loaded User error
1021 840F I/O type not recognized 1. Check cabling
Menu on page 389.
Location: U0.1-P1
1021 8A00 A different I/O drawer is connected to the
CEC
Informational only
1021 9012 Invalid address 1. Check SPCN cabling
Location: U0.2-P1
1021 9013 Invalid address 1. Check SPCN cabling
Location: U0.2-P1
1021 9014 Invalid address mode Update system firmware
Note: Allow up to 30 minutes for
update to take effect
1021 9021 SPCN temporary internal error Information message
1021 9022 Secondary I/O drawer not present Check cabling
1021 9023 Secondary I/O drawer present but off Information message
1021 902D Secondary I/O drawer not present Information message
1021 9038 Node fault Secondary I/O backplane
Location: U0.2-P1
1021 9039 Node fault Secondary I/O backplane
Location: U0.2-P1
1021 9042 EPROM Failure Secondary I/O backplane
Location: U0.2-P1
1021 9043 Download failure
update.
1021 9046 QDS packet sequence error
update.
1021 9047 QDS block sequence error
update.
1021 9080 Undefined status code received Secondary I/O backplane
Location: U0.2-P1
1021 90F0 Drawer not present in configuration table 1. Check SPCN cabling
2. Reset system, then reboot
Location: U0.2-P1
1021 90F1 Drawer added to configuration table Information message
1021 9102 Permanent address assignment failed Secondary I/O backplane
Location: U0.2-P1
1021 9109 Download failure Secondary I/O backplane
Location: U0.2-P1
1021 9113 Firmware image corrupted Secondary I/O backplane
Location: U0.2-P1
1021 9114 Firmware image corrupted Secondary I/O backplane
Location: U0.2-P1
1021 9116 SPCN communication with operator panel
failure
1. Secondary I/O operator panel
Location: U0.2-L1
Location: U0.2-P1
188 Service Guide
1021 C62E Polling error 1. Cabling fault
Location: U0.2-P1
Location: U0.1-P1
Firmware Error Codes
Table 5. Firmware Error Codes.
2011 00xy I/O drawer power supply failure 1. Replace power supply y in I/O
drawer x.
If y=_, then the power supply is:
y = power supply
3 = Both power supplies
(I/O drawer)
2 = Reserved
1 = Reserved
Code Tables in Chapter 1 for
location codes.
2. Check AC power source to I/O
drawer x.
Code Tables in Chapter 1 for
location codes.
2022 0000 The I/O system is running slowly. 1. Check cabling
2. Call for support
190 Service Guide
Table 5. Firmware Error Codes. (continued)
203w 0xyz Remote I/O (RIO) configuration
warning.
This code indicates that an RIO
configuration was detected that does
not result in complete loops. The
system continues to boot, however,
performance or recovery capability
may be reduced. In some cases, the
problem may result in missing I/O.
Remote I/O drawers are connected in
loops. Use the letters w, y, and z in
the error code to isolate the location
of the open loop. Check RIO cables
for loose connections, and verify
power on the I/O drawers by the
presence of fan motion.
The following numbers may be used
to help isolate the failing component.
v w = loop number, this is either 0 or
1 in a system with 2 RIO loops.
v x = Always 0.
v y is either 1 or 2 on a system with
2 loops. y indicates the nearest
associated RIO port number on
the CEC drawer according to the
following table:
y = Nearest RIO Port
1 = 0
2 = 1
v z = B, indicates a missing return
line from the I/O drawer to the
CEC drawer.
v z = C, indicates a missing link
between two I/O drawers.
v z = E, indicates an I/O drawer was
found connected to RIO port 3 with
no return to the CEC drawer, and
no I/O drawer was found
connected to RIO port 2. In this
case, the I/O connected to RIO
port 3 is removed from the
configuration because the cause of
the error and the proper location of
the I/O cannot be determined.
1. Check the RIO cables
2. Go to MAP 1540: Minimum
20A8 0000 Insufficient information to boot. Verify the IP address.
20A8 0001 Client IP address is already in use by
other network device
Change IP address.
20A8 0002 Cannot get gateway IP address Refer to Table 2 on page 148 using
code E174.
20A8 0003 Cannot get server hardware address Refer to Table 2 on page 148 using
code E174.
20A8 0004 Bootup failed Refer to Table 2 on page 148 using
code E175.
20A80005 File transmission (TFTP) failed. Check network connection, try again.
20A8 0006 Boot image too large Contact your next level of support for
assistance.
20D0 000F Self-test failed on device, no error
and/or location code information
available
Refer to note AIX and Physical
Location Code Reference Tables on
page 36 to see if a location code is
available for the device the error was
reported against.
1. Replace device indicated by the
location code (if available).
Configuration on page 113
20D0 0010 Self-test failed on device, cannot
locate package
Contact your service support
representative for assistance.
20D0 0011 Firmware RTAS attempt to allocate
memory failed.
Contact your next level of support for
assistance.
20E0 0001 Privileged-access password entry
error.
The password has been entered
incorrectly. Retry installing the
password.
20E0 0004 Battery drained or needs replacement 1. Replace battery.
Location: U0.1-P1
20E0 0009 Invalid password entered - system
locked
The password has been entered
incorrectly 3 times.
Turn off, then turn on the system unit,
then enter the password correctly.
20EE 0003 IP parameter requires 3 dots . Enter valid IP parameter.
Example: 000.000.000.000
20EE 0004 Invalid IP parameter Enter valid IP parameter.
Example: 000.000.000.000
20EE 0005 Invalid IP parameter (>255) Enter valid IP parameter.
Example: 255.192.002.000
192 Service Guide
20EE 0006 No recognized SCSI adapter present This warning occurs when the
selected SMS function cannot locate
any SCSI adapter supported by the
function. If a supported SCSI adapter
is installed:
1. Replace SCSI adapter(s).
2. Replace the I/O board in
drawer(s) containing SCSI
adapter(s).
20EE 0007 Keyboard not found 1. Plug in keyboard.
Location: U0.1-P1
20EE 0008 No configurable adapters were found
in the system by the remote IPL
menu in the SMS utilities
This warning occurs when the remote
IPL menu in the SMS utilities cannot
locate any LAN adapters that are
supported by the remote IPL function.
If a supported device is installed:
1. Replace the adapter.
2. Replace the I/O drawer planar in
the drawer(s) containing the
adapter.
20EE 0009 Unable to communicate with the
service processor
Replace primary I/O backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
20EE 000B The system was not able to find an
operating system boot record on the
devices listed in the boot list.
This can be caused by the wrong
devices being in the boot list, a
problem that prevents the system
from communicating with the device
that contains the boot record, or the
boot record being corrupted.
Go to Boot Problems and Concerns
on page 159
20EE 000C Pointer to the operating system not
found in non-volatile storage.
Values normally found in non-volatile
storage that point to the location of
an operating system were not found.
This can happen for two reasons,
either your installed operating system
does not support storing the values
or some event occurred that caused
the system to lose non-volatile
storage information (drainage or
replacement of the battery). If you
are running AIX, this information can
be reconstructed by running the
bootlist command specifying the
device that the operating system is
installed on. Refer to your AIX
documentation for the exact syntax
and usage of the bootlist command.
To boot the operating system so that
the above- mentioned values can be
reconstructed, power off the system
and power it on again. This should
cause the system to look for the
operating system in the devices
contained in the custom boot list or in
the default boot list, depending on
the condition of the system. If this is
not successful, use the System
Management Services Menus to
modify the Boot Sequence (also
known as boot list) to include devices
that are known to contain a copy of
the operating system. For example,
select a hard disk known to have a
copy of the operating system as the
first and only device in the boot
sequence (boot list) and attempt to
boot again.
20FB 0xxx Permanent addressing to map SPCN
addresses to match RIO addresses
of the I/O drawers.
Note: 20FB 0xxx error codes will
cause the system to hang.
20FB 0010 Failed to find the keyword offset of
SPCN configuration table in NVRAM
1. Check RIO cable connections
2. Clear NVRAM and retry
update
4. Replace primary I/O drawer
backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
194 Service Guide
20FB 0020 Invalid SPCN configuration table flag
before SPCN table update
update
backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
20FB 0021 Invalid SPCN configuration table flag
after SPCN table update
update
backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
20FB 0025 The number of I/O drawers reported
by SPCN is not equal to the number
of I/O drawers reported by RIO
(remote I/O)
1. If there is an error indication in
any secondary I/O drawer
operator panel, follow the repair
action for that error indication.
Configuration on page 113 to
isolate the failing I/O drawer, then
isolate the failure within that
drawer.
20FB 0030 Failure to read I/O drawer SPCN
address
update
3. Replace RIO card assembly
4. Replace I/O backplane if not
already replaced (location code
indicates which drawer)
address
update
address
update
20FB 003A Failure to read I/O drawer SPCN
address
update
20FB 0040 Failed to match SPCN address to
SPCN node entry address.
update
20FB 0050 Service processor mailbox failed to
update SPCN configuration table.
2. Check for service processor
firmware update
backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
20FB 99xy The number of I/O drawers reported
by RIO does not match the number
of I/O drawers reported by SPCN,
where x is the number of drawers
reported by RIO and y is the number
of drawers reported by SPCN. This
error code should cause the system
to hang.
1. Check RIO and SPCN cabling.
2. If there is an error code displayed
by any of the secondary I/O
drawers, perform the actions for
that error code.
3. If there is no error code displayed
by any of the secondary I/O
drawers, examine the service
processor error logs to obtain an
error code.
4. RIO Bus Adapter Location:
U0.2-P1.1
5. Secondary I/O Backplane
Location: U0.2-P1
20FC 0xxx Retrieving power, package, cooling
VPD via SPCN for the CEC and I/O
drawers
20FC 0010 Failed to match RIO addressing with
SPCN node entry address.
Replace I/O backplane if not already
replaced (location code indicates
which drawer)
196 Service Guide
20FC 0020 Failed to retrieve power, package,
cooling VPD via SPCN for the
corresponding drawer. Service
processor mailbox failed to get VPD
1. Check RIO cable connection
firmware update
3. Replace corresponding I/O
backplane (location code
4. Replace primary I/O backplane if
not already replaced
Location: U0.1-P1
20FC 0021 Failed to retrieve power, package,
cooling VPD via SPCN. Service
processor mailbox failed to get
power, packaging, and cooling device
VPD
firmware update
Location: U0.1-P1
20FC 0030 Corrupted power, packaging, and
cooling device VPD format in the
SPCN configuration table.
update
2. Replace the I/O backplane
(location code indicates which
drawer)
2100 0001 Unsupported SCSI bus mode Before replacing any system
components, refer to the notes in
error code 21A0 0xxx.
1. Disconnect the SCSI cable from
the SCSI controller the location
code identifies and reboot the
system.
2. If the error code persists, replace
the SCSI controller (or I/O planar
if SCSI controller is integrated).
3. Reconnect the SCSI cable
disconnected in step 1, and
remove all the SCSI devices
attached to the cable and reboot
the system.
the SCSI cable.
5. One at a time, reconnect the
SCSI devices disconnected in
step 3. If the error code returns,
replace the last SCSI device you
reconnected.
If all SCSI devices have been
reattached and the error code has
not been returned, there may have
been a bad connection. Go to MAP
410: Repair Checkout in the
RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries
Diagnostics Information for Multiple
Bus Systems.
198 Service Guide
2100 0002 Unsupported SCSI bus mode - high
voltage differential
Before eplacing any system
system.
the system.
the SCSI cable.
reconnected.
Bus Systems.
2100 0004 Cannot determine SCSI bus mode Before eplacing any system
system.
the system.
the SCSI cable.
reconnected.
Bus Systems.
200 Service Guide
21A0 0001 SCSI DASD - test unit ready failed -
hardware error
Note:
1. Before replacing any system
components:
a. Ensure that the controller and
each device on the SCSI bus
is assigned a unique SCSI ID.
b. Ensure SCSI bus is properly
terminated.
c. Ensure SCSI signal and
power cables are securely
connected and not damaged.
2. The location code information is
required to identify the ID of SCSI
device failures as well as to
indicate the location of the
controller to which the device is
attached. Check the system error
logs to determine the location
code information associated with
the error code.
a. Replace the SCSI device.
b. Replace the SCSI cable.
c. Replace the SCSI controller.
21A0 0002 SCSI DASD - test unit ready failed -
sense data available
Before replacing any system
error code 21A0 0001.
1. Replace the media (removable
media devices).
2. Replace the SCSI device.
21A0 0003 SCSI DASD - send diagnostic failed -
Replace the SCSI device.
21A0 0004 SCSI DASD - send diagnostic failed -
DevOfl cmd
21E0 0001 SCSI tape - test unit ready failed -
hardware error
3. Replace the SCSI controller.
21E0 0002 SCSI tape - test unit ready failed -
1. Replace the media.
21E0 0003 SCSI tape - send diagnostic failed -
21E0 0004 SCSI tape - send diagnostic failed -
DevOfl cmd
21ED 0001 SCSI changer - test unit ready failed
- hardware error
21ED 0002 SCSI changer - test unit ready failed
- sense data available
21ED 0003 SCSI changer - send diagnostic
failed - sense data available
21ED 0004 SCSI changer - send diagnostic
failed - DevOfl cmd
21EE 0001 Undetermined SCSI device type -
test unit ready failed - hardware error
3. If the missing SCSI devices are
connected to the same
backplane, replace the SCSI
backplane.
202 Service Guide
test unit ready failed - sense data
available
1. Replace the media (removable
media devices).
send diagnostic failed - sense data
available
send diagnostic failed - DevOfl cmd
21F0 0001 SCSI CD-ROM - test unit ready failed
- hardware error
21F0 0002 SCSI CD-ROM - test unit ready failed
- sense data available
21F0 0003 SCSI CD-ROM - send diagnostic
failed - sense data available
21F0 0004 SCSI CD-ROM - send diagnostic
failed - DevOfl cmd
21F2 0001 SCSI read/write optical - test unit
ready failed - hardware error
21F2 0002 SCSI read/write optical - test unit
ready failed - sense data available
21F2 0003 SCSI read/write optical - send
diagnostic failed- sense data
available
21F2 0004 SCSI read/write optical - send
diagnostic failed- DevOfl cmd
2200 0001 PCI Ethernet BNC/RJ-45 or PCI
Ethernet AUI/RJ-45 Adapter
internal wrap test failure
Replace the adapter.
See Checkpoint and Error Code
Index on page 165 for location code
information related to this error. Also
see Replacing the Network Adapter
on page 163.
2200 1001 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter
internal wrap test failure
on page 163.
2201 0001 PCI Auto LANstreamer token ring
adapter
Adapter failed to complete hardware
initialization.
on page 163.
2201 1001 PCI token ring adapter
Adapter failed to complete hardware
initialization.
on page 163.
25A0 0001 Cache L2 controller failure 1. Replace the processor card.
2. Replace the CEC backplane
assembly.
Location: U1.1-P1.
25A1 0001 Cache L2 SRAM failure 1. Replace the processor card.
204 Service Guide
25A8 0xxx NVRAM problems Errors reported against NVRAM can
be caused by low battery voltage and
(more rarely) power outages that
occur during normal system usage.
With the exception of the 25A80000
error, these errors are warnings that
the NVRAM data content had to be
re-established and do not require any
FRU replacement unless the error is
persistent. When one of these errors
occurs, any system customization (for
example, boot device list) information
has been lost, the system may need
to be reconfigured.
If the error is persistent, replace
primary I/O backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
25A8 0000 Initialization failed, device test failed Refer to Action under error code
25A80xxx.
25A8 0001 Init-NVRAM invoked, all of NVRAM
initialized
Refer to Action under error code
25A80xxx.
25A8 0002 Init-NVRAM invoked, some data
partitions may have been preserved.
25A80xxx.
25A8 0011 Data corruption detected, all of
NVRAM initialized
25A80xxx.
25A8 0012 Data corruption detected, some data
partitions may have been preserved.
25A80xxx.
25A8 0100 NVRAM data validation check failed. Turn off, turn on system unit and
retry the operation before replacing
any system component.
25A80xxx.
25A8 0201 Unable to expand target partition -
saving configuration variable.
25A80xxx.
writing error log entry.
25A80xxx.
writing VPD data.
25A80xxx.
25A8 0210 Setenv/$Setenv parameter error -
name contains a null character.
25A80xxx.
25A8 0211 Setenv/$Setenv parameter error -
value contains a null character.
25A80xxx.
25A8 0998 NVRAMRC script evaluation error -
command line execution error
Execution of a command line within
the nvram configuration variable
nvramrc (script) resulted in a
throw being executed. This script
can be modified by the system
firmware SMS utilities, the operating
system, PCI adapter ROM code or
utility, or an operator (via the open
firmware script editing command
nvedit). It may not be possible to
resolve the problem without a
detailed analysis of the nvram script,
the current system configuration, and
device tree contents.
1. The problem can be caused by a
SCSI adapter, whose SCSI bus
ID has been changed from the
default setting, no longer
appearing in the system. This can
be caused either by removing a
SCSI adapter, or a problem with
a SCSI adapter.
a. Select the SCSI ID utility from
the SMS menu(s).
1) Verify the list of SCSI
controllers/adapters. If the
list is not correct, suspect
a problem with the
adapter(s) installed but
not listed.
2) Select the option to Save
the configuration
information.
3) Restart the system.
b. If the problem persists, boot
the operating system and
verify the SCSI bus IDs of
any installed/available SCSI
controllers (change as
necessary), and restart the
system.
2. Contact your support
representative for further
assistance.
25A8 0999 NVRAMRC script evaluation error -
stack unbalanced on completion
This is a firmware debug environment
error. There is no user action or FRU
replacement for this error.
206 Service Guide
25Cy y001 DIMM is not supported Replace unsupported DIMM(s). Note
that DIMMs are in groups (2, 4, 8, 16
or 32 DIMMs) but you may only
receive an error for a single DIMM.
Verify that all DIMMs in the group
containing the specified DIMM are of
the same type and size.
yy describes the DIMM as follows:
00 Unrecognized/unsupported
DIMM
28 512MB DIMM
38 128MB DIMM
58 32MB DIMM
68 256MB DIMM
78 1GB memory DIMM
Note: Refer to System Memory on
page 26 for DIMM configuration rules.
A DIMM must be replaced with a
supported type of DIMM, and all
DIMMs in a group must be of the
same size.
Check the system error logs to
determine the location code
associated with the error code.
Consult the AIX and Physical
Location Code Reference Tables on
page 36 to locate the DIMM and the
rest of its group.
25Cy y002 DIMM failure If one DIMM is called out:
1. Replace the DIMM.
2. Replace the DIMM group.
3. Replace the memory riser card.
If more than one DIMM is called out,
go to the Memory
Configuration/Deconfiguration menu,
which is under the System
Information Menu on the main
service processor menu:
1. From the memory
configuration/deconfiguration
menu, select the card(s) specified
by the location code(s) of the
failing DIMM(s). If the first
character of the error status of
any DIMM is 1, 2, or 3 (but not 0
or 4), this is a suspect DIMM.
Record its location. See System
Information Menu on page 382
for more information on the error
status of DIMMs.
2. If only one DIMM was recorded in
step 1:
a. Replace DIMM
b. Replace the DIMM group
c. Replace the memory riser
card
3. If more than one DIMM was
recorded in step 1 and the
DIMMs reside in more than one
group:
a. Replace the memory riser
card
b. Replace all failing DIMMs
4. If more than 1 DIMM was
recorded in step 1 and they
reside in one group:
a. Replace all failing DIMMs
b. Replace the DIMM group
c. Replace the memory riser
card
208 Service Guide
2602 0001 Invalid PCI adapter vendor ID 1. Move adapter to another slot
(behind a different PCI bus).
2. Check for available firmware
updates for adapter. Apply update
if available.
3. Run AIX diagnostics on adapter.
Replace if indicated.
4. Replace adapter.
updates. Apply if update
available.
Location: U0.1-P1
2602 0002 Invalid PCI adapter device ID 1. Move adapter to another slot
if available.
4. Replace adapter.
available.
Location: U0.1-P1
2602 0003 Invalid PCI adapter class code 1. Move adapter to another slot
if available.
4. Replace adapter.
available.
Location: U0.1-P1
2602 0007 Failed to allocate bus resources to
PCI adapter
1. Move adapter to another slot
if available.
4. Replace adapter.
available.
Location: U0.1-P1
2680 0Axy MX-PCI bridge BIST Failure The problem is associated with
bridge y in I/O drawer x.
Replace I/O backplane in I/O drawer
x. Location: U0.x-P1
See AIX and Physical Location Code
Tables in Chapter 1 for location
codes.
2680 0Cxx Machine check occurred 1. Replace the part identified by the
location code associated with this
error code.
2. If the location code associated
with this error code identifies an
adapter, and replacing the
adapter does not correct the
problem, replace primary I/O
backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
210 Service Guide
2803 0001 RTC not updating - RTC initialization
required
Errors reported against the real-time
clock can be caused by low battery
voltage and (more rarely) power
outages that occur during normal
system usage. These errors are
warnings that the real-time clock data
content needs to be re-established
and do not require any FRU
replacement unless the error is
persistent. When one of these errors
occurs, the time and date information
has been lost.
To set/restore the time and date, use
the operating system facility.
If the error is persistent:
1. Replace the battery.
Location: U0.1-P1
2803 0002 Bad time/date values 1. Set time and date.
2. Refer to Action under error code
28030001.
2803 0003 RTC not updating - not correctable Replace primary I/O backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
2803 0004 RTC operating mode parameters (eg.
data mode) changed
1. Set time and date.
28030001.
2803 0005 RTC battery error 1. Replace the battery.
Note: Password, time, and date
need to be set.
28030001.
2900 0002 Keyboard/mouse controller failed
self-test
Location: U0.1-P1
29A0 0003 Keyboard not present/detected 1. Keyboard
2. Keyboard cable
Location: U0.1-P1
29A0 0004 Keyboard stuck key detected 1. Keyboard
Location: U0.1-P1
29B0 0004 Mouse not present/detected 1. Mouse
Location: U0.1-P1
2B2x xx11 Processor is manually disabled Use the service processor menus to
re-enable the processor and reboot
the system
2B20 0022 Processor is deconfigured by the
system
1. Replace the processor card.
2. CEC backplane
Location: U1.1-P1
2B2x xx31 Processor is failing POST Replace the processor card.
2B20 0031 Processor is failing POST or is
manually disabled.
1. If the processor is not enabled,
then use the service processor
menus to enable the processor.
Then reboot the system.
2. If the processor is failing POST,
then replace the processor card
at the location specified in the
error log.
2B20 0042 Unknown processor card Remove the unknown processor
card.
2BA00000 Service processor POST failure Replace primary I/O backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
2BA0 0012 Service processor reports self test
failure
Location: U0.1-P1
2BA0 0013 Service processor reports bad
NVRAM CRC
If problem persists, replace primary
I/O backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
2BA0 0017 Service processor reports bad or low
battery.
1. Replace the battery.
Location: U0.1-P1
2BA0 0041 Service processor VPD is corrupted. Replace primary I/O backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
2BA0 0080 Service processor reports memory
riser card VPD module not present.
Replace memory card (s).
2BA0 0081 VPD data corrupted for memory riser
card in slot 0.
Replace memory card in slot 0.
2BA0 0083 VPD data corrupted for memory riser
card in slot 1.
Replace memory card in slot 1.
212 Service Guide
Service Processor Error Codes
Attention: Follow the procedure defined in the Checkpoint and Error Code Index on
page 165. If you replace FRUs or perform an action and the problem is still not
Table 6. Service Processor Error Codes.
4066 0001 Scan interface basic assurance tests
detected CEC backplane fault
CEC backplane
Location: U1.1-P1
detected processor fault
1. Verify loose or defective JTAG
cable or connector.
2. All processors
detected memory fault
All memory
Location:
U1.1-P1-C1
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2.
Go to MAP 1540: Minimum
Configuration on page 113 and run
CEC drawer minimum configuration
to isolate the failing memory
component.
4066 00A0 Scan interface basic assurance tests
detected service processor firmware
fault
Update system firmware
detected system firmware fault
1. Check for AIX updates
update
(processor runtime diagnostics) fault
Check for system firmware update
detected memory plugging fault
All pluggable memory.
component.
detected application caused fault
Application software
detected invalid system configuration
Verify system components are
supported and properly installed
Table 6. Service Processor Error Codes. (continued)
detected no usable memory
1. Ensure that memory DIMMS and
cards are properly installed
2. Go to service processor Memory
Configuration/Deconfiguration
menu to verify memory DIMMs
state. See Memory
Menu on page 384 for more
information.
detected hardware problem
4066 00B0 Scan interface basic assurance tests
detected bus controller lock-unlock
failure
RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
detected bus controller failure
RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
detected insufficient hardware
resources to continue IPL
This error code appears after the
initial testing by the service processor
firmware on the CEC was completed
correctly, but a problem occurred
when the firmware tried to
communicate outside the CEC.
Suspect a problem with the RIO
interface, either cables or adapters.
detected memory riser card fault
Memory riser card
Location: U1.1-P1-M2
detected memory DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Location: U1.1-P1-M2.15
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
4066 010D Scan interface basic assurance tests
Memory DIMM
Location: U1.1-P1-M2.1 x4
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
214 Service Guide
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
4066 01FF Scan interface basic assurance tests
detected memory on riser card fault
Memory failure on riser card 2 that
cannot be automatically isolated. Go
to MAP 1540: Minimum
Configuration on page 113, and run
for further isolation.
Memory riser card
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
4066 020E Scan interface basic assurance tests
detected memory pair A fault
Memory Pair A
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
detected processor card fault
Processor card
216 Service Guide
Memory DIMM
Location: U1.1-P1-C1-M8
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Location: U1.1-P1-C1-M1 x2
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
detected memory on processor card
fault
Memory failure on processor card
that cannot be automatically isolated.
detected RIO port 0 fault
1. Processor card
Location: U1.1-P1
1. Processor card
Location: U1.1-P1
detected RIO cable on port 0 fault
RIO cable on port 0
Location: U1.1-P1/Q3
RIO cable on port 1
detected RIO port fault
Processor card
detected primary I/O drawer fault
detected primary I/O backplane fault
Location: U0.1-P1
detected primary RIO adapter fault
Primary RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
detected primary RIO port 0 fault
1. Check RIO cable
Location: U0.1-P1.1/Q1
2. Primary RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
1. Check RIO cable
Location: U0.1-P1.1
detected primary RIO ports fault
Primary RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
detected PCI controller PHB0 fault
1. RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
Location: U0.1-P1
1. RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
Location: U0.1-P1
1. RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
Location: U0.1-P1
4067 0001 6xx bus processor runtime
diagnostics detected CEC backplane
fault
CEC backplane
Location: U1.1-P1
diagnostics detected processor fault
All processors
diagnostics detected memory fault
All memory
Locations:
U1.1-P1-C1
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2.
component.
218 Service Guide
4067 00A0 6xx bus processor runtime
diagnostics detected service
processor firmware fault
diagnostics detected system firmware
fault
update
processor firmware (processor
runtime diagnostics) fault
diagnostics detected memory
plugging fault
Configuration on page 113and run
component.
diagnostics detected application
caused fault
diagnostics detected invalid system
configuration
diagnostics detected no usable
memory
2. Go to service processor memory
state. See Memory
information.
diagnostics detected hardware
problem
4067 00B0 6xx bus processor runtime
diagnostics detected bus controller
lock-unlock failure
RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
failure
RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
diagnostics detected insufficient
hardware resources to continue IPL
diagnostics detected memory riser
card fault
Memory riser card
diagnostics detected memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
4067 010D 6xx bus processor runtime
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
220 Service Guide
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
4067 01FF 6xx bus processor runtime
diagnostics detected memory on riser
card fault
card fault
Memory riser card
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
4067 020E 6xx bus processor runtime
diagnostics detected memory pair A
fault
Memory pair A
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
222 Service Guide
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
card fault
diagnostics detected processor card
fault
Processor card
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
diagnostics detected memory on
processor card fault
diagnostics detected RIO port 0 fault
1. Processor card
Location: U1.1-P1
1. Processor card
Location: U1.1-P1
diagnostics detected RIO cable on
port 0 fault
RIO cable on port 0
port 1 fault
RIO cable on port 1
diagnostics detected RIO port fault
Processor card
diagnostics detected primary I/O
drawer fault
backplane fault
Location: U0.1-P1
diagnostics detected primary RIO
adapter fault
Primary RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
port 0 fault
1. Check RIO cable
Location: U0.1-P1.1
224 Service Guide
port 1 fault
1. Check RIO cable
Location: U0.1-P1.1
ports fault
Primary RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
diagnostics detected PCI controller
PHB0 fault
1. RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
Location: U0.1-P1
PHB1 fault
1. RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
Location: U0.1-P1
PHB2 fault
1. RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
Location: U0.1-P1
4068 0001 Other bus processor runtime
diagnostics detected CEC backplane
fault
CEC backplane
Location: U1.1-P1
diagnostics detected processor fault
All processors
diagnostics detected memory fault
All memory
Locations:
U1.1-P1-C1
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2.
component.
4068 00A0 Other bus processor runtime
diagnostics detected system firmware
fault
update
diagnostics detected memory
plugging fault
component.
diagnostics detected application
caused fault
diagnostics detected invalid system
configuration
diagnostics detected no usable
memory
state. See Memory
information.
diagnostics detected hardware
problem
4068 00B0 Other bus processor runtime
lock-unlock failure
RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
failure
RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
diagnostics detected insufficient
card fault
Memory riser card
fault
Memory DIMM
226 Service Guide
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
4068 010D Other bus processor runtime
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
4068 01FF Other bus processor runtime
card fault
card fault
Memory riser card
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
4068 020E Other bus processor runtime
diagnostics detected memory pair A
Fault
Memory pair A
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
228 Service Guide
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
card fault
diagnostics detected processor card
fault
Processor card
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
diagnostics detected memory on
230 Service Guide
diagnostics detected RIO port 0 Fault
1. Processor card
Location: U1.1-P1
1. Processor card
Location: U1.1-P1
port 0 fault
RIO cable on port 0
port 1 fault
RIO cable on port 1
diagnostics detected RIO port fault
Processor card
drawer fault
Primary I/O drawer
Location: U0.1
backplane fault
Location: U0.1-P1
adapter fault
Primary I/O adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
port 0 fault
1. Check RIO cable
Location: U0.1-P1.1
port 1 fault
1. Check RIO cable
Location: U0.1-P1.1
ports fault
Primary RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
diagnostics detected PCI Controller
PHB0 Fault
1. RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
Location: U0.1-P1
PHB1 Fault
Location: U0.1-P1
PHB2 Fault
1. RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
Location: U0.1-P1
4069 0001 Memory test detected CEC
backplane fault
CEC backplane
Location: U1.1-P1
4069 0003 Memory test detected processor fault All processors
4069 0009 Memory test detected memory fault All memory
Locations:
U1.1-P1-C1
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2.
component.
4069 00A0 Memory test detected service
4069 00A1 Memory test detected system
firmware fault
update
4069 00A2 Memory test detected service
4069 00A3 Memory test detected memory
plugging fault
component.
4069 00A4 Memory test detected application
caused fault
4069 00A5 Memory test detected invalid system
configuration
232 Service Guide
4069 00A6 Memory test detected no usable
memory
1. Ensure that memory DIMMs and
state. See Memory
information.
4069 00A7 Memory test detected hardware
problem
4069 00B0 Memory test detected bus controller
lock-unlock failure
RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
4069 00B1 Memory test detected bus controller
failure
RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
4069 00B7 Memory test detected insufficient
4069 0100 Memory test detected memory riser
card fault
Memory riser card
4069 0101 Memory test detected memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
4069 010D Memory test detected memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
4069 01FF Memory test detected memory on
riser card fault
4069 0200 Memory test detected memory riser
card fault
Memory riser card
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
4069 020E Memory test detected memory pair A
fault
Memory pair A
234 Service Guide
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
riser card fault
4069 0300 Memory test detected processor card
fault
Processor card
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
4069 3101 Memory test detected RIO port 0
fault
1. Processor card
Location: U1.1-P1
4069 3102 Memory test detected RIO port 1
fault
1. Processor card
Location: U1.1-P1
4069 3121 Memory test detected RIO cable on
port 0 fault
RIO cable on port 0
4069 3122 Memory test detected RIO cable on
port 1 fault
RIO cable on port 1
4069 31FF Memory test detected RIO port fault Processor card
4069 3200 Memory test detected primary I/O
drawer fault
236 Service Guide
4069 3201 Memory test detected primary I/O
backplane fault
Location: U0.1-P1
4069 3280 Memory test detected primary RIO
adapter fault
Primary RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
port 0 fault
1. Check RIO cable
Location: U0.1-P1.1
port 1 fault
1. Check RIO cable
Location: U0.1-P1.1
ports fault
Primary RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
4069 3284 Memory Test detected PCI controller
PHB0 fault
1. RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
Location: U0.1-P1
PHB1 fault
1. RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
Location: U0.1-P1
PHB2 fault
1. RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
Location: U0.1-P1
406A 0001 Self test detected CEC backplane
fault
CEC backplane
Location: U1.1-P1
406A 0003 Self test detected processor fault All processors
406A 0009 Self test detected memory fault All memory
Locations:
U1.1-P1-C1
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2.
component.
406A 00A0 Self test detected service processor
firmware fault
406A 00A1 Self test detected system firmware
fault
update
406A 00A2 Self test detected service processor
firmware (processor runtime
diagnostics) fault
406A 00A3 Self test detected memory plugging
fault
component.
406A 00A4 Self test detected application caused
fault
406A 00A5 Self test detected invalid system
configuration
406A 00A6 Self test detected no usable memory 1. Ensure that memory DIMMs and
cards are properly installed.
state. See Memory
information.
406A 00A7 Self test detected hardware problem Go to MAP 1540: Minimum
406A 00B0 Self test detected bus controller
lock-unlock failure
RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
406A 00B1 Self test detected bus controller
failure
RIO adapter bus
Location: U0.1-P1.1
406A 00B7 Self test detected insufficient
interface, either
406A 0100 Self test detected memory riser card
fault
Memory riser card
406A 0101 Self test detected memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
238 Service Guide
fault
Memory DIMM
406A 010D Self test detected memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
406A 01FF Self test detected memory on riser
card fault
406A 0200 Self test detected memory riser card
fault
Memory riser card
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
406A 020E Self test detected memory pair A fault Memory pair A
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
240 Service Guide
406A 02FF Self test detected memory on riser
card fault
406A 0300 Self test detected processor card
fault
Processor card
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
406A 03FF Self test detected memory on
406A 3101 Self test detected RIO port 0 fault 1. Processor card
Location: U1.1-P1
406A 3102 Self test detected RIO port 1 fault 1. Processor card
Location: U1.1-P1
406A 3121 Self test detected RIO cable on port
0 fault
RIO cable on port 0
406A 3122 Self test detected RIO cable on port
1 fault
RIO cable on port 1
406A 31FF Self test detected RIO port fault Processor card
406A 3200 Self test detected primary I/O drawer
fault
406A 3201 Self test detected primary I/O
backplane fault
Location: U0.1-P1
406A 3280 Self test detected primary RIO
adapter fault
Primary RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
406A 3281 Self test detected primary RIO port 0
fault
1. Check RIO cable
Location: U0.1-P1.1
406A 3282 Self test detected primary RIO port 1
fault
1. Check RIO cable
Location: U0.1-P1.1
406A 3283 Self test detected primary RIO ports
fault
Primary RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
406A 3284 Self test detected PCI controller
PHB0 fault
1. RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
Location: U0.1-P1
PHB1 fault
1. RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
Location: U0.1-P1
PHB2 fault
1. RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
Location: U0.1-P1
406B 0001 Wire test detected CEC backplane
fault
CEC backplane
Location: U1.1-P1
406B 0003 Wire test detected processor fault All processors
242 Service Guide
406B 0009 Wire test detected memory fault All memory
Locations:
U1.1-P1-C1
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2.
component.
406B 00A0 Wire test detected service processor
firmware fault
406B 00A1 Wire test detected system firmware
fault
update
406B 00A2 Wire test detected service processor
diagnostics) fault
406B 00A3 Wire test detected memory plugging
fault
component.
406B 00A4 Wire test detected application caused
fault
406B 00A5 Wire test detected invalid system
configuration
406B 00A6 Wire test detected no usable memory 1. Ensure that memory DIMMs and
state. See Memory
information.
406B 00A7 Wire test detected hardware problem Go to MAP 1540: Minimum
406B 00B0 Wire test detected bus controller
lock-unlock failure
RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
406B 00B1 Wire test detected bus controller
failure
RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
406B 00B7 Wire test detected insufficient
406B 0100 Wire test detected memory riser card
fault
Memory riser card
406B 0101 Wire test detected memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
406B 010D Wire test detected memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
244 Service Guide
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
406B 01FF Wire test detected memory on riser
card fault
406B 0200 Wire test detected memory riser card
fault
Memory riser card
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
406B 020D Self test detected memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
406B 020E Wire test detected memory pair A
fault
Memory pair A
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
406B 02FF Wire test detected memory on riser
card fault
406B 0300 Wire test detected processor card
fault
Processor card
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
246 Service Guide
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
406B 03FF Wire test detected memory on
406B 3101 Wire test detected RIO port 0 fault 1. Processor card
Location: U1.1-P1
406B 3102 Wire test detected RIO port 1 fault 1. Processor card
Location: U1.1-P1
406B 3121 Wire test detected RIO cable on port
0 fault
RIO cable on port 0
406B 3122 Wire test detected RIO cable on port
1 fault
RIO cable on port 1
406B 31FF Wire test detected RIO port fault Processor card
406B 3200 Wire test detected primary I/O drawer
fault
406B 3201 Wire test detected primary I/O
backplane fault
Location: U0.1-P1
406B 3280 Wire test detected primary RIO
adapter fault
Primary RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
406B 3281 Wire test detected primary RIO port 0
fault
1. Check RIO cable
Location: U0.1-P1.1
406B 3282 Wire test detected primary RIO port 1
fault
1. Check RIO cable
Location: U0.1-P1.1
406B 3283 Wire test detected primary RIO ports
fault
Primary RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
406B 3284 Wire test detected PCI controller
PHB0 fault
1. RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
Location: U0.1-P1
PHB1 fault
1. RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
Location: U0.1-P1
PHB2 fault
1. RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
Location: U0.1-P1
406C 0001 IPL detected CEC backplane fault CEC backplane
Location: U1.1-P1
406C 0003 IPL detected processor fault All processors
406C 0009 IPL detected Memory Fault All memory
Locations:
U1.1-P1-C1
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2.
component.
406C 00A0 IPL test detected service processor
firmware fault
406C 00A1 IPL test detected system firmware
fault
update
406C 00A2 IPL test detected service processor
diagnostics) fault
406C 00A3 IPL test detected memory plugging
fault
component.
406C 00A4 IPL test detected application caused
fault
406C 00A5 IPL test detected system firmware
fault
248 Service Guide
406C 00A6 IPL test detected no usable memory 1. Ensure that memory DIMMs and
state. See Memory
information.
406C 00A7 IPL test detected hardware problem Go to MAP 1540: Minimum
406C 00B0 IPL test detected bus controller
lock-unlock failure
RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
406C 00B1 IPL test detected bus controller
failure
RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
406C 00B7 IPL MOPS detected insufficient
406C 0100 IPL test detected memory riser card
fault
Memory riser card
406C 0101 IPL test detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM
406C 010D IPL test detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM
406C 01FF IPL detected memory on riser card
fault
406C 0200 IPL test detected memory riser card
fault
Memory riser card
406C 020E IPL detected memory pair A fault Memory pair A
250 Service Guide
406C 02FF IPL detected memory on riser card
fault
406C 0300 IPL test detected processor card fault Processor card
Note: If this error occurs on a model
6H0, first verify that the correct type
of processor card is installed in the
system. Up to four processor are
supported in a model 6H0 system; if
a 6-way processor is plugged into the
system, this error code will be
generated and the system will not
boot.
406C 03FF IPL detected memory on processor
card fault
406C 3101 IPL detected RIO port 0 fault 1. Processor card
Location: U1.1-P1
252 Service Guide
406C 3102 IPL detected RIO port 1 fault 1. Processor card
Location: U1.1-P1
406C 3121 IPL detected RIO cable on port 0
fault
RIO cable on port 0
406C 3122 IPL detected RIO cable on port 1
fault
RIO cable on port 1
406C 31FF IPL detected RIO port fault Processor card
406C 3200 IPL detected primary I/O drawer fault Go to MAP 1540: Minimum
406C 3201 IPL detected primary I/O backplane
fault
Location: U0.1-P1
406C 3280 IPL detected primary RIO adapter
fault
Primary RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
406C 3281 IPL detected primary RIO port 0 fault 1. Check RIO cable
Location: U0.1-P1.1
406C 3282 IPL detected primary RIO port 1 fault 1. Check RIO cable
Location: U0.1-P1.1
406C 3283 IPL detected primary RIO ports fault Primary RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
406C 3284 IPL detected PCI controller PHB0
fault
1. RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
Location: U0.1-P1
fault
1. RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
Location: U0.1-P1
fault
1. RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
Location: U0.1-P1
406D 0001 Attention handler detected CEC
backplane fault
CEC backplane
Location: U1.1-P1
406D 0003 Attention handler detected processor
fault
All processors
406D 0009 Attention handler detected memory
fault
All memory
Locations:
U1.1-P1-C1
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2.
component.
406D 00A0 Attention handler detected service
406D 00A1 Attention handler detected system
firmware fault
update
406D 00A2 Attention handler detected service
runtime diagnostics) Fault
406D 00A3 Attention handler detected memory
plugging fault
component.
406D 00A4 Attention handler detected application
caused fault
406D 00A5 Attention handler detected invalid
system configuration
406D 00A6 Attention handler detected no usable
memory
state. See Memory
information.
406D 00A7 Attention handler detected hardware
problem
406D 00B0 Attention handler detected bus
controller lock-unlock failure
RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
406D 00B1 Attention handler detected bus
controller failure
RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
254 Service Guide
406D 00B7 Attention handler detected insufficient
riser card fault
Memory riser card
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
406D 010D Attention handler detected memory
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
406D 01FF Attention handler detected memory
on riser card fault
riser card fault
Memory riser card
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
406D 020E Attention handler detected memory
pair A fault
Memory pair A
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
256 Service Guide
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
on riser card fault
406D 0300 Attention handler detected processor
card fault
Processor card
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
on processor card fault
406D 3101 Attention handler detected RIO port 0
fault
1. Processor card
Location: U1.1-P1
406D 3102 Attention handler detected RIO port 1
fault
1. Processor card
Location: U1.1-P1
406D 3121 Attention handler detected RIO cable
on port 0 fault
RIO cable on port 0
406D 3122 Attention handler detected RIO cable
on port 1 fault
RIO cable on port 1
406D 31FF Attention handler detected RIO port
fault
Processor card
406D 3200 Attention handler detected primary
I/O drawer fault
I/O backplane fault
Location: U0.1-P1
RIO adapter fault
Primary RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
RIO port 0 fault
1. Check RIO cable
Location: U0.1-P1.1
RIO port 1 fault
1. Check RIO cable
Location: U0.1-P1.1
RIO ports fault
Primary RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
258 Service Guide
406D 3284 Attention handler detected PCI
controller PHB0 fault
1. RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
Location: U0.1-P1
1. RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
Location: U0.1-P1
1. RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
Location: U0.1-P1
406E 0001 Scan control routines detected CEC
backplane fault
CEC backplane
Location: U1.1-P1
406E 0003 Scan control routines detected
processor fault
All processors
406E 0009 Scan control routines detected
memory fault
All memory
Locations:
U1.1-P1-C1
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2.
component.
406E 00A0 Scan control routines detected
service processor firmware fault
406E 00A1 Scan control routines detected
system firmware fault
update
406E 00A2 Scan control routine detected service
runtime diagnostics) Fault
406E 00A3 Scan control routine detected
memory plugging fault
component.
application caused fault
406E 00A5 Scan control routine detected invalid
system configuration
406E 00A6 Scan control routine detected no
usable memory
state. See Memory
information.
hardware problem
406E 00B0 Scan control routine detected bus
controller lock-unlock failure
RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
406E 00B1 Scan control routine detected bus
controller failure
RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
406E 00B7 Scan control routines detected
insufficient hardware resources to
continue IPL
406E 0100 Scan control routine detected
memory riser card fault
Memory riser card
memory DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
memory DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
memory DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
memory DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
406E 010D Scan control routine detected
memory DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
memory DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
memory DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
memory DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
memory DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
260 Service Guide
memory DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
memory DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
memory DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
memory DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
memory DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
memory DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
memory DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
memory DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
memory DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
memory DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
memory DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
406E 01FF Scan control routine detected
memory on riser card fault
Memory riser card
memory DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
memory DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
memory DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
memory DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
memory DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
406E 020E Scan control routine detected
memory pair A fault
Memory pair A
memory DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
memory DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
memory DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
memory DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
memory DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
memory DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
memory DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
memory DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
memory DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
memory DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
memory DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
memory DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
memory DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
memory DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
memory DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
memory on riser card fault
Processor card
memory DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
memory DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
262 Service Guide
memory DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
memory DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
memory DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
memory DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
memory DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
memory DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
memory DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
memory DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
memory DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
memory DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
memory on processor card fault
406E 3101 Scan control routine detected RIO
port 0 fault
1. Processor card
Location: U1.1-P1
port 1 fault
1. Processor card
Location: U1.1-P1
cable on port 0 fault
RIO cable on port 0
cable on port 1 fault
RIO cable on port 1
406E 31FF Scan control routine detected RIO
port fault
Processor card
406E 3200 Scan control routine detected primary
I/O drawer fault
I/O backplane fault
Location: U0.1-P1
RIO adapter fault
Primary RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
RIO port 0 fault
1. Check RIO cable
Location: U0.1-P1.1
RIO port 1 fault
1. Check RIO cable
Location: U0.1-P1.1
RIO ports fault
Primary RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
406E 3284 Scan control routine detected PCI
1. RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
Location: U0.1-P1
1. RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
Location: U0.1-P1
1. RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
Location: U0.1-P1
406F 0001 Error code generation/logging
CEC backplane
Location: U1.1-P1
detected processor fault
All processors
detected memory fault
All memory
Locations:
U1.1-P1-C1
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2.
component.
406F 00A0 Error code generation/logging
fault
detected system firmware fault
update
264 Service Guide
detected service processor Firmware
(processor runtime diagnostics) Fault
detected memory plugging fault
component.
detected application caused fault
detected invalid system configuration
detected no usable memory
state. See Memory
information.
detected hardware problem
406F 00B0 Error code generation/logging
detected bus controller lock-unlock
failure
RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
406F 00B1 Error code generation/logging
detected bus controller failure
RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
406F 00B7 Error code generation/lgging detected
insufficient hardware resources to
continue IPL
Memory riser card
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
406F 010D Error code generation/logging
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
406F 01FF Error code generation/logging
266 Service Guide
406F 0200 Scan control routine detected
Memory riser card
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
406F 020E Error code generation/logging
detected memory pair A fault
Memory pair A
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
detected processor card fault
Processor card
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
Memory DIMM
detected memory on processor card
fault
1. Processor card
Location: U1.1-P1
268 Service Guide
1. Processor card
Location: U1.1-P1
RIO cable on port 0
RIO cable on port 1
detected RIO port fault
Processor card
detected primary I/O drawer fault
Location: U0.1-P1
detected primary RIO adapter fault
Primary RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
1. Check RIO cable
Location: U0.1-P1.1
1. Check RIO cable
Location: U0.1-P1.1
detected primary RIO ports fault
Primary RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
1. RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
Location: U0.1-P1
1. RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
Location: U0.1-P1
1. RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
Location: U0.1-P1
4506 244C Memory system and scan interface
basic assurance tests detected 1W
processor fault
Processor card
Location:
U1.1-P1-C1
4506 244D Memory system and scan interface
processor fault
Processor card
Location:
U1.1-P1-C1
4506 244E Memory system and scan interface
processor fault
Processor card
Location:
U1.1-P1-C1
4506 244F Memory system and scan interface
processor fault
Processor card
Location:
U1.1-P1-C1
4506 248B Memory system and scan interface
basic assurance tests detected
primary I/O drawer operator panel
fault
Operator Panel
Location: U0.1-L1
4506 24A1 Memory system and scan interface
processor fault
Processor card
processor fault
Processor card
processor fault
Processor card
processor fault
Processor card
4506 25BB Memory system and scan interface
processor fault
1W Processor card
4506 25BD Memory system and scan interface
processor fault
2W Processor card
4506 25BE Memory system and scan interface
processor fault
4W Processor card
4506 25BF Memory system and scan interface
processor fault
6W Processor card
4506 25CB 1W processor card fault Replace the processor card
4506 25EA 4W processor card fault Replace the processor card
4506 25EB 2W processor card fault Replace the processor card
4506 25F2 6W processor card fault Replace the processor card
270 Service Guide
dummy riser card fault
Dummy riser card
Locations: U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2
4506 2687 Memory system and scan interface
basic assurance tests detected RIO
adapter fault
RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
4506 271A Memory system and scan interface
primary I/O backplane fault
Location: U0.1-P1
secondary I/O backplane fault
Secondary I/O backplane
Location: U0.2-P1
basic assurance tests detected CEC
backplane fault
1. Processor card
2. CEC backplane
Location: U1.1-P1
basic assurance tests detected fan
controller card fault
Fan controller card
Locations:
U0.1-X2
U1.1-X2
memory riser fault
state. See Memory
information.
2. Riser card
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2
processor fault
Processor card
basic assurance tests detected 32MB
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4506 300B Memory system and scan interface
128MB DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4506 300C Memory system and scan interface
256MB DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
512MB (stacked) DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4506 300E Memory system and scan interface
512MB (unstacked) DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
128MB DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
basic assurance tests detected 1GB
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4506 51AA Memory system and scan interface
AC power supply fault
645W AC power supply
Locations:
U1.1-V1
U1.1-V2
4506 51AB Memory system and scan interface
DC power supply fault
645W DC power supply
Locations:
U1.1-V1
U1.1-V2
4506 51AC Memory system and scan interface
Locations:
U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
4506 51AD Memory system and scan interface
Locations:
U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
4507 244C Memory system and 6xx bus
processor runtime diagnostics
detected 1W processor fault
Processor card
272 Service Guide
4507 244D Memory system and 6xx bus
Processor card
4507 244E Memory system and 6xx bus
Processor card
4507 244F Memory system and 6xx bus
Processor card
4507 248B Memory system and 6xx bus
detected primary I/O drawer operator
panel fault
Operator panel
Location: U0.1-L1
4507 24A1 Memory system and 6xx bus
Processor card
Processor card
Processor card
Processor card
4507 25BB Memory system and 6xx bus
detected 1W processor card fault
1W Processor card
4507 25BD Memory system and 6xx bus
2W Processor card
4507 25BE Memory system and 6xx bus
4W Processor card
4507 25BF Memory system and 6xx bus
6W Processor card
detected dummy riser card fault
Dummy riser card
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2
4507 2687 Memory system and 6xx bus
detected RIO adapter fault
RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
4507 271A Memory system and 6xx bus
Location: U0.1-P1
detected secondary I/O backplane
fault
Location: U0.2-P1
1. Processor card
2. CEC backplane
Location: U1.1-P1
detected fan controller card fault
Fan controller card
Location: U0.1-X2
Location: U1.1-X2
detected memory riser fault
state. See Memory
information.
2. Memory riser card
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2
detected 6W 4M 500 processor fault
Processor card
Location:
U1.1-P1-C1
detected 32MB DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
274 Service Guide
4507 300B Memory system and 6xx bus
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4507 300C Memory system and 6xx bus
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
detected 512MB (stacked) DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4507 300E Memory system and 6xx bus
detected 512MB (unstacked) DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
128MB DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
detected 1GB DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4507 51AA Memory system and 6xx bus
detected 645W AC power supply fault
Locations:
U1.1-V1
U1.1-V2
4507 51AB Memory system and 6xx bus
detected 645W DC power supply
fault
Locations:
U1.1-V1
U1.1-V2
4507 51AC Memory system and 6xx bus
Locations:
U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
4507 51AD Memory system and 6xx bus
fault
Locations:
U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
4508 244C Memory system and other bus
Processor card
4508 244D Memory system and other bus
Processor card
4508 244E Memory system and other bus
Processor card
4508 244F Memory system and other bus
Processor card
4508 248B Memory system and other bus
panel fault
Operator panel
Location: U0.1-L1
4508 24A1 Memory system and other bus
Processor card
Processor card
Processor card
Processor card
4508 25BB Memory system and other bus
1W Processor card
4508 25BD Memory system and other bus
2W Processor card
4508 25BE Memory system and other bus
4W Processor card
4508 25BF Memory system and other bus
6W Processor card
276 Service Guide
Dummy riser card
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2
4508 2687 Memory system and other bus
RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
4508 271A Memory system and other bus
Location: U0.1-P1
fault
Location: U0.2-P1
1. Processor card
2. CEC backplane
Location: U1.1-P1
Fan controller card
Locations:
U0.1-X2
U1.1-X2
state. See Memory
information.
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4508 300B Memory system and other bus
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4508 300C Memory system and other bus
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4508 300E Memory system and other bus
fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4508 301F Memory system and other bus
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4508 51AA Memory system and other bus
Locations:
U1.1-V1
U1.1-V2
4508 51AB Memory system and other bus
fault
Locations:
U1.1-V1
U1.1-V2
4508 51AC Memory system and other bus
Locations:
U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
4508 51AD Memory system and other bus
fault
Locations:
U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
278 Service Guide
4509 244C Memory system and memory test
Processor card
4509 244D Memory system and memory test
Processor card
4509 244E Memory system and memory test
Processor card
4509 244F Memory system and memory test
Processor card
4509 248B Memory system and memory test
panel
Operator panel
Location: U0.1-L1
4509 24A1 Memory system and memory test
Processor card
Processor card
Processor card
Processor card
4509 25BB Memory system and memory test
1W Processor card
4509 25BD Memory system and memory test
2W Processor card
4509 25BE Memory system and memory test
4W Processor card
4509 25BF Memory system and memory test
6W Processor card
Dummy riser card
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2
4509 2687 Memory system and memory test
RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
4509 271A Memory system and memory test
Location: U0.1-P1
fault
Location: U0.2-P1
1. Processor card
2. CEC backplane
Location: U1.1-P1
Fan controller card
Locations:
U0.1-X2
U1.1-X2
state. See Memory
information.
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2
Processor card
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4509 300B Memory system and memory test
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4509 300C Memory system and memory test
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
280 Service Guide
4509 300E Memory system and memory test
fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4509 301F Memory system and memory test
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4509 51AA Memory system and memory test
Locations:
U1.1-V1
U1.1-V2
4509 51AB Memory system and memory test
fault
Locations:
U1.1-V1
U1.1-V2
4509 51AC Memory system and memory test
Locations:
U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
4509 51AD Memory system and memory test
fault
Locations:
U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
450A 244C Memory system and self test
Processor card
450A 244D Memory system and self test
Processor card
450A 244E Memory system and self test
Processor card
450A 244F Memory system and self test
detected 1W MHz processor fault
Processor card
450A 248B Memory system and self test
panel
Operator panel
Location: U0.1-L1
450A 24A1 Memory system and self test
Processor card
Processor card
Processor card
Processor card
450A 25BB Memory system and self test
1W Processor card
450A 25BD Memory system and self test
2W Processor card
450A 25BE Memory system and self test
4W Processor card
450A 25BF Memory system and self test
6W Processor card
450A 25CB 1W processor card fault Replace the processor card
450A 25EA 4W processor card fault Replace the processor card
450A 25EB 2W processor card fault Replace the processor card
450A 25F2 6W processor card fault Replace the processor card
Dummy riser card
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2
450A 2687 Memory system and self test
RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
450A 271A Memory system and self test
Location: U0.1-P1
fault
Location: U0.2-P1
1. Processor card
2. CEC backplane
Location: U1.1-P1
Fan controller card
Locations:
U0.1-X2
U1.1-X2
282 Service Guide
state. See Memory
information.
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2
Processor card
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
450A 300B Memory system and self test
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
450A 300C Memory system and self test
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
450A 300E Memory system and self test
fault
All memory DIMMs
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
450A 301F Memory system and self test
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
450A 51AA Memory system and self test
Locations:
U1.1-V1
U1.1-V2
450A 51AB Memory system and self test
fault
Locations:
U1.1-V1
U1.1-V2
450A 51AC Memory system and self test
Locations:
U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
450A 51AD Memory system and self test
fault
Locations:
U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
450B 244C Memory system and wire test
Processor card
450B 244D Memory system and wire test
Processor card
450B 244E Memory system and wire test
Processor card
450B 244F Memory system and wire test
Processor card
450B 248B Memory system and wire test
panel
Operator panel
Location: U0.1-L1
450B 24A1 Memory system and wire test
Processor card
Processor card
Processor card
Processor card
450B 25BB Memory system and wire test
1W Processor card
450B 25BD Memory system and wire test
2W Processor card
284 Service Guide
450B 25BE Memory system and wire test
4W Processor card
450B 25BF Memory system and wire test
6W Processor card
450B 25CB 1W processor card fault Replace the processor card
450B 25EA 4W processor card fault Replace the processor card
450B 25EB 2W processor card fault Replace the processor card
450B 25F2 6W processor card fault Replace the processor card
Dummy riser card
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2
450B 2687 Memory system and wire test
RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
450B 271A Memory system and wire test
Location: U0.1-P1
fault
Location: U0.2-P1
1. Processor card
2. CEC backplane
Location: U1.1-P1
Fan controller card
Locations:
U0.1-X2
U1.1-X2
state. See Memory
information.
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2
Processor card
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
450B 300B Memory system and wire test
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
450B 300C Memory system and wire test
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
450B 300E Memory system and wire test
fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
450B 301F Memory system and wire test
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
450B 51AA Memory system and wire test
Locations:
U1.1-V1
U1.1-V2
450B 51AB Memory system and wire test
fault
Locations:
U1.1-V1
U1.1-V2
450B 51AC Memory system and wire test
Locations:
U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
286 Service Guide
450B 51AD Memory system and wire test
fault
Locations:
U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
450C 244C Memory system and IPL detected 1W
processor fault
Processor card
450C 244D Memory system and IPL detected 2W
processor fault
Processor card
450C 244E Memory system and IPL detected 4W
processor fault
Processor card
450C 244F Memory system and IPL detected 1W
processor fault
Processor card
450C 248B Memory system and IPL detected
Operator panel
Location: U0.1-L1
450C 24A1 Memory system and IPL detected 1W
processor fault
Processor card
processor fault
Processor card
processor fault
Processor card
processor fault
Processor card
450C 25BB Memory system and IPL detected 1W
1W Processor card
450C 25BD Memory system and IPL detected 2W
2W Processor card
450C 25BE Memory system and IPL detected 4W
4W Processor card
450C 25BF Memory system and IPL detected 6W
6W Processor card
450C 25CB 1W processor card fault Replace the processor card
450C 25EA 4W processor card fault Replace the processor card
450C 25EB 2W processor card fault Replace the processor card
450C 25F2 6W processor card fault Replace the processor card
450C 263D Memory system and IPL detected
Dummy riser card
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2
450C 2687 Memory system and IPL detected
RIO adapter fault
RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
450C 271A Memory system and IPL detected
Location: U0.1-P1
Location: U0.2-P1
CEC backplane fault
1. Processor card
2. CEC backplane
Location: U1.1-P1
450C 285D Memory system and IPL detected fan
Fan controller card
Locations:
U0.1-X2
U1.1-X2
memory riser fault
state. See Memory
information.
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2
processor fault
Processor card
32MB DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
450C 300B Memory system and IPL detected
128MB DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
450C 300C Memory system and IPL detected
256MB DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
288 Service Guide
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
450C 300E Memory system and IPL detected
All memory DIMMs
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
450C 301F Memory system and IPL detected
128MB DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
1GB DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
450C 51AA Memory system and IPL detected
645W AC power supply fault
Locations:
U1.1-V1
U1.1-V2
450C 51AB Memory system and IPL detected
645W DC power supply fault
Locations:
U1.1-V1
U1.1-V2
450C 51AC Memory system and IPL detected
Locations:
U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
450C 51AD Memory system and IPL detected
Locations:
U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
450D 244C Memory system and attention handler
Processor card
450D 244D Memory system and attention handler
Processor card
450D 244E Memory system and attention handler
Processor card
450D 244F Memory system and attention handler
Processor card
450D 248B Memory system and attention handler
panel
Operator panel
Location: U0.1-L1
450D 24A1 Memory system and attention handler
Processor card
Processor card
Processor card
Processor card
450D 25BB Memory system and attention handler
1W Processor card
450D 25BD Memory system and attention handler
2W Processor card
450D 25BE Memory system and attention handler
4W Processor card
450D 25BF Memory system and attention handler
6W Processor card
450D 25CB 1W processor card fault Replace the processor card
450D 25EA 4W processor card fault Replace the processor card
450D 25EB 2W processor card fault Replace the processor card
450D 25F2 6W processor card fault Replace the processor card
Dummy riser card
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2
450D 2687 Memory system and attention handler
RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
450D 271A Memory system and attention handler
Location: U0.1-P1
fault
Location: U0.2-P1
450D 283A Memory system and attention handle
1. Processor card
2. CEC backplane
Location: U1.1-P1
290 Service Guide
Fan controller card
Locations:
U0.1-X2
U1.1-X2
state. See Memory
information.
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2
Processor card
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
450D 300B Memory system and attention handler
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
450D 300C Memory system and attention handler
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
450D 300E Memory system and attention handler
fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
450D 301F Memory system and attention handler
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
450D 51AA Memory system and attention handler
Locations:
U1.1-V1
U1.1-V2
450D 51AB Memory system and attention handler
fault
Locations:
U1.1-V1
U1.1-V2
450D 51AC Memory system and attention handler
Locations:
U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
450D 51AD Memory system and attention handler
fault
Locations:
U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
450E 244C Memory system and scan control
routines detected 1W processor fault
Processor card
450E 244D Memory system and scan control
Processor card
450E 244E Memory system and scan control
Processor card
450E 244F Memory system and scan control
Processor card
450E 248B Memory system and scan control
routines detected primary I/O drawer
operator panel
Operator panel
Location: U0.1-L1
450E 24A1 Memory system and scan control
Processor card
Processor card
Processor card
Processor card
450E 25BB Memory system and scan control
routines detected 1W processor card
fault
1W Processor card
292 Service Guide
450E 25BD Memory system and scan control
fault
2W Processor card
450E 25BE Memory system and scan control
fault
4W Processor card
450E 25BF Memory system and scan control
fault
6W Processor card
450E 25CB 1W processor card fault Replace the processor card
450E 25EA 4W processor card fault Replace the processor card
450E 25EB 2W processor card fault Replace the processor card
450E 25F2 6W processor card fault Replace the processor card
routines detected dummy riser card
fault
Dummy riser card
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2
450E 2687 Memory system and scan control
routines detected RIO adapter fault
RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
450E 271A Memory system and scan control
routines detected primary I/O
backplane fault
Location: U0.1-P1
routines detected secondary I/O
backplane fault
Location: U0.2-P1
routines detected CEC backplane
fault
1. Processor card
2. CEC backplane
Location: U1.1-P1
routines detected fan controller card
fault
Fan controller card
Locations:
U0.1-X2
U1.1-X2
routines detected memory riser fault
state. See Memory
information.
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2
Processor card
routines detected 32MB DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
450E 300B Memory system and scan control
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
450E 300C Memory system and scan control
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
routines detected 512MB (Stacked)
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
450E 300E Memory System and scan control
routines detected 512MB (unstacked)
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
450E 301F Memory System and scan control
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
294 Service Guide
450E 303A Memory System and scan control
routines detected 1GB DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
450E 51AA Memory system and scan control
routines detected 645W AC power
supply fault
Locations:
U1.1-V1
U1.1-V2
450E 51AB Memory system and scan control
routines detected 645W DC power
supply fault
Locations:
U1.1-V1
U1.1-V2
450E 51AC Memory system and scan control
supply fault
Locations:
U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
450E 51AD Memory system and scan control
supply fault
Locations:
U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
450F 244C Memory system and error code
generation/logging detected 1W
processor fault
Processor card
450F 244D Memory system and error code
processor fault
Processor card
450F 244E Memory system and error code
processor fault
Processor card
450F 244F Memory system and error code
processor fault
Processor card
450F 248B Memory system and error code
generation/logging detected primary
I/O drawer operator panel
Operator panel
Location: U0.1-L1
450F 24A1 Memory system and error code
processor fault
Processor card
processor fault
Processor card
processor fault
Processor card
processor fault
Processor card
450F 25BB Memory system and error code
1W Processor card
450F 25BD Memory system and error code
2W Processor card
450F 25BE Memory system and error code
4W Processor card
450F 25BF Memory system and error code
6W Processor card
450F 25CB 1W processor card fault Replace the processor card
450F 25EA 4W processor card fault Replace the processor card
450F 25EB 2W processor card fault Replace the processor card
450F 25F2 6W processor card fault Replace the processor card
generation/logging detected dummy
riser card fault
Dummy riser card
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2
450F 2687 Memory system and error code
generation/logging detected RIO
adapter fault
RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
450F 271A Memory system and error code
I/O backplane fault
Location: U0.1-P1
generation/logging detected
Location: U0.2-P1
generation/logging detected CEC
backplane fault
1. Processor card
2. CEC backplane
Location: U1.1-P1
generation/logging detected fan
Fan controller card
Locations:
U0.1-X2
U1.1-X2
296 Service Guide
generation/logging detected memory
riser fault
state. See Memory
information.
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2
processor fault
Processor card
generation/logging detected 32MB
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
450F 300B Memory system and error code
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
450F 300C Memory system and error code
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
(Stacked) DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
450F 300E Memory System and error code
generation/logging detected 1GB
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
450F 301F Memory System and error code
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
450F 303A Memory System and error code
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
450F 51AA Memory system and error code
Locations:
U1.1-V1
U1.1-V2
450F 51AB Memory system and error code
Locations:
U1.1-V1
U1.1-V2
450F 51AC Memory system and error code
Locations:
U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
450F 51AD Memory system and error code
Locations:
U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
4606 244C I/O system and scan interface basic
assurance tests detected 1W
processor fault
Processor card
4606 244D I/O system and scan interface basic
processor fault
Processor card
4606 244E I/O system and scan interface basic
processor fault
Processor card
4606 244F I/O system and scan interface basic
processor fault
Processor card
4606 248B I/O system and scan interface basic
assurance tests detected primary I/O
drawer operator panel
Operator panel
Location: U0.1-L1
4606 24A1 I/O system and scan interface basic
processor fault
Processor card
processor fault
Processor card
processor fault
Processor card
298 Service Guide
processor fault
Processor card
4606 25BB I/O system and scan interface basic
1W Processor card
4606 25BD I/O system and scan interface basic
2W Processor card
4606 25BE I/O system and scan interface basic
4W Processor card
4606 25BF I/O system and scan interface basic
6W Processor card
assurance tests detected dummy
riser card fault
Dummy riser card
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2
4606 2687 I/O system and scan interface basic
assurance tests detected RIO
adapter fault
RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
4606 271A I/O system and scan interface basic
assurance tests detected primary I/O
backplane fault
Location: U0.1-P1
assurance tests detected secondary
I/O backplane fault
Location: U0.2-P1
assurance tests detected CEC
backplane fault
1. Processor card
2. CEC backplane
Location: U1.1-P1
assurance tests detected fan
Fan controller card
Locations:
U0.1-X2
U1.1-X2
assurance tests detected memory
riser fault
state. See Memory
information.
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2
processor fault
Processor card
assurance tests detected 32MB
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4606 300B I/O system and scan interface basic
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4606 300C I/O system and scan interface basic
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
(stacked) DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4606 300E I/O system and scan interface basic
assurance tests detected 512 MB
(unstacked) DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4606 301F I/O system and scan interface basic
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
300 Service Guide
assurance tests detected 1GB DIMM
fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4606 51AA I/O system and scan interface basic
assurance tests detected 645W AC
power supply fault
Locations:
U1.1-V1
U1.1-V2
4606 51AB I/O system and scan interface basic
assurance tests detected 645W DC
power supply fault
Locations:
U1.1-V1
U1.1-V2
4606 51AC I/O system and scan interface basic
assurance tests detected 595W AC
power supply fault
Locations:
U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
4606 51AD I/O system and scan interface basic
assurance tests detected 595W DC
power supply fault
Locations:
U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
4607 244C I/O system and 6xx bus processor
runtime diagnostics detected 1W
processor fault
Processor card
4607 244D I/O system and 6xx bus processor
processor fault
Processor card
4607 244E I/O system and 6xx bus processor
processor fault
Processor card
4607 244F I/O system and 6xx bus processor
processor fault
Processor card
4607 248B I/O system and 6xx bus processor
runtime diagnostics detected primary
Operator panel
Location: U0.1-L1
4607 24A1 I/O system and 6xx bus processor
processor fault
Processor card
processor fault
Processor card
processor fault
Processor card
processor fault
Processor card
4607 25BB I/O system and 6xx bus processor
1W Processor card
4607 25BD I/O system and 6xx bus processor
2W Processor card
4607 25BE I/O system and 6xx bus processor
4W Processor card
4607 25BF I/O system and 6xx bus processor
6W Processor card
runtime diagnostics detected dummy
riser card fault
Dummy riser card
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2
4607 2687 I/O system and 6xx bus processor
runtime diagnostics detected RIO
adapter fault
RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
4607 271A I/O system and 6xx bus processor
I/O backplane fault
Location: U0.1-P1
runtime diagnostics detected
Location: U0.2-P1
runtime diagnostics detected CEC
backplane fault
1. Processor card
2. CEC backplane
Location: U1.1-P1
runtime diagnostics detected fan
Fan controller card
Locations:
U0.1-X2
U1.1-X2
302 Service Guide
runtime diagnostics detected memory
riser fault
state. See Memory
information.
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2
processor fault
Processor card
runtime diagnostics detected 32MB
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4607 300B I/O system and 6xx bus processor
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4607 300C I/O system and 6xx bus processor
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4607 300E I/O system and 6xx bus processor
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.m
U1.1-P1-M2.m
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4607 301F I/O system and 6xx bus processor
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
runtime diagnostics detected 1GB
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4607 51AA I/O system and 6xx bus processor
Locations:
U1.1-V1
U1.1-V2
4607 51AB I/O system and 6xx bus processor
Locations:
U1.1-V1
U1.1-V2
4607 51AC I/O system and 6xx bus processor
Locations:
U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
4607 51AD I/O system and 6xx bus processor
runtime diagnostics I/O system and
6xx bus processor runtime
diagnostics detected 595W DC power
supply fault
Locations:
U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
4608 244C I/O system and other bus processor
processor fault
Processor card
4608 244D I/O system and other bus processor
processor fault
Processor card
4608 244E I/O system and other bus processor
processor fault
Processor card
4608 244F I/O system and other bus processor
processor fault
Processor card
4608 248B I/O system and other bus processor
Operator panel
Location: U0.1-L1
4608 24A1 I/O system and other bus processor
processor fault
Processor card
processor fault
Processor card
processor fault
Processor card
304 Service Guide
processor fault
Processor card
4608 25BB I/O system and other bus processor
1W Processor card
4608 25BD I/O system and other bus processor
2W Processor card
4608 25BE I/O system and other bus processor
4W Processor card
4608 25BF I/O system and other bus processor
6W Processor card
runtime diagnostics detected dummy
riser card fault
Dummy riser card
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2
4608 2687 I/O system and other bus processor
runtime diagnostics detected RIO
adapter fault
RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
4608 271A I/O system and other bus processor
I/O backplane fault
Location: U0.1-P1
runtime diagnostics detected
Location: U0.2-P1
runtime diagnostics detected CEC
backplane fault
1. Processor card
2. CEC backplane
Location: U1.1-P1
runtime diagnostics detected fan
Fan controller card
Locations:
U0.1-X2
U1.1-X2
runtime diagnostics detected memory
riser fault
state. See Memory
information.
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2
processor fault
Processor card
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4608 300B I/O system and other bus processor
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4608 300C I/O system and other bus processor
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4608 300E I/O system and other bus processor
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
306 Service Guide
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4608 51AA I/O system and other bus processor
Locations:
U1.1-V1
U1.1-V2
4608 51AB I/O system and other bus processor
Locations:
U1.1-V1
U1.1-V2
4608 51AC I/O system and other bus processor
Locations:
U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
4608 51AD I/O system and other bus processor
Locations:
U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
4609 244C I/O system and memory test detected
1W processor fault
Processor card
4609 244D I/O system and memory test detected
2W processor fault
Processor card
4609 244E I/O system and memory test detected
4W processor fault
Processor card
4609 244F I/O system and memory test detected
1W processor fault
Processor card
4609 248B I/O system and memory test detected
Operator panel
Location: U0.1-L1
4609 24A1 I/O system and memory test detected
1W processor fault
Processor card
2W processor fault
Processor card
4W processor fault
Processor card
6W processor fault
Processor card
4609 25BB I/O system and memory test detected
1W processor card fault
1W Processor card
4609 25BD I/O system and memory test detected
2W Processor card
4609 25BE I/O system and memory test detected
4W Processor card
4609 25BF I/O system and memory test detected
6W Processor card
Dummy riser card
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2
4609 2687 I/O system and memory test detected
RIO adapter fault
RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
4609 271A I/O system and memory test detected
Location: U0.1-P1
Location: U0.2-P1
CEC backplane fault
1. Processor card
2. CEC backplane
Location: U1.1-P1
fan controller card fault
Fan controller card
Locations:
U0.1-X2
U1.1-X2
memory riser fault
state. See Memory
information.
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2
6W processor fault
Processor card
32MB DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4609 300B I/O system and memory test detected
128MB DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
308 Service Guide
4609 300C I/O system and memory test detected
256MB DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4609 300E I/O system and memory test detected
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4609 51AA I/O system and memory test detected
Locations:
U1.1-V1
U1.1-V2
4609 51AB I/O system and memory test detected
Locations:
U1.1-V1
U1.1-V2
4609 51AC I/O system and memory test detected
Locations:
U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
4609 51AD I/O system and memory test detected
Locations:
U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
460A 244C I/O system and self test detected 1W
processor fault
Processor card
460A 244D I/O system and self test detected 2W
processor fault
Processor card
460A 244E I/O system and self test detected 4W
processor fault
Processor card
460A 244F I/O system and self test detected 1W
processor fault
Processor card
460A 248B I/O system and self test detected
Operator panel
Location: U0.1-L1
460A 24A1 I/O system and self test detected 1W
processor fault
Processor card
processor fault
Processor card
processor fault
Processor card
processor fault
Processor card
460A 25BB I/O system and self test detected 1W
1W Processor card
460A 25BD I/O system and self test detected 2W
2W Processor card
460A 25BE I/O system and self test detected 4W
4W Processor card
460A 25BF I/O system and self test detected 6W
6W Processor card
460A 263D I/O system and self test detected
Dummy riser card
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2
460A 2687 I/O system and self test detected RIO
adapter fault
RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
460A 271A I/O system and self test detected
Location: U0.1-P1
Location: U0.2-P1
CEC backplane fault
1. Processor card
2. CEC backplane
Location: U1.1-P1
460A 285D I/O system and self test detected fan
Fan controller card
Locations:
U0.1-X2
U1.1-X2
310 Service Guide
memory riser fault
state. See Memory
information.
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2
processor fault
Processor card
32MB DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
460A 300B I/O system and self test detected
128MB DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
460A 300C I/O system and self test detected
256MB DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
460A 300E I/O system and self test detected
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
460A 301F I/O system and self test detected
512MB DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
1GB DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
460A 51AA I/O system and self test detected
Locations:
U1.1-V1
U1.1-V2
460A 51AB I/O system and self test detected
Locations:
U1.1-V1
U1.1-V2
460A 51AC I/O system and self test detected
Locations:
U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
460A 51AD I/O system and self test detected
Locations:
U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
460B 244C I/O system and wire test detected 1W
processor fault
Processor card
460B 244D I/O system and wire test detected 2W
processor fault
Processor card
460B 244E I/O system and wire test detected 4W
processor fault
Processor card
460B 244F I/O system and wire test detected 1W
processor fault
Processor card
460B 248B I/O system and wire test detected
Operator panel
Location: U0.1-L1
460B 24A1 I/O system and wire test detected 1W
processor fault
Processor card
processor fault
Processor card
processor fault
Processor card
processor fault
Processor card
460B 25BB I/O system and wire test detected 1W
1W Processor card
460B 25BD I/O system and wire test detected 2W
2W Processor card
312 Service Guide
460B 25BE I/O system and wire test detected 4W
4W Processor card
460B 25BF I/O system and wire test detected 6W
6W Processor card
460B 263D I/O system and wire test detected
Dummy riser card
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2
460B 2687 I/O system and wire test detected
RIO adapter fault
RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
460B 271A I/O system and wire test detected
Location: U0.1-P1
Location: U0.2-P1
CEC backplane fault
1. Processor card
2. CEC backplane
Location: U1.1-P1
460B 285D I/O system and wire test detected fan
Fan controller card
Locations:
U0.1-X2
U1.1-X2
memory riser fault
state. See Memory
information.
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2
processor fault
Processor card
32MB DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
460B 300B I/O system and wire test detected
128MB DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
460B 300C I/O system and wire test detected
256MB DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
460B 300E I/O system and wire test detected
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
460B 301F I/O system and wire test detected
128MB DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
1GB DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
460B 51AA I/O system and wire test detected
Locations:
U1.1-V1
U1.1-V2
460B 51AB I/O system and wire test detected
Locations:
U1.1-V1
U1.1-V2
460B 51AC I/O system and wire test detected
Locations:
U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
460B 51AD I/O system and wire test detected
Locations:
U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
460C 244C I/O system and IPL detected 1W 2M
processor fault
Processor card
460C 244D I/O system and IPL detected 2W 4M
processor fault
Processor card
314 Service Guide
460C 244E I/O system and IPL detected 4W 4M
processor fault
Processor card
460C 244F I/O system and IPL detected 1W 2M
processor fault
Processor card
460C 248B I/O system and IPL detected primary
I/O drawer operator panel fault
Operator panel
Location: U0.1-L1
460C 24A1 I/O system and IPL detected 1W
processor fault
Processor card
processor fault
Processor card
processor fault
Processor card
processor fault
Processor card
460C 25BB I/O system and IPL detected 1W
1W Processor card
460C 25BD I/O system and IPL detected 2W
2W Processor card
460C 25BE I/O system and IPL detected 4W
4W Processor card
460C 25BF I/O system and IPL test detected 6W
6W Processor card
460C 263D I/O system and IPL detected dummy
riser card fault
Dummy riser card
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2
460C 2687 I/O system and IPL detected RIO
adapter fault
RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
460C 271A I/O system and IPL detected primary
I/O backplane fault
Location: U0.1-P1
460C 271D I/O system and IPL detected
Location: U0.2-P1
460C 283A I/O system and IPL test detected
CEC backplane fault
1. Processor card
2. CEC backplane
Location: U1.1-P1
460C 285D I/O system and IPL test detected fan
Fan controller card
Locations:
U0.1-X2
U1.1-X2
460C 288D I/O system and IPL detected memory
riser fault
state. See Memory
information.
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2
processor fault
Processor card
460C 300A I/O system and IPL detected 32MB
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
460C 300B I/O system and IPL detected 128MB
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
460C 300C I/O system and IPL detected 256MB
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
460C 300D I/O system and IPL detected 512MB
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
460C 300E I/O system and IPL detected 512MB
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
460C 301F I/O system and IPL detected 128MB
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
316 Service Guide
460C 303A I/O system and IPL detected 1GB
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
460C 51AA I/O system and IPL detected 645W
Locations:
U1.1-V1
U1.1-V2
460C 51AB I/O system and IPL detected 645W
Locations:
U1.1-V1
U1.1-V2
460C 51AC I/O system and IPL detected 595W
Locations:
U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
460C 51AD I/O system and IPL detected 595W
Locations:
U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
460D 244C I/O system and attention handler
Processor card
460D 244D I/O system and attention handler
Processor card
460D 244E I/O system and attention handler
Processor card
460D 244F I/O system and attention handler
Processor card
460D 248B I/O system and attention handler
panel
Operator panel
Location: U0.1-L1
460D 24A1 I/O system and attention handler
Processor card
Processor card
Processor card
Processor card
460D 25BB I/O system and attention handler
1W Processor card
460D 25BD I/O system and attention handler
2W Processor card
460D 25BE I/O system and attention handler
4W Processor card
460D 25BF I/O system and attention handler
6W Processor card
Dummy riser card
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2
460D 2687 I/O system and attention handler
RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
460D 271A I/O system and attention handler
Location: U0.1-P1
fault
Location: U0.2-P1
1. Processor card
2. CEC backplane
Location: U1.1-P1
Fan controller card
Locations:
U0.1-X2
U1.1-X2
state. See Memory
information.
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2
Processor card
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
460D 300B I/O system and attention handler
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
318 Service Guide
460D 300C I/O system and attention handler
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
460D 300E I/O system and attention handler
fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
460D 301F I/O system and attention handler
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
460D 51AA I/O system and attention handler
Locations:
U1.1-V1
U1.1-V2
460D 51AB I/O system and attention handler
fault
Locations:
U1.1-V1
U1.1-V2
460D 51AC I/O system and attention handler
Locations:
U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
460D 51AD I/O system and attention handler
fault
Locations:
U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
460E 244C I/O system and scan control routines
Processor card
460E 244D I/O system and scan control routines
Processor card
460E 244E I/O system and scan control routines
Processor card
460E 244F I/O system and scan control routines
Processor card
460E 248B I/O system and scan control routines
panel
Operator panel
Location: U0.1-L1
460E 24A1 I/O system and scan control routines
Processor card
Processor card
Processor card
Processor card
460E 25BB I/O system and scan control routines
1W Processor card
460E 25BD I/O system and scan control routines
2W Processor card
460E 25BE I/O system and scan control routines
4W Processor card
460E 25BF I/O system and scan control routines
6W Processor card
Dummy riser card
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2
460E 2687 I/O system and scan control routines
RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
460E 271A I/O system and scan control routines
Location: U0.1-P1
fault
Location: U0.2-P1
1. Processor card
2. CEC backplane
Location: U1.1-P1
Fan controller card
Locations:
U0.1-X2
U1.1-X2
320 Service Guide
state. See Memory
information.
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2
Processor card
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
460E 300B I/O system and scan control routines
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
460E 300C I/O system and scan control routines
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
460E 300E I/O system and scan control routines
fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
460E 301F I/O system and scan control routines
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
460E 51AA I/O system and scan control routines
Locations:
U1.1-V1
U1.1-V2
460E 51AB I/O system and scan control routines
fault
Locations:
U1.1-V1
U1.1-V2
460E 51AC I/O system and scan control routines
Locations:
U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
460E 51AD I/O system and scan control routines
fault
Locations:
U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
460F 244C I/O system and error code
processor fault
Processor card
460F 244D I/O system and error code
processor fault
Processor card
460F 244E I/O system and error code
processor fault
Processor card
460F 244F I/O system and error code
processor fault
Processor card
460F 248B I/O system and error code
Operator panel
Location: U0.1-L1
460F 24A1 I/O system and error code
processor fault
Processor card
processor fault
Processor card
processor fault
Processor card
322 Service Guide
processor fault
Processor card
460F 25BB I/O system and error code
1W Processor card
460F 25BD I/O system and error code
2W Processor card
460F 25BE I/O system and error code
4W Processor card
460F 25BF I/O system and error code
6W Processor card
riser card fault
Dummy riser card
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2
460F 2687 I/O system and error code
adapter fault
RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
460F 271A I/O system and error code
I/O backplane fault
Location: U0.1-P1
Location: U0.2-P1
backplane fault
1. Processor card
2. CEC backplane
Location: U1.1-P1
Fan controller card
Locations:
U0.1-X2
U1.1-X2
riser fault
state. See Memory
information.
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2
processor fault
Processor card
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
460F 300B I/O system and error code
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
460F 300C I/O system and error code
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
460F 300E I/O system and error code
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
460F 301F I/O system and error code
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
324 Service Guide
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
460F 51AA I/O system and error code
Locations:
U1.1-V1
U1.1-V2
460F 51AB I/O system and error code
Locations:
U1.1-V1
U1.1-V2
460F 51AC I/O system and error code
Locations:
U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
460F 51AD I/O system and error code
Locations:
U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
4B26 244C Processor system and scan interface
processor fault
Processor card
4B26 244D Processor system and scan interface
processor fault
Processor card
4B26 244E Processor system and scan interface
processor fault
Processor card
4B26 244F Processor system and scan interface
processor fault
Processor card
4B26 248B Processor system and scan interface
Operator panel
Location: U0.1-L1
4B26 24A1 Processor system and scan interface
processor fault
Processor card
processor fault
Processor card
processor fault
Processor card
processor fault
Processor card
4B26 25BB Processor system and scan interface
1W Processor card
4B26 25BD Processor system and scan interface
2W Processor card
4B26 25BE Processor system and scan interface
4W Processor card
4B26 25BF Processor system and scan interface
6W Processor card
4B26 25CB 1W processor card fault Replace the processor card
4B26 25EA 4W processor card fault Replace the processor card
4B26 25EB 2W processor card fault Replace the processor card
4B26 25F2 6W processor card fault Replace the processor card
Dummy riser card
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2
4B26 2687 Processor system and scan interface
basic assurance tests detected RIO
adapter fault
RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
4B26 271A Processor system and scan interface
Location: U0.1-P1
4B26 271D .Processor system and scan interface
Location: U0.2-P1
basic assurance tests detected CEC
backplane fault
1. Processor card
2. CEC backplane
Location: U1.1-P1
basic assurance tests detected fan
Fan controller card
Locations:
U0.1-X2
U1.1-X2
326 Service Guide
memory riser fault
state. See Memory
information.
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2
processor fault
Processor card
basic assurance tests detected 32MB
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4B26 300B Processor system and scan interface
128MB DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4B26 300C Processor system and scan interface
256MB DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4B26 300E Processor system and scan interface
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4B26 301F Processor system and scan interface
128MB DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
basic assurance tests detected 1GB
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4B26 51AA Processor system and scan interface
Locations:
U1.1-V1
U1.1-V2
4B26 51AB Processor system and scan interface
Locations:
U1.1-V1
U1.1-V2
4B26 51AC Processor system and scan interface
Locations:
U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
U0.2-V1
U0.2-V2
4B26 51AD Processor system and scan interface
Locations:
U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
U0.2-V1
U0.2-V2
4B27 244C Processor system and 6xx bus
Processor card
4B27 244D Processor system and 6xx bus
Processor card
4B27 244E Processor system and 6xx bus
Processor card
4B27 244F Processor system and 6xx bus
Processor card
4B27 248B Processor system and 6xx bus
panel
Operator panel
Location: U0.1-L1
4B27 24A1 Processor system and 6xx bus
Processor card
328 Service Guide
Processor card
Processor card
processor fault
Processor card
4B27 25BB Processor system and 6xx bus
1W Processor card
4B27 25BD Processor system and 6xx bus
2W Processor card
4B27 25BE Processor system and 6xx bus
4W Processor card
4B27 25BF Processor system and 6xx bus
6W Processor card
Dummy riser card
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2
4B27 2687 Processor system and 6xx bus
RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
4B27 271A Processor system and 6xx bus
Location: U0.1-P1
fault
Location: U0.2-P1
1. Processor card
2. CEC backplane
Location: U1.1-P1
Fan controller card
Locations:
U0.1-X2
U1.1-X2
state. See Memory
information.
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2
Processor card
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4B27 300B Processor system and 6xx bus
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4B27 300C Processor system and 6xx bus
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4B27 300E Processor system and 6xx bus
fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
330 Service Guide
4B27 301F Processor system and 6xx bus
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4B27 51AA Processor system and 6xx bus
Locations:
U1.1-V1
U1.1-V2
4B27 51AB Processor system and 6xx bus
fault
Locations:
U1.1-V1
U1.1-V2
4B27 51AC Processor system and 6xx bus
Locations:
U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
4B27 51AD Processor system and 6xx bus
fault
Locations:
U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
4B28 244C Processor system and other bus
Processor card
4B28 244D Processor system and other bus
Processor card
4B28 244E Processor system and other bus
Processor card
4B28 244F Processor system and other bus
Processor card
4B28 248B Processor system and other bus
panel
Operator panel
Location: U0.1-L1
4B28 24A1 Processor system and other bus
Processor card
Processor card
Processor card
Processor card
4B28 25BB Processor system and other bus
1W Processor card
4B28 25BD Processor system and other bus
2W Processor card
4B28 25BE Processor system and other bus
4W Processor card
4B28 25BF Processor system and other bus
6W Processor card
Dummy riser card
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2
4B28 2687 Processor system and other bus
RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
4B28 271A Processor system and other bus
Location: U0.1-P1
fault
Location: U0.2-P1
332 Service Guide
1. Processor card
2. CEC backplane
Location: U1.1-P1
Fan controller card
Locations:
U0.1-X2
U1.1-X2
state. See Memory
information.
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2
Processor card
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4B28 300B Processor system and other bus
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4B28 300C Processor system and other bus
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4B28 300E Processor system and other bus
fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4B28 301F Processor system and other bus
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4B28 51AA Processor system and other bus
Locations:
U1.1-V1
U1.1-V2
4B28 51AB Processor system and other bus
fault
Locations:
U1.1-V1
U1.1-V2
4B28 51AC Processor system and other bus
Locations:
U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
4B28 51AD Processor system and other bus
fault
Locations:
U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
4B29 244C Processor system and memory test
Processor card
4B29 244D Processor system and memory test
Processor card
4B29 244E Processor system and memory test
Processor card
4B29 244F Processor system and memory test
Processor card
4B29 248B Processor system and memory test
panel
Operator panel
Location: U0.1-L1
4B29 24A1 Processor system and memory test
Processor card
Processor card
Processor card
Processor card
334 Service Guide
4B29 25BB Processor system and memory test
1W Processor card
4B29 25BD Processor system and memory test
2W Processor card
4B29 25BE Processor system and memory test
4W Processor card
4B29 25BF Processor system and memory test
6W Processor card
Dummy riser card
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2
4B29 2687 Processor system and memory test
RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
4B29 271A Processor system and memory test
Location: U0.1-P1
fault
Location: U0.2-P1
1. Processor card
2. CEC backplane
Location: U1.1-P1
Fan controller card
Locations:
U0.1-X2
U1.1-X2
state. See Memory
information.
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2
Processor card
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4B29 300B Processor system and memory test
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4B29 300C Processor system and memory test
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4B29 300E Processor system and memory test
fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4B29 301F Processor system and memory test
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
336 Service Guide
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4B29 51AA Processor system and memory test
Locations:
U1.1-V1
U1.1-V2
4B29 51AB Processor system and memory test
fault
Locations:
U1.1-V1
U1.1-V2
4B29 51AC Processor system and memory test
Locations:
U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
4B29 51AD Processor system and memory test
fault
Locations:
U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
4B2A 244C Processor system and self test
Processor card
Location:
U1.1-P1-C1
4B2A 244D Processor system and self test
Processor card
4B2A 244E Processor system and self test
Processor card
4B2A 244F Processor system and self test
Processor card
4B2A 248B Processor system and self test
panel
Operator panel
Location: U0.1-L1
4B2A 24A1 Processor system and self test
Processor card
Processor card
Processor card
Processor card
4B2A 25BB Processor system and self test
1W Processor card
4B2A 25BD Processor system and self test
2W Processor card
4B2A 25BE Processor system and self test
4W Processor card
4B2A 25BF Processor system and self test
6W Processor card
4B2A 25CB 1W processor card fault Replace the processor card
4B2A 25EA 4W processor card fault Replace the processor card
4B2A 25EB 2W processor card fault Replace the processor card
4B2A 25F2 6W processor card fault Replace the processor card
Dummy riser card
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2
4B2A 2687 Processor system and self test
RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
4B2A 271A Processor system and self test
Location: U0.1-P1
fault
Location: U0.2-P1
1. Processor card
2. CEC backplane
Location: U1.1-P1
Fan controller card
Locations:
U0.1-X2
U1.1-X2
338 Service Guide
state. See Memory
information.
2. Go to Memory
Menu 384 to verify memory
DIMMs state.
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2
Processor card
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4B2A 300B Processor system and self test
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4B2A 300C Processor system and self test
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4B2A 300E Processor system and self test
fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4B2A 301F Processor system and self test
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4B2A 51AA Processor system and self test
Locations:
U1.1-V1
U1.1-V2
4B2A 51AB Processor system and self test
fault
Locations:
U1.1-V1
U1.1-V2
4B2A 51AC Processor system and self test
Locations:
U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
4B2A 51AD Processor system and self test
fault
Locations:
U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
4B2B 244C Processor system and wire test
Processor card
4B2B 244D Processor system and wire test
Processor card
4B2B 244E Processor system and wire test
Processor card
4B2B 244F Processor system and wire test
Processor card
4B2B 248B Processor system and wire test
panel
Operator panel
Location: U0.1-L1
4B2B 24A1 Processor system and wire test
Processor card
Processor card
Processor card
Processor card
4B2B 25BB Processor system and wire test
1W Processor card
4B2B 25BD Processor system and wire test
2W Processor card
340 Service Guide
4B2B 25BE Processor system and wire test
4W Processor card
4B2B 25BF Processor system and wire test
6W Processor card
4B2B 25CB 1W processor card fault Replace the processor card
4B2B 25EA 4W processor card fault Replace the processor card
4B2B 25EB 2W processor card fault Replace the processor card
4B2B 25F2 6W processor card fault Replace the processor card
Dummy riser card
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2
4B2B 2687 Processor system and wire test
RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
4B2B 271A Processor system and wire test
Location: U0.1-P1
fault
Location: U0.2-P1
1. Processor card
2. CEC backplane
Location: U1.1-P1
Fan controller card
Locations:
U0.1-X2
U1.1-X2
state. See Memory
information.
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2
Processor card
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4B2B 300B Processor system and wire test
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4B2B 300C Processor system and wire test
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4B2B 300E Processor system and wire test
fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4B2B 301F Processor system and wire test
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4B2B 51AA Processor system and wire test
Locations:
U1.1-V1
U1.1-V2
4B2B 51AB Processor system and wire test
fault
Locations:
U1.1-V1
U1.1-V2
4B2B 51AC Processor system and wire test
Locations:
U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
342 Service Guide
4B2B 51AD Processor system and wire test
fault
Locations:
U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
4B2C 244C Processor system and IPL detected
1W processor fault
Processor card
4B2C 244D Processor system and IPL detected
2W processor fault
Processor card
4B2C 244E Processor system and IPL detected
4W processor fault
Processor card
4B2C 244F Processor system and IPL detected
1W processor fault
Processor card
4B2C 248B Processor system and IPL detected
Operator panel
Location: U0.1-L1
4B2C 24A1 Processor system and IPL detected
1W processor fault
Processor card
2W processor fault
Processor card
4W processor fault
Processor card
6W processor fault
Processor card
4B2C 25BB Processor system and IPL detected
1W Processor card
4B2C 25BD Processor system and IPL detected
2W Processor card
4B2C 25BE Processor system and IPL detected
4W Processor card
4B2C 25BF Processor system and IPL detected
6W Processor card
4B2C 25CB 1W processor card fault Replace the processor card
4B2C 25EA 4W processor card fault Replace the processor card
4B2C 25EB 2W processor card fault Replace the processor card
4B2C 25F2 6W processor card fault Replace the processor card
Dummy riser card
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2
4B2C 2687 Processor system and IPL detected
RIO adapter fault
RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
4B2C 271A Processor system and IPL detected
Location: U0.1-P1
Location: U0.2-P1
CEC backplane fault
1. Processor card
2. CEC backplane
Location: U1.1-P1
fan controller card fault
Fan controller card
Locations:
U0.1-X2
U1.1-X2
memory riser fault
state. See Memory
information.
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2
6W processor fault
Processor card
32MB DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4B2C 300B Processor system and IPL detected
128MB DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4B2C 300C Processor system and IPL detected
256MB DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
344 Service Guide
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4B2C 300E Processor system and IPL detected
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4B2C 301F Processor system and IPL detected
128MB DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
1GB DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4B2C 51AA Processor system and IPL detected
Locations:
U1.1-V1
U1.1-V2
4B2C 51AB Processor system and IPL detected
Locations:
U1.1-V1
U1.1-V2
4B2C 51AC Processor system and IPL detected
Locations:
U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
4B2C 51AD Processor system and IPL detected
Locations:
U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
4B2D 244C Processor system and attention
handler detected 1W processor fault
Processor card
4B2D 244D Processor system and attention
Processor card
4B2D 244E Processor system and attention
Processor card
4B2D 244F Processor system and attention
Processor card
4B2D 248B Processor system and attention
handler detected primary I/O drawer
operator panel
Operator panel
Location: U0.1-L1
4B2D 24A1 Processor system and attention
Processor card
Processor card
Processor card
Processor card
4B2D 25BB Processor system and attention
handler detected 1W processor card
fault
1W Processor card
4B2D 25BD Processor system and attention
fault
2W Processor card
4B2D 25BE Processor system and attention
fault
4W Processor card
4B2D 25BF Processor system and attention
fault
6W Processor card
4B2D 25CB 1W processor card fault Replace the processor card
4B2D 25EA 4W processor card fault Replace the processor card
4B2D 25EB 2W processor card fault Replace the processor card
4B2D 25F2 6W processor card fault Replace the processor card
handler detected dummy riser card
fault
Dummy riser card
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2
4B2D 2687 Processor system and attention
handler detected RIO adapter fault
RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
4B2D 271A Processor system and attention
handler detected primary I/O
backplane fault
Location: U0.1-P1
handler detected secondary I/O
backplane fault
Location: U0.2-P1
346 Service Guide
handler detected CEC backplane
fault
1. Processor card
2. CEC backplane
Location: U1.1-P1
handler detected fan controller card
fault
Fan controller card
Locations:
U0.1-X2
U1.1-X2
handler detected memory riser fault
state. See Memory
information.
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2
Processor card
handler detected 32MB DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4B2D 300B Processor system and attention
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4B2D 300C Processor system and attention
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
handler detected 512MB (stacked)
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4B2D 300E Processor system and attention
handler detected 512MB (unstacked)
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4B2D 301F Processor system and attention
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
handler detected 1GB DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4B2D 51AA Processor system and attention
handler detected 645W AC power
supply fault
Locations:
U1.1-V1
U1.1-V2
4B2D 51AB Processor system and attention
handler detected 645W DC power
supply fault
Locations:
U1.1-V1
U1.1-V2
4B2D 51AC Processor system and attention
handler detected 595W AC power
supply fault
Locations:
U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
4B2D 51AD Processor system and attention
handler detected 595W DC power
supply fault
Locations:
U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
4B2E 244C Processor system and scan control
Processor card
4B2E 244D Processor system and scan control
Processor card
4B2E 244E Processor system and scan control
Processor card
4B2E 244F Processor system and scan control
Processor card
4B2E 248B Processor system and scan control
routines detected primary I/O drawer
operator panel
Operator panel
Location: U0.1-L1
4B2E 24A1 Processor system and scan control
Processor card
Processor card
Processor card
Processor card
348 Service Guide
4B2E 25BB Processor system and scan control
fault
1W Processor card
4B2E 25BD Processor system and scan control
fault
2W Processor card
4B2E 25BE Processor system and scan control
fault
4W Processor card
4B2E 25BF Processor system and scan control
fault
6W Processor card
4B2E 25CB 1W processor card fault Replace the processor card
4B2E 25EA 4W processor card fault Replace the processor card
4B2E 25EB 2W processor card fault Replace the processor card
4B2E 25F2 6W processor card fault Replace the processor card
routines detected dummy riser card
fault
Dummy riser card
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2
4B2E 2687 Processor system and scan control
routines detected RIO adapter fault
RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
4B2E 271A Processor system and scan control
routines detected primary I/O
backplane fault
Location: U0.1-P1
routines detected secondary I/O
backplane fault
Location: U0.2-P1
routines detected CEC backplane
fault
1. Processor card
2. CEC backplane
Location: U1.1-P1
routines detected fan controller card
fault
Fan controller card
Locations:
U0.1-X2
U1.1-X2
routines detected memory riser fault
state. See Memory
information.
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2
Processor card
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4B2E 300B Processor system and scan control
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4B2E 300C Processor system and scan control
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
routines detected 512MB (stacked)
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4B2E 300E Processor system and scan control
routines detected 512MB (unstacked)
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4B2E 301F Processor system and scan control
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
350 Service Guide
routines detected 1GB DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4B2E 51AA Processor system and scan control
supply fault
Locations:
U1.1-V1
U1.1-V2
4B2E 51AB Processor system and scan control
supply fault
Locations:
U1.1-V1
U1.1-V2
4B2E 51AC Processor system and scan control
supply fault
Locations:
U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
4B2E 51AD Processor system and scan control
supply fault
Locations:
U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
4B2F 244C Processor system and error code
processor fault
Processor card
4B2F 244D Processor system and error code
processor fault
Processor card
4B2F 244E Processor system and error code
processor fault
Processor card
4B2F 244F Processor system and error code
processor fault
Processor card
4B2F 248B Processor system and error code
Operator panel
Location: U0.1-L1
4B2F 24A1 Processor system and error code
processor fault
Processor card
processor fault
Processor card
processor fault
Processor card
processor fault
Processor card
4B2F 25BB Processor system and error code
1W Processor card
4B2F 25BD Processor system and error code
2W Processor card
4B2F 25BE Processor system and error code
4W Processor card
4B2F 25BF Processor system and error code
6W Processor card
4B2F 25CB 1W processor card fault Replace the processor card
4B2F 25EA 4W processor card fault Replace the processor card
4B2F 25EB 2W processor card fault Replace the processor card
4B2F 25F2 6W processor card fault Replace the processor card
riser card fault
Dummy riser card
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2
4B2F 2687 Processor system and error code
adapter fault
RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
4B2F 271A Processor system and error code
I/O backplane fault
Location: U0.1-P1
Location: U0.2-P1
backplane fault
1. Processor card
2. CEC backplane
Location: U1.1-P1
Fan controller card
Locations:
U0.1-X2
U1.1-X2
352 Service Guide
riser fault
state. See Memory
information.
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2
processor fault
Processor card
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4B2F 300B Processor system and error code
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4B2F 300C Processor system and error code
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4B2F 300E Processor system and error code
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4B2F 301F Processor system and error code
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
DIMM fault
Memory DIMM
Locations:
U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
U1.1-P1-C1-Mn
4B2F 51AA Processor system and error code
Locations:
U1.1-V1
U1.1-V2
4B2F 51AB Processor system and error code
Locations:
U1.1-V1
U1.1-V2
4B2F 51AC Processor system and error code
Locations:
U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
4B2F 51AD Processor system and error code
Locations:
U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
System Firmware Update Messages
Table 7. System Firmware Update Messages
A1FD 0000 Recovery mode entered Information message
A1FD 0001 Service processor flash recovery Insert Diskette #1
Common Firmware Error Codes
Attention: Follow the procedure defined in Checkpoint and Error Code Index on
page 165. If you replace FRUs or perform an action and the problem is still not
354 Service Guide
Table 8. Common Firmware Error Codes
B006 1403 Missing service processor resource 1. Update system firmware
Location: U0.1-P1
B006 1404 Service processor firmware fault 1. Update system firmware
Location: U0.1-P1
B006 1405 Service processor firmware fault 1. Update system firmware
Location: U0.1-P1
B006 1406 Service processor program error 1. Update system firmware
Location: U0.1-P1
B006 1407 Service processor resource allocation
problem
1. Update system firmware
Location: U0.1-P1
Location: U0.1-P1
Location: U0.1-P1
B10F 1000 Service processor DRAM failure Primary I/O drawer backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
B10F 1002 Service processor failure Primary I/O drawer backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
Location: U0.1-P1
Location: U0.1-P1
Location: U0.1-P1
B10F 100E Service processor boot flash
corrupted
Primary I/O drawer backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
B10F 100F Service processor base flash
corrupted
Primary I/O drawer backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
Location: U0.1-P1
Table 8. Common Firmware Error Codes (continued)
B10F 1370 Service processor flash update failure 1. Retry flash update
2. Primary I/O drawer backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
B10F 1380 Service processor program failure 1. Update system firmware
Location: U0.1-P1
B10F 1381 Service processor flash error 1. Update system firmware
Location: U0.1-P1
Location: U0.1-P1
Location: U0.1-P1
Location: U0.1-P1
Location: U0.1-P1
B10F 1670 Service processor flash update failure 1. Retry flash update
Location: U0.1-P1
B10F 1672 Service processor firmware update
invalid
Call service support
Location: U0.1-P1
invalid
invalid
invalid
B1xx 0013 A firmware update has failed because
the update image is invalid. The
update was aorted before any
changes were made to the currently
installed firmware.
Install a valid firmware image for the
specific type and model.
B1xx 4600 Service processor failure Primary I/O backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
B1xx 4601 System processor failure Go to MAP 1540: Minimum
356 Service Guide
B1xx 4602 RIO failure 1. Check RIO cables and RIO
adapters seating
2. RIO adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
3. Processor card
Location: U1.1-P1
B1xx 4603 Service processor firmware corrupted 1. Reload system firmware
Location: U0.1-P1
B1xx 4606 Firmware failure 1. Check for system firmware
updates
2. Operator panel
Location: U0.1-L1
Location: U0.1-P1
B1xx 4608 Service processor early termination 1. Reset the system by
disconnecting and reconnecting
system power
2. Reload system firmware
Location: U0.1-P1
B1xx 460A TOD clock has been reset 1. Set TOD clock
Location: U0.1-P1
B1xx 460B TOD battery failure TOD battery
Location: U0.1-P1-V3
B1xx 4611 Service processor failure 1. Processor card
Location: U0.1-P1
B1xx 4620 Modem configuration failure 1. Check modem configuration files
update
3. Modem
Location: U0.1-P1
B1xx 4621 Modem disconnect failure 1. Check modem configuration files
update
3. Modem
Location: U0.1-P1
B1xx 4622 Service processor failure 1. Operator panel
Location: U0.1-L1
update
Location: U0.1-P1
B1xx 4633 System power control network failure 1. Check for system firmware
update
Location: U0.1-P1
B1xx 4634 SPCN loop fault 1. Check SPCN cabling
B1xx 4644 Processor VPD fault Ignore all location codes.
B1xx 4645 Non-processor VPD fault Ignore all location codes.
B1xx 4646 General VPD fault Ignore all location codes.
B1xx 4647 The machine type and model
reported by the CEC hardware do not
match the machine type and model
stored in the VPD module on the
operator panel.
Replace the operator panel, location:
U0.1L1. Do not swap the VPD
module from the old operator panel
onto the new operator panel; leave
the new, unprogrammed VPD module
on the new operator panel. Call
service support for instructions on
reprogramming the machine type,
model, and system serial number in
the VPD module.
B1xx 4648 CEC backplane VPD failure Ignore all location codes.
B1xx 4649 Power supply VPD failure CEC power supply
Location: U1.1-V1
B1xx 4650 A system processor failure has been
detected by the service processor. All
system processors have been reset
in an attempt to recover operations.
Information only. If the problem
persists, check the error logs for
other fault indications.
If no other fault indications are found,
go to MAP 1540: Minimum
B1xx 4651 CPU VPD fault Processor card
358 Service Guide
B1xx 4660 Memory subsystem failure Go to MAP 1540: Minimum
B1xx 4661 Memory card VPD failure Go to MAP 1540: Minimum
B1xx 4662 Memory DIMM VPD failure Go to MAP 1540: Minimum
B1xx 4670 Processor drawer cooling 1. Check ambient temperature
2. Check air supply to fans
3. Check fans for proper installation
and operation
4. Check for any unsupported cards
(that may be too hot)
5. CEC backplane
Location: U1.1-P1
B1xx 4671 Primary I/O drawer cooling 1. Check ambient temperature
and operation
5. Operator panel
Location: U0.1-L1
6. I/O backplane
Location: U1.1-P1
B1xx 4672 I/O cooling, drawer #2 1. Check ambient temperature
and operation
5. Operator panel
Location: U0.2-L1
6. I/O backplane
Location: U1.2-P1
B1xx 4681 JTAG scan interface 1. JTAG cabling
Location: U0.1-P1
3. Processor card
4. CEC backplane
Location: U1.1-P1
B1xx 4690 Operating system surveillance time
out (AIX to service processor
interface failure)
1. This error code indicates that the
operating system terminated early
(which usually implies an
operating system crash). This
error code may appear in the
service processor error log by
itself. However, in the AIX error
log, there should be another error
which points to the cause of the
operating system crash. Use the
other error as the starting point
for your service action.
2. The other possibility is that the
operating system was not found
during a prior boot attempt. To
determine if this occurred, do the
following: Look at the AIX error
log entry containing B1xx4690.
This will be a
SCAN_ERROR_CHRP error
with an identifier of BFEC0425. In
the detail data, find the string
B1xx4690 (If present, it will be
at byte 60 of the detail data.)
Then go forward 8 bytes after the
B1 to byte 68 and look at bytes
68 and 69. If the values of bytes
68 and 69 are A2B0, this
indicates that the firmware was
unable to find a bootable device
in the boot list that is set in the
SMS menus. If the system is up,
the boot list problem has been
corrected and the B1xx 4690 can
be treated as an informational
message with no actions
required.
3. Call service support
360 Service Guide
B1xx 4691 System firmware surveillance time
out (System firmware to service
processor interface failure)
update
Location: U0.1-P1/Y1
2. Go to the service processor main
menu and select System
Information Menu, then select
Read Progress Indicators From
Last System Boot. Begin your
repair action with the error code
or checkpoint immediately
preceeding B1xx 4691. If a
location code displays with the
error code or checkpoint, replace
the part at that location. If no
location code is specified, and
you have an 8character error
code, go to the Checkpoint and
Error Code Index on page 165. If
no location code is specified, and
you have a 4character
checkpoint, go to Firmware
Checkpoints on page 147
3. If the problem is not resolved, call
service support.
B1xx 4692 Operator panel task interface failure 1. Check for system firmware
update
Location: U0.1-P1/Y1
B1xx 4693 Service processor firmware error 1. Check for system firmware
updates.
2. The type and model field in the
VPD module may be set
incorrectly. The type and model
field can be viewed using the
service processor function Read
VPD Image from Last System
Boot, which is option 1 in the
System Information Menu on
page 382. If the type and model
field is not set correctly, call
service support.
B1xx 4694 System processor firmware failure 1. Check for system firmware
update
Location: U0.1-P1
B1xx 4695 System power control network to
service processor interface failure
update
Location: U0.1-P1
B1xx 4696 System firmware interface failure
update.
B1xx 4698 Firmware problem
update.
B1xx 4699 Service processor firmware 1. Check for system firmware
update
B1xx 469A System firmware interface 1. Check for system firmware
update
B1xx 469B Firmware to I/O interface 1. Check for system firmware
update
Location: U0.1-P1
B1xx 469C Firmware to I/O interface 1. Check for system firmware
update
Location: U0.1-P1
B1xx 469E Service processor firmware failure 1. Check for system firmware
update
Configuration on page 113, CEC
minimum config
Location: U0.1-P1
B1xx 469F Service processor failure 1. Check for system firmware
update
Configuration on page 113, CEC
minimum config
Location: U0.1-P1
B1xx 8FF0 Informational message No action required
B1FD 0013 A firmware update has failed because
the update image is invalid. The
update was aborted before any
changes were made to the currently
installed firmware.
Reset the service processor (by
activating the pinhole reset switch or
by disconnecting, then reconnecting
power). Install a valid firmware
update image for the specific system
type and model.
362 Service Guide
B1FD 0015 Too many firmware update diskettes
inserted (or wrong or faulty update
image)
1. Assure the firmware update
image is correct for the specific
system type and model
2. Replace the update diskettes with
a new set of firmware update
diskettes.
B1FD 0016 Diskette read error 1. The firmware diskette may be
faulty. Try another diskette.
2. Replace the diskette drive.
backplane.
Location: U0.1-P1
B1FD 001A Service processor recovery mode
update fault
Reset service processor (by
activating pinhole reset switch or by
disconnecting, then reconnecting
power)
B1FD 001E Service processor recovery mode
update fault
Wrong firmware update diskette
(Insert correct diskette)
B1FD 001F Bad firmware update diskette Replace diskette
Scan Log Dump Progress Codes
Table 9. Scan Log Dump Progress Codes
D130 xxxx Scan log dump in progress Informational message only. As the
dump progresses, the xxxx
characters in the display will change.
When the scan log dump is
complete, the system may reboot,
depending on the reboot policy
settings.
Problem Determination Generated Error Codes
Table 10. Problem Determination Generated Error Codes
M0BT 0000 The system hung during speaker
POST. This error code is generated
by the customer performing Problem
Determination in the RS/6000
Enterprise Server Model H80
Eserver pSeries 660 Models 6H0
and 6H1 Users Guide.
M0BT 0001 The system hung during Starting
Software.... This error code is
generated by the customer
performing Problem Determination
in the RS/6000 Enterprise Server
Model H80 Eserver pSeries 660
Models 6H0 and 6H1 Users Guide.
M0KB D000 The system hung during keyboard
Keyboard
M0KB D001 The system did not respond to a
keyboard entry. This error code is
Type 101 keyboard.
Type 102 keyboard.
Kanji-type keyboard.
364 Service Guide
Table 10. Problem Determination Generated Error Codes (continued)
M0ME M002 The system hung during memory
M0NE T000 The system hung during network
M0PS 0000 Power failure. This error code is
Go to MAP 1520: Power on
page 89.
M0SC SI00 Unable to load diagnostics. This error
code is generated by the customer
M0SC SI01 Unable to load diagnostics. This error
code is generated by the customer
366 Service Guide
Chapter 6. Loading the System Diagnostics In Service Mode
The system diagnostics can be booted from the default boot list or from the service
mode boot list. (The service mode boot list can be modified using the system
diagnostics Display or Change Bootlist service aid. The service mode boot list cannot
be modified under the System Management Services).
For more information about using standalone or online diagnostics, see Using the
Standalone and Online Diagnostics in RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries Diagnostics
Information for Multiple Bus Systems, order number SA38-0509.
Attention: If this system unit is attached to another system, be sure you isolate this
system unit before stopping the operating system or running diagnostic programs.
Some system-cabling changes (such as installing wrap plugs or removing a device from
the configuration) may require action by the operator of the attached system before
making the cabling changes on this system.
To load standalone diagnostics from the default boot list, perform the following
procedure:
1. Verify with the system administrator and users that all programs may be stopped,
then do so.
2. Turn off the system.
Note: If AIX is running, enter the shutdown command.
3. Wait until the Power LED stops flashing and remains off, then press the power
button to turn on the system.
4. Immediately insert the diagnostic CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive.
5. When or after the keyboard indicator appears during startup, press the numeric 5
key on the keyboard.
6. Enter any requested passwords.
Online diagnostics can be loaded by booting from a hard file in the custom boot list by
pressing the numeric 6 key on the keyboard.
To boot from the devices listed in the service mode boot list, perform the following
procedure:
1. Verify with the system administrator and users that all programs may be stopped,
then do so.
2. Turn off the system.
Note: If AIX is running, enter the shutdown command.
3. Wait until the Power LED stops flashing and remains off, then press the power
button to turn the system on.
4. When or after the keyboard indicator appears during startup, press the numeric 6
key on the keyboard.
367
5. Enter any requested passwords.
After any requested passwords have been entered, the system attempts to boot from
the first device of each type found on the list. If no bootable image is found on the first
device of each type on the list, the system does not search through the other devices of
that type for a bootable image; instead, it polls the first device of the next type.
If all types of devices in the boot list have been polled without finding a bootable image,
the system restarts. This action gives the user the opportunity to start the System
Management Services (by pressing the number 1 key on a directly attached keyboard
or the number 1 on an ASCII terminal) before the system attempts to boot again.
Default Boot List and Service Mode Bootlist
The default boot list is:
1. Diskette
2. CD-ROM
3. Tape
4. Hard file
5. Network
v Token-ring
v Ethernet
Pressing the numeric 5 key on the keyboard causes the system to load standalone
diagnostics if a diagnostic CD is present in the CD-ROM drive.
Pressing the numeric 6 key on the keyboard loads online diagnostics from the hard
file in the customized service mode boot list. No diagnostic CD should be in the
CD-ROM drive because online diagnostics are typically run from a hard disk. Like the
default boot list, the service mode boot list can contain five entries. The numeric 6 key
works like the numeric 5 key with the following exceptions:
v The system searches for a boot record according to the service mode boot list.
v If the service mode boot list is discovered by a cyclical redundancy check to be
corrupted, the system rebuilds the service mode boot list according to the default
boot list. (The default boot list contains five entries, and for each matching device
type found in the system unit, the system makes an entry in the custom boot list.)
v If no service mode boot list is present, the system uses the default boot list.
368 Service Guide
Chapter 7. Using the Service Processor
The service processor menus make it possible for you to configure service processor
options, as well as enable and disable functions.
Service processor menus are available using an ASCII terminal when OK is displayed on
the primary I/O drawer operator panel or when the service processor has detected a
server problem (such as a surveillance failure).
For a summary of the service processor functions and the methods used to invoke
them, see the following table.
Service Processor Functions Service
Processor
Menus
(ASCII
terminals)
AIX Service
Aids
(ASCII or
graphics
terminals)
SMS
(ASCII or
graphics
terminals)
Read VPD image from last system boot Y
3
Read System POST Errors Y
3
Read Service Processor Error Logs Y
3
View Progress Indicators from last boot Y
3
Power-off System Y
2
Read NVRAM Y
2
Start Talk Mode Y
2
Enable/Disable Console Mirroring Y
2
Setup Reboot/Restart Policy Y
2
Y
1
Enable/Disable Modem Y
2
Y
1
Setup Modem Configuration Y
2
Y
1
Setup Dial-out Phone Numbers Y
2
Y
1
Setup Surveillance Y
2
Y
1
Select Modem Line Speed Y
2
Y
1
Update System EPROMs Y
2
Y
1
Save/Restore Hardware Maintenance Policies Y
1
Change General-Access Password Y
2
Change Privileged-Access Password Y
2
Y
2
Select Language Y
2
Y
2
Enable/Disable Unattended Start Mode Y
2
Y
1
Y
2
Passwords required (if set):
1
Operating system root password
2
Privileged-access password
3
General-access (power-on) password
369
Service Processor Menus
The service processor menus are divided into two groups:
v General user menus - the user must know the general-access password.
v Privileged user menus - the user must know the privileged-access password.
If the server is powered off, the service processor menus can be accessed locally or
remotely.
Accessing the Service Processor Menus Locally
Service processor menus can be accessed locally by connecting an ASCII terminal to
serial port 1 (S1) or serial port 2 (S2). Access to the service processor menus is not
available on serial port 3 (S3) or serial port 4 (S4). Because the presence of the ASCII
terminal cannot be confirmed by the service processor, you must press a key (any key)
on the ASCII keyboard to confirm its presence after OK appears in the primary drawer
operator panel display.
When you gain access, the service processor prompts you for a password (if set), and
when verified, displays the service processor menus.
The service processor menu prompt, represented by 0> or 1>, indicates the serial port
to which the terminal is connected.
v 0> indicates serial port 1 (S1)
v 1> indicates serial port 2 (S2)
Accessing the Service Processor Menus Remotely
If your system has a modem connected and is configured for call-in (see Modem
Configuration Menu on page 392), the service processor menus can be accessed
remotely as follows:
1. With the system powered off, call in from a remote terminal.
2. The service processor detects ring-indicate and prompts you for a password (if set).
When verified, the service processor menus display remotely.
Saving and Restoring Service Processor Settings
All the settings you make (except language) from the service processor menus can be
backed up either for recovering from a fault that may corrupt these settings, or for
replicating these settings to other servers that include a service processor.
The AIX service aid, Save or Restore Hardware Management Policies, can be used to
save your settings after initial setup or whenever the settings must be changed for
system operation purposes.
It is strongly recommended that you use this AIX service aid for backing up service
processor settings to protect the usefulness of the service processor and the availability
of the server. Refer to Save or Restore Hardware Management Policies, in the
Introducing Tasks and Service Aids section of the RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries
Diagnostics Information for Multiple Bus Systems, SA38-0509.
370 Service Guide
Menu Inactivity
The service processor exits menu mode after ten minutes of inactivity, and displays a
message indicating that it has done so. Pressing any key on the ASCII terminal causes
the main menu to be displayed.
General User Menu
The menu options presented to the general user are a subset of the options available to
the privileged user. The user must know the general-access password, if set, to access
this menu.
GENERAL USER MENU
1. Power-on System
2. Power-off System
3. Read VPD Image from Last System Boot
4. Read Progress Indicators from Last System Boot
5. Read Service Processor Error Logs
6. Read System POST Errors
99. Exit from Menus
1>
v Power-on System
Allows the user to start the system using the current ASCII terminal as the active
console.
v Power-off System
Allows the user to power off the system using the current ASCII terminal as the
active console.
v Read VPD Image from Last System Boot
Displays manufacturer vital product data, such as serial numbers, part numbers, and
so on, that were stored during the system boot prior to the one in progress now.
v Read Progress Indicators from Last System Boot
Displays a number of the boot progress indicators, which may include service
processor checkpoints, IPL checkpoints, and/or AIX configuration codes, from the
previous system boot. This information can be useful in diagnosing system faults.
The progress indicator codes are listed from top (latest) to bottom (oldest).
This information is not stored in non-volatile storage. If the system is powered off
using the power-on button on the operator panel, this information is retained. If the
ac power (dc power in a dc-powered system) is disconnected from the system, this
information will be lost. For an example, refer to LCD Progress Indicator Log on
page 410.
v Read Service Processor Error Logs
Chapter 7. Using the Service Processor 371
Displays the service processor error logs. For an example, refer to Service
Processor Error Log on page 409.
v Read System POST Errors
This option should only be used by service personnel to display additional error log
information.
v Exit from Menus
Selecting this option will exit the service processor menus. You can re-enter the
menus by pressing any key on the console.
Privileged User Menus
The following menus are available to privileged users only. The user must know the
privileged-access password, if set, to access these menus.
Main Menu
At the top of the Main Menu is a listing containing:
v Your systems current firmware version
v The firmware copyright notice
v The system name given to your server during setup
You need the firmware version for reference when you either update or repair the
functions of your service processor.
The system name, an optional field, is the name that your server reports in problem
messages. This name helps your support team (for example, your system administrator,
network administrator, or service representative) to more quickly identify the location,
configuration, and history of your server. The system name is set from the Main Menu
using option 6.
Note: The information under the Service Processor Firmware heading in the following
Main Menu illustration is example information only.
372 Service Guide
Service Processor Firmware
VERSION: CM000313
Copyright 2000 IBM Corporation
SYSTEM NAME
MAIN MENU
1. Service Processor Setup Menu
2. System Power Control Menu
3. System Information Menu
4. Language Selection Menu
5. Call-In/Call-Out Setup Menu
6. Set System Name
99. Exit from Menus
1>
v Service Processor Setup Menu
See Service Processor Setup Menu on page 374 for more information.
v System Power Control Menu
See System Power Control Menu on page 378 for more information.
v System Information Menu
See System Information Menu on page 382 for more information.
v Language Selection Menu
See Language Selection Menu on page 390 for more information.
v Call-In/Call-Out Setup Menu
See Call-In/Call-Out Setup Menu on page 391 for more information.
v Set System Name
Allows setting of the system name.
Service Processor Setup Menu
The Service Processor Setup menu shown below is accessed from the Main Menu.
SERVICE PROCESSOR SETUP MENU
1. Change Privileged Access Password
2. Change General Access Password
3. Enable/Disable Console Mirroring:
Currently Enabled
4. Start Talk Mode
5. OS Surveillance Setup Menu
6. Reset Service Processor
7. Reprogram Flash EPROM Menu
8. Serial Port Snoop Setup Menu
98. Return to Previous Menu
99. Exit from Menus
1>
Note: Unless otherwise stated in menu responses, settings become effective when a
menu is exited using option 98 or 99.
374 Service Guide
Passwords
Passwords can be any combination of up to eight alphanumeric characters. You can
enter longer passwords, but the entries are truncated to include only the first eight
characters. The privileged-access password can be set from service processor menus
or from System Management Services (SMS) utilities (see Chapter 8, Using System
Management Services on page 415). The general-access password can be set only
from service processor menus.
For security purposes, the service processor counts the number of attempts to enter
correct passwords. The results of not recognizing a correct password within this error
threshold are different, depending on whether the attempts are being made locally (at
the server) or remotely (through a modem). The error threshold is three attempts.
If the error threshold is reached by someone entering passwords at the server, the
service processor commands the server to resume the initial program load (IPL). This
action is taken based on the assumption that the server is in an adequately secure
location with only authorized users having access. Such users must still successfully
enter a login password to access AIX.
If the error threshold is reached by someone entering passwords remotely, the service
processor commands the server to power down to prevent potential security attacks on
the server by unauthorized remote users. The following table lists what you can access
with the privileged-access password and the general-access password.
Privileged
Access
Password
General
Access
Password
Resulting Menu
None None Service processor MAIN MENU displays
Set None Users with the password see the service processor MAIN
MENU. Users without password cannot log in.
Set Set Users see menus associated with the entered password
Note: If you forget the password, you must remove the battery for at least 30 seconds
to disable the password.
v Change Privileged-Access Password
Set or change the privileged-access password. It provides the user with access to all
service processor functions. This password is usually used by the system
administrator or root user.
v Change General-Access Password
Set or change the general-access password. It provides limited access to service
processor menus, and is usually available to all users who are allowed to power on
the server, especially remotely.
Note: The general-access password can only be set or changed after the
privileged-access password is set.
v Enable/Disable Console Mirroring
Console mirroring is supported on serial port 1 (S1) and serial port 2 (S2). When
console mirroring is enabled, the service processor sends information to both serial
ports. The serial port from which console mirroring is enabled is referred to as the
active port. The mirror port is determined when keyboard input is detected from the
other port. From this point on, the service processor only sends information to the
active port and the mirror port. This capability can be enabled by local or remote
users, providing local users the capability to monitor remote sessions. Console
mirroring can be enabled for the current session only. For more information, see
Console Mirroring on page 408.
v Start Talk Mode
In a console mirroring session, it is useful for those who are monitoring the session
to be able to communicate with each other. Selecting this menu item activates the
keyboards and displays for such communications while console mirroring is
established. This is a full duplex link, so message interference is possible. Alternating
messages between users works best.
v OS Surveillance Setup Menu
This menu can be used to set up operating system (OS) surveillance.
OS Surveillance Setup Menu
1. Surveillance:
Currently Enabled
2. Surveillance Time Interval:
5 minutes
3. Surveillance Delay:
10 minutes
1>
Surveillance
Can be set to Enabled or Disabled.
Surveillance Time Interval
Can be set to any number from 2 through 255.
Surveillance Delay
Can be set to any number from 0 through 255.
Refer to Service Processor System Monitoring - Surveillance on page 405 for more
information about surveillance.
v Reset Service Processor
If this option is selected, entering Y causes the service processor to reboot.
376 Service Guide
v Reprogram Flash EPROM Menu
This option updates the system EPROMs. After entering Y to indicate that you want
to continue, you are prompted to enter the update diskettes. Follow the instructions
on the screen. When the update is complete, the service processor reboots.
All system EPROMs that can be reprogrammed are updated at the same time. They
are as follows:
System power control network programming
Service processor programming
System firmware
Run-time abstraction services
v Serial Port Snoop Setup Menu
This menu can be used to set up serial port snooping, in which the user can
configure serial port 1 as a catch-all reset device.
From the service processor main menu, select option 1, Service Processor Setup
Menu, then select option 8 (Serial Port Snoop Setup Menu).
SERIAL PORT SNOOP SETUP MENU
1. System reset string:
Currently Unassigned
2. Snoop Serial Port:
1>
Use the system reset string option to enter the system reset string, which resets the
machine when it is detected on the main console on serial port 1.
Use the snoop serial port option to select the serial port to snoop.
Note: Only serial port 1 is supported.
After serial port snooping is correctly configured, at any point after the system unit is
booted to AIX, whenever the reset string is typed on the main console, the system
unit reboots.
Pressing Enter after the reset string is not required, so make sure that the string is
not common or trivial. A mixed-case string is recommended.
System Power Control Menu
This menu is used to set power control options. Other menus that control boot options
are available here:
SYSTEM POWER CONTROL MENU
1. Enable/Disable Unattended Start Mode:
Currently Enabled
2. Ring-Indicate Power-On Menu
3. Reboot/Restart Policy Setup Menu
4. Power-On System
5. Power-Off System
6. Enable/Disable Fast System Boot
Currently Enabled
7. Boot Mode Menu
99. Exit from Menus
1>
v Enable/Disable Unattended Start Mode
Use this option to instruct the service processor to restore the power state of the
server after a temporary power failure. Unattended start mode can also be set
through the System Management Services (SMS) menus. It is intended to be used
on servers that require automatic power-on after a power failure. For more
information, see System Power-On Methods on page 398.
v Ring-Indicate Power-On Menu
RING-INDICATE POWER-ON MENU
1. Ring-indicate power-on :
Currently Enabled
2. Number of rings:
Currently 3
30. Refresh Modem Settings
Ring-indicate is enabled by default on both serial port 1 (S1) and serial port 2 (S2).
When ring-indicate power-on is enabled, call-in is disabled.
If ring-indicate power-on is enabled and call-in is already enabled, you will be asked
to confirm your choice. Refer to the message displayed on your screen.
378 Service Guide
If the ring-indicate power-on setting is changed, you must select option 30 (Refresh
Modem Settings) to update the modem settings. If option 30 (Refresh Modem
Setting) is selected, and the modem(s) have not been configured, you will be asked
to configure the modems first. See Call-In/Call-Out Setup Menu on page 391 for
information on configuring modems.
Option 2 is used to set the number of rings.
Note: In order for the ring-indicate power-on settings to take effect and ring-indicate
power-on to be enabled, the service processor menus must be exited
completely. Enter 99 at the Main Menu screen to completely exit the service
processor menus.
v Reboot/Restart Policy Setup Menu
The following menu controls reboot/restart policy:
Reboot/Restart Policy Setup Menu
1. Number of reboot attempts:
Currently 1
2. Use OS-Defined restart policy?
Currently Yes
3. Enable supplemental restart policy?
Currently No
4. Call-Out before restart:
Currently Disabled
1>
Reboot is the process of bringing up the system hardware; for example, from a
system reset or power on. Restart is activating the operating system after the system
hardware is re-initialized. Restart must follow a successful reboot.
Number of reboot attempts - If the server fails to successfully complete the boot
process, it attempts to reboot the number of times specified. Values equal to or
greater than 0 are valid. Only successive failed reboot/restart attempts are
counted.
Use OS-Defined restart policy - Allows the service processor to react or not
react in the same way as the operating system to major system faults by reading
the setting of the operating system parameter Automatically Restart/Reboot
After a System Crash. This parameter may or may not be defined, depending on
the operating system or its version/level. If the operating system automatic restart
setting is defined, then it can be set to respond to a major fault by restarting or by
not restarting. See your operating system documentation for details on setting up
operating system automatic restarts. The default value is Yes.
Enable supplemental restart policy - The default setting is No. If set to Yes, the
service processor restarts the system when the system loses control as detected
by service processor surveillance, and either:
The Use OS-Defined restart policy is set to No.
OR
The Use OS-Defined restart policy is set to Yes, and the operating system
has no automatic restart policy.
Refer to Service Processor Reboot/Restart Recovery on page 399.
Call-Out before restart (enabled/disabled) - If a restart is necessary due to a
system fault, you can enable the service processor to call out and report the
event. This option can be valuable if the number of these events becomes
excessive, signalling a bigger problem.
v Power-On System
Allows immediate power-on of the system. For other power-on methods, see
Powering On the System on page 429.
v Power-Off System
Allows the user to power-off the system.
v Enable/Disable Fast System Boot
Allows the user to select the speed of the system boot.
Attention: Selecting the fast IPL results in several diagnostic tests being skipped
and a shorter memory test being run.
380 Service Guide
v Boot Mode Menu
The Boot Mode Menu allows you to select a boot mode.
Boot Mode Menu
1. Boot to SMS Menu:
Currently Disabled
2. Service Mode Boot from Saved List:
Currently Disabled
3. Service Mode Boot from Default List:
Currently Disabled
4. Boot to Open Firmware Prompt:
Currently Disabled
1>
To select a boot mode, select a number and press Enter. The item corresponding to
the selected number toggles from disabled to enabled. If the same number is
selected again, the item toggles from enabled to disabled. If a boot mode is enabled,
the boot mode selected is performed, and the disabled/enabled selection is reset to
disabled. Following is a description for each boot mode:
Boot to SMS Menu
When this selection is enabled, the system boots to the System Management
Services (SMS) menu.
Service Mode Boot from Saved List
This selection causes the system to perform a service mode boot using the
service mode boot list saved in NVRAM. If the system boots AIX from the disk
drive and AIX diagnostics are loaded on the disk drive, AIX boots in service mode
to the diagnostics menu.
Using this option to boot the system is the preferred way to run online diagnostics.
Service Mode Boot from Default List
This selection is similar to Service Mode Boot from Saved List, except the
system boots using the default boot list that is stored in the system firmware. This
is normally used to try to boot customer diagnostics from the CD-ROM drive.
Using this option to boot the system is the preferred way to run standalone
diagnostics.
Boot to Open Firmware
When this selection is enabled, the system boots to the open firmware prompt.
This option should only be used by service personnel to obtain additional debug
information.
System Information Menu
This menu provides access to system configuration information, error logs, system
resources, and processor configuration.
SYSTEM INFORMATION MENU
1. Read VPD Image from Last System Boot
2. Read Progress Indicators from Last System Boot
3. Read Service Processor Error Logs
4. Read System POST Errors
5. Read NVRAM
6. Read Service Processor Configuration
7. Processor Configuration/Deconfiguration Menu
8. Memory Configuration/Deconfiguration Menu
9. Power Control Network Utilities Menu
99. Exit from Menus
1>
v Read VPD Image from Last System Boot
Displays manufacturers vital product data (VPD), such as serial numbers, part
numbers, and so on, that were stored during the system boot prior to the one in
progress now.
v Read Progress Indicators from Last System Boot
Displays a number of the boot progress indicators, which may include service
processor checkpoints, IPL checkpoints, and/or AIX configuration codes, from the
previous system boot. This information can be useful in diagnosing system faults.
This information is not stored in non-volatile storage. If the system is powered off
using the power-on button on the operator panel, this information is retained. If the
ac power (dc power in a dc-powered system) is disconnected from the system, this
information will be lost. For an example, refer to LCD Progress Indicator Log on
page 410.
v Read Service Processor Error Logs
Displays the service processor error log. Refer to Service Processor Error Log on
page 409 for an example of this error log.
v Read System POST Errors
This option should only be used by service personnel to display additional error log
information.
v Read NVRAM
Displays non-volatile random access memory (NVRAM) content.
382 Service Guide
v Read Service Processor Configuration
Displays current service processor configuration.
v Processor Configuration/Deconfiguration Menu
This menu allows the user to change the system processor configuration. If it is
necessary to take one of the processors offline, this menu allows you to deconfigure
a processor, and then reconfigure the processor at a later time. An example of this
menu is shown below:
PROCESSOR CONFIGURATION/DECONFIGURATION MENU
77. Enable/Disable CPU Repeat Gard: Currently Enabled
1. 0 3.0 (00) Configured by system
2. 2 3.1 (31) Deconfigured by system
1>
Note: This table is built from vital product data collected during the last boot
sequence. The first time the system is powered up, or after the systems
non-volatile RAM (NVRAM) has been erased, this table may be empty. The
table is rebuilt during the next boot into AIX.
The fields of the previous table represent the following:
Column 1 (1.) Menu selection index.
Column 2 (0) Logical processor device number assigned by AIX. You can
display these logical device numbers by issuing the following
command on the AIX command line:
lsdev -C | grep proc
Column 3 (3.0) Processor address list used by the service processor and
should be ignored.
Column 4 (00) Error status of the processors.
The error status of each processor is indicated by AB, where B indicates the number
of errors and A indicates the type of error according to the following table:
1. Bring-up failure
2. Run-time non-recoverable failure
3. Run-time recoverable failure
A status of 00 indicates that the CPU has not had any errors logged against it by the
service processor.
To enable or disable CPU Repeat Gard, use menu option 77. CPU Repeat Gard is
enabled by default.
If CPU Repeat Gard is disabled, processors that are in the deconfigured by system
state will be reconfigured. These reconfigured processors are then tested during the
boot process, and if they pass, they remain online. If they fail the boot testing, they
are deconfigured, even though CPU Repeat Gard is disabled.
The failure history of each CPU is retained. If a processor with a history of failures is
brought back online by disabling Repeat Gard, it remains online if it passes testing
during the boot process. However, if Repeat Gard is enabled, the processor is taken
offline again because of its history of failures.
Note: The processor numbering scheme used by the service processor is different
from the numbering scheme used by AIX. Consult the AIX documentation
before configuring or deconfiguring a processor to ensure that the correct
processor is selected.
The AIX Documentation library is available at the following Web address:
http://www-1.ibm.com/servers/aix/library/. Select Technical Publications. AIX
documentation is also contained on the AIX Documentation CD. The
documentation is made accessible by loading the documentation CD onto the
hard disk or by mounting the CD in the CD-ROM drive.
v Memory Configuration/Deconfiguration Menu
These menus allow the user to change the system memory configuration. If it is
necessary to take one of the memory DIMMs offline, this menu allows you to
deconfigure a DIMM, and then reconfigure the DIMM at a later time.
When this option is selected, a menu displays, showing the memory riser cards in
the system. Type the number of the memory riser card on which the DIMM is
plugged that you want to configure or deconfigure. An example of this menu is shown
below:
MEMORY CONFIGURATION/DECONFIGURATION MENU
77. Enable/Disable Memory Repeat Gard: Currently Enabled
1. Memory riser card 1
2. Memory riser card 2
384 Service Guide
Note: If there is only one processor in the system, system memory may reside on
that processor assembly. In that case, you are given the option to select the
processor card from the list.
After you select a processor card or a memory riser card, a menu allowing the
selection of a memory DIMM is displayed. The following is an example of this menu:
MEMORY CONFIGURATION/DECONFIGURATION MENU
77. Enable/Disable Memory Repeat Gard: Currently Enabled
1. 11.17(00) Configured by system 2. 11.19(00) Configured by system
Memory DIMMs are managed as a group.
Deconfiguring a DIMM will make the whole group unavailable.
0>
Note: This table is built from vital product data collected during the last boot
sequence. The first time the system is powered up, or after the systems
non-volatile RAM (NVRAM) has been erased, this table may be empty. The
table is rebuilt during the next boot into AIX.
The system DIMMs are presented by group. If a memory riser card is present, quad A
is shown first, followed by quads B, C, and D, if present. If memory is on a processor
card, pair A is shown first, followed by pairs B, C, and D, if present. The menu selection
index/DIMM number and the DIMM address correspond to the numbers shown in the
diagrams Memory Riser Card 1 Memory DIMM Locations for Service Processor
Menus on page 387, Memory Riser Card 2 Memory DIMM Locations for Service
Processor Menus on page 387 and Processor Card Memory DIMM Locations for
Service Processor Menus on page 388.
The fields in the previous table represent the following:
Column 1 (1.) Menu selection index/DIMM number
Column 2 (11.xx) Riser card 1
(10.xx) Riser card 2
(3.xx) Memory on processor card
Column 3 (00) Error status
The error status of the each memory DIMM is indicated by AB, where B indicates the
number of errors and A indicates the type of error according to the following table:
1. Bring-up failure
2. Run-time non-recoverable failure
3. Run-time recoverable failure
4. Group integrity failure
An error status of 00 indicates that the memory DIMM has not had any errors logged
against it by the service processor.
To change the memory configuration, select the number of the memory DIMM. The
memory DIMM state will change from configured to deconfigured or from deconfigured
to configured. Memory DIMMs are managed as a group; deconfiguring a DIMM makes
the whole group of four DIMMs unavailable.
In the example menu shown above, each line shows two DIMMs and indicates whether
they are configured.
To enable or disable Memory Repeat Gard, use menu option 77 of the Processor
Configuration/Deconfiguration Menu.
If Memory Repeat Gard is disabled, DIMMs that are in the deconfigured by system
state will be reconfigured. These reconfigured DIMMs are then tested during the boot
process, and if they pass, they remain online. If they fail the boot testing, they are
deconfigured even though Memory Repeat Gard is disabled.
The failure history of each DIMM is retained. If a DIMM with a history of failures is
brought back online by disabling Repeat Gard, it remains online if it passes testing
during the boot process. However, if Repeat Gard is enabled, the DIMM is taken offline
again because of its history of failures.
The physical location of a DIMM is determined by xx.yy, where xx is the riser card
location (11 for riser card 1, 10 for riser card 2, and 3 for DIMMs on the processor card)
followed by the DIMM location on the riser card, according to the following two
illustrations.
386 Service Guide
Memory Riser Card 1 Memory DIMM Locations for Service Processor Menus
15: 11.16 16: 11.18
13: 11.20
11: 11.24
9: 11.28
7: 11.29
5: 11.25
3: 11.21
1: 11.17
2: 11.19
4: 11.23
6: 11.27
8: 11.31
10: 11.30
12: 11.26
14: 11.22
Memory Riser Card 2 Memory DIMM Locations for Service Processor Menus
15: 10.32 16: 10.34
13: 10.36
11: 10.40
9: 10.44
7: 10.45
5: 10.41
3: 10.37
1: 10.33 2: 10.35
4: 10.39
6: 10.43
8: 10.47
10: 10.46
12: 10.42
14: 10.38
Processor Card Memory DIMM Locations for Service Processor Menus
8: 3.48
7: 3.50
6: 3.52
5: 3.54
4: 3.55
3: 3.53
2: 3.51
1: 3.49
388 Service Guide
v Power Control Network Utilities Menu
This menu allows the user to do a lamp test on the operator panels and display, or
change the I/O type.
POWER CONTROL NETWORK UTILITIES MENU
1. Lamp Test for all Operator Panels
2. Display I/O Type
3. Change I/O Type
1>
Lamp Test for all Operator Panels
Selecting this option tests the operator panel indicators as follows:
Operator Panel Location Lamp Test Results
Primary I/O drawer Indicators blink on and off for approximately 30 seconds.
Secondary I/O drawers Indicators come on and stay on for approximately 30 seconds.
Display I/O Type
This option displays the I/O type and other data, on the operator panels of the
secondary I/O drawers (blinks in one-second intervals). The I/O type is always
shown as two digits in the upper-right corner of the display. All secondary I/O
types are 84. Nothing displays on the primary I/O drawer operator panel. After
20-30 seconds, the Power Control Network Utilities Menu redisplays on the
console.
Change I/O Type
Use this option to change the I/O type of the primary I/O drawer or secondary I/O
drawer after a service action or configuration change if the I/O type is incorrect. If
this option is chosen, you are asked to make two entries.
1. For the I/O drawer address (drawer number), type:
- 1 for primary I/O drawer.
- 2 for the secondary I/O drawer.
2. For the I/O type, type:
- 85 for the primary I/O drawer.
- 84 for the secondary I/O drawer.
If you enter an invalid value, a failure message displays on the console. The
Power Control Network Utilities Menu then redisplays on the console.
Language Selection Menu
The service processor menus and messages are available in various languages. This
menu allows a language to be selected in which the service processor and system
firmware menus and messages are displayed.
LANGUAGE SELECTION MENU
1. English
2. Francais
3. Deutsch
4. Italiano
5. Espanol
6. Svenska
99. Exit from Menus
1>
Note: Your ASCII terminal must support the ISO-8859 character set to correctly display
languages other than English.
390 Service Guide
Call-In/Call-Out Setup Menu
This menu is used to configure a modem for the service processor to use to support the
system:
CALL-IN/CALL-OUT SETUP MENU
1. Modem Configuration Menu
2. Serial Port Selection Menu
3. Serial Port Speed Setup Menu
4. Telephone Number Setup Menu
5. Call-Out Policy Setup Menu
6. Customer Account Setup Menu
7. Call-Out Test
99. Exit from Menus
1>
v Modem Configuration Menu, see Modem Configuration Menu on page 392.
v Serial Port Selection Menu, see Serial Port Selection Menu on page 393.
v Serial Port Speed Setup Menu, see Serial Port Speed Setup Menu on page 393.
v Telephone Number Setup Menu, see Telephone Number Setup Menu on
page 394.
v Call-Out Policy Setup Menu, see Call-Out Policy Setup Menu on page 395.
v Customer Account Setup Menu, see Customer Account Setup Menu on
page 396.
v Call-Out Test Menu tests the configuration after the modem is installed and
configured. In order for this test to execute successfully, at least one of the following
numbers must be assigned:
Service center telephone number
Customer administration center telephone number
Digital pager telephone number
Modem Configuration Menu
The first two lines of the Modem Configuration Menu are status lines showing the
current selections. Selections are made in the two sections labeled Modem Ports and
Modem Configuration File Name. Select the serial port that you want to activate and
then select the modem configuration file for the modem on the port. If you want to set
up both of the serial ports with modems, make your selections one port at a time.
Note: Modem configuration is only supported on serial port 1 (S1) and serial port 2
(S2).
Modem Configuration Menu
Port 1 Modem Configuration File Name:
Port 2 Modem Configuration File Name:
To make changes, First select the port and then the configuration file
name
Modem Ports:
1. Serial port 1
2. Serial port 2
Modem Configuration File Name:
5. none 9. modem_z_sp
6. modem_f_sp 10. modem_m1_sp
7. modem_f0_sp 11. modem_m0_sp
8. modem_f1_sp 12. modem_m1_sp
30. Save configuration to NVRAM and Configure modem
0>
For information on choosing a modem configuration file, see Sample Modem
Configuration Files on page 501, and Transfer of a Modem Session on page 507.
392 Service Guide
Serial Port Selection Menu
This menu allows you to enable or disable the call-in and call-out functions of each
serial port in any combination.
Serial Port Selection Menu
1. Serial Port 1 Call-Out: 3. Serial Port 1 Call-In:
Currently Disabled Currently Disabled
2. Serial Port 2 Call-Out: 4. Serial Port 2 Call-In:
Currently Disabled Currently Disabled
Call-in and ring-indicate power-on cannot be enabled at the same time. If ring-indicate
power-on is already enabled and you try to enable call-in, a message prompts you for
confirmation. Refer to the message displayed on the screen.
Serial Port Speed Setup Menu
This menu allows you to set serial port speed to enhance terminal performance or to
accommodate modem capabilities.
Serial Port Speed Setup Menu
1. Serial Port 1 Speed:
Currently 9600
2. Serial Port 2 Speed:
Currently 9600
1>
A serial port speed of 9600 baud or higher is recommended. Valid serial port speeds
are as follows:
50 600 4800
75 1200 7200
110 1800 9600
134 2000 19200
150 2400 38000
300 3600 57600
115200
Telephone Number Setup Menu
Use this menu to set or change the telephone numbers for reporting a system failure.
Telephone Number Setup Menu
1. Service Center Telephone Number:
2. Customer Administration Center Telephone Number:
3. Digital Pager Telephone Number:
4. Customer Voice Telephone Number:
5. Customer System Telephone Number:
1>
v Service Center Telephone Number is the number of the service center computer.
The service center usually includes a computer that takes calls from servers with
call-out capability. This computer is referred to as the catcher. The catcher expects
messages in a specific format to which the service processor conforms.
For more information about the format and catcher computers, refer to the README
file in the AIX /usr/samples/syscatch directory. Contact your service provider for the
correct service center telephone number to enter. Until you have that number, leave
this field unassigned.
v Customer Administration Center Telephone Number is the number of the system
administration center computer (catcher) that receives problem calls from servers.
Contact your system administrator for the correct telephone number to enter here.
Until you have that number, leave this field unassigned.
v Digital Pager Telephone Number is the number for a numeric pager carried by
someone who responds to problem calls from your server. Contact your
administration center representative for the correct telephone number to enter. For
test purposes, use a test number, which you can change later. See the note on page
406 for information about using certain modems for paging.
Note: At least one of the preceding three telephone numbers must be assigned in
order for the call-out test to execute successfully.
v Customer Voice Telephone Number is the telephone number of a phone near the
server or answered by someone responsible for the server. This is the telephone
number left on the pager for callback. For test purposes, use a test number, which
you can change later.
v Customer System Telephone Number is the telephone number to which your
servers modem is connected. The service or administration center representatives
need this number to make direct contact with your server for problem investigation.
This is also referred to as the call-in phone number.
394 Service Guide
Call-Out Policy Setup Menu
Callout settings can be set using the following menu:
CALL-OUT POLICY SETUP MENU
1. Call-Out policy (First/All):
Currently First
2. Remote timeout, (in seconds):
Currently 120
3. Remote latency, (in seconds):
Currently 2
4. Number of retries:
Currently 2
1>
v Call-Out policy can be set to first or all. If call-out policy is set to first, the
service processor stops at the first successful call-out to one of the following
numbers in the order listed:
1. Service center
2. Customer administrative center
3. Pager
If call-out policy is set to all, the service processor attempts a call-out to all of the
following numbers in the order listed:
1. Service center
2. Customer administrative center
3. Pager
v Remote timeout and remote latency are functions of your service providers catcher
computer. Either use the defaults or contact your service provider for recommended
settings.
v Number of retries is the number of times you want the server to retry calls that fail
to complete.
Customer Account Setup Menu
This menu allows users to enter information that is specific to their account.
Customer Account Setup Menu
1. Customer Account Number:
2. Customer RETAIN Login userid:
3. Customer RETAIN login password:
1>
v Customer Account Number is assigned by your service provider for record-keeping
and billing. If you have an account number, enter it. Otherwise, leave this field
unassigned.
v Customer RETAIN Login User ID and Customer RETAIN Login Password apply
to a service function to which your service provider may or may not have access.
Leave these fields unassigned if your service provider does not use RETAIN.
Service Processor Procedures in Service Mode
When the system is in service mode, the following service-processor parameters are
suspended:
v Unattended start mode
v Reboot/restart policy
v Call-out
v Surveillance
When service mode is exited, the service processor parameters revert to the customer
settings.
396 Service Guide
Service Processor Functions
This section discusses some of the service processor functions in greater detail. The
service processor supports the functions listed in the following table.
Built-in Functions Initialization and Test Service Processor BIST
System Chip Initialization
Error Data Collection BIST/POST errors and status
Isolation to Field Replaceable
Unit (FRU) on failure
Configuration CPU Complex validation
VPD Collection
System Management Reset and Reboot on System
Firmware failure
Reboot on system failure
Local User Function User Interface Local async console
Text-based menus with NLS
Operator Panel messages
Power and Miscellaneous Power On/Off
Configurable Reboot Policy
Status and Data Access VPD
Error data (SP)
Error data (system)
Service Processor Setup
Utilities
Passwords
Phone numbers
Language (NLS) selection
Call-In/Call-Out enable/disable
System Name
Modem Configuration
Remote User Functions Call-Out (Call Home) Reporting OS termination
Boot failure
Surveillance failure
Checkstop
Machine check
Identify system by name
Call-In Power-on through ring-indicate
Password/security check
Console mirroring
System Power-On Methods
This section discusses the following system power-on methods:
v Power-on switch
v Service processor menus
Privileged users can power on the system by selecting the System Control Power
Menu option from the main menu and then selecting the Power-on System option
from the system power control menu. General users should select Power-on System
on the general user menu.
v Remote power-on via ring-indicate signal
The server automatically powers on when it detects a ring-indicate signal from a
modem attached to serial port 1 (S1) or serial port 2 (S2).
A remote user can call the server to activate ring detection by the modem. Listen for
a few more rings than the threshold number for starting the system. The system
powers on without answering the call.
v Unattended start mode - refer to Enable/Disable Unattended Start Mode on page
378.
The service processor can be enabled to recover from the loss of ac power (dc
power in a dc-powered system) (see Enable/Disable Unattended Power-On Mode in
the System Control Power Menu). When ac power (dc power in a dc-powered
system) is restored, the system returns to the power state at the time ac loss (dc loss
in a dc-powered system) occurred. For example, if the system was powered on when
ac loss (dc loss in a dc-powered system) occurred, it reboots/restarts when power is
restored. If the system was powered-off when ac loss (dc loss in a dc-powered
system) occurred, it remains off when power is restored.
It is recommended that the CEC and I/O drawers both receive their ac power (dc
power in a dc-powered system) from the same building circuit on the same circuit
breaker, if not the same electrical outlet box, in such a way that primary power
cannot be lost to one unit separately from the other. If such a condition occurs,
unattended start mode may not be able to restart system operation when a primary
power interruption is restored.
v Timed power-on - refer to the shutdown -t command on servers using AIX.
Working in conjunction with AIX, the service processor in your server can operate a
timer, much like the wake-up timer on your clock radio. You can set the timer so that
your server powers on at a certain time after shutting down. The timer is
battery-operated, so power interruptions that occur while the server is off do not
affect its accuracy. Refer to the AIX shutdown -t command for details on setting the
timer.
Note: If an ac power (dc power in a dc-powered system) loss is in progress when
the timed power-on attempt occurs, the server is not able to power on when
ac power (dc power in a dc-powered system) is restored.
v Follow-up to a failed boot attempt
The service processor initiates a power-on sequence if a failed boot attempt is
detected (due to a hardware or software failure).
v Fast/slow boot (IPL) settings
398 Service Guide
Using the service processor menus, you can select the IPL type, mode, and speed of
your system boot.
Attention: Selecting fast IPL results in several diagnostic tests being skipped and a
shorter memory test being run.
Service Processor Reboot/Restart Recovery
Reboot describes bringing the system hardware back up; for example, from a system
reset or power-on. The boot process ends when control passes to the operating system
process.
Restart describes activating the operating system after the system hardware is
re-initialized. Restart must follow a successful reboot.
Boot (IPL) Speed
When the server enters reboot recovery, slow IPL is automatically started, which gives
the POST an opportunity to locate and report any problems that may otherwise be
undetected.
Failure During Boot Process
During the boot process, either initially after system power-on or upon reboot after a
system failure, the service processor monitors the boot progress. If progress stops, the
service processor can re-initiate the boot process (reboot) if enabled to do so. The
service processor can re-attempt this process according to the number of retries that
has been set in the Reboot/Restart Policy Setup Menu.
Failure During Normal System Operation
When the boot process completes and control transfers to the operating system (OS),
the service processor can monitor operating system activity (see the Set Surveillance
Parameters option in the Service Processor Setup Menu). If OS activity stops due to a
hardware- or software-induced failure, the service processor can initiate a reboot/restart
process based on the settings in the Service Processor Reboot/Restart Policy Setup
Menu and the OS automatic restart settings (see the operating system documentation).
If you are using the AIX operating system, the menu item under SMIT for setting the
restart policy is Automatically Reboot After Crash (True/False). The default is false.
When the setting is true, and if the service processor parameter Use OS-Defined
Restart Policy is yes (the default), the service processor takes over for AIX to
reboot/restart after a hardware or surveillance failure.
Service Processor Reboot/Restart Policy Controls
The operating systems automatic restart policy (see operating system documentation)
indicates the operating system response to a system crash. The service processor can
be instructed to refer to that policy by the Use OS-Defined Restart Policy setup menu.
If the operating system has no automatic restart policy, or if it is disabled, then the
service processor restart policy can be controlled from the service processor menus.
Use the Enable Supplemental Restart Policy selection.
Use OS-Defined restart policy - The default setting is yes. This causes the service
processor to refer to the OS automatic restart policy setting and take action (the same
action the operating system would take if it could have responded to the problem
causing the restart).
When this setting is no, or if the operating system did not set a policy, the service
processor refers to enable supplemental restart policy for its action.
Enable supplemental restart policy - The default setting is no. If set to yes, the
service processor restarts the server when the operating system loses control and
either:
The Use OS-Defined restart policy is set to no.
OR
The Use OS-Defined restart policy is set to yes and the operating system has no
automatic restart policy.
The following table describes the relationship among the operating system and service
processor restart controls:
OS Automatic
reboot/restart
after crash setting
Service processor to
use OS-Defined
restart policy?
Service Processor
Enable supplemental
restart policy?
System response
None No No
1
None No Yes Restarts
None Yes
1
No
1
None Yes
1
Yes Restarts
False
2
No No
1
False
2
No Yes Restarts
False
2
Yes
1
No
1
False
2
Yes
1
Yes
True No No
1
True No Yes Restarts
True Yes
1
No
1
Restarts
True Yes
1
Yes Restarts
1
Service processor default
2
AIX default
400 Service Guide
System Firmware Updates
This section provides information and instructions for updating the system firmware. You
may need to perform these steps if you are installing an option or if your support
representative has instructed you to update your firmware.
Always check the pSeries & RS/6000 Support Web site for the latest firmware images
and update instructions. The Web address is: http://www.rs6000.ibm.com/support/micro
Downloading the firmware update image and update instructions from the Web is
preferred.
If the system is running, but access to the Web is not available, see System Firmware
Update Using a Locally Available Image on page 402.
If the system cannot be powered on, but the service processor menus are available,
see Updating System Firmware From the Service Processor Menus on page 403.
If the service processor programming has been corrupted, the service processor will
automatically enter recovery mode when power is applied to the system. Recovery
mode is described later in this section.
To check the level of firmware that is currently on the system, see Determining the
Level of Firmware on the System on page 402.
General Information on System Firmware Updates
All the types of system firmware that can be reprogrammed are updated at the same
time. They are:
v System power control network programming
v Service processor programming
v IPL programming
v Run-time abstraction services
It is strongly recommended that you create a set of firmware update diskettes from the
Web site as soon as possible after a system is installed. As noted below, the diskette
images can be downloaded to any personal computer, pSeries, or RS/6000 system with
Internet access. This method is the only way to acquire a set of firmware update
diskettes; they cannot be created by using the service processor menus or by using
AIX.
Retain and store the latest firmware diskettes each time the firmware gets updated in
the event that the firmware becomes corrupted and must be reloaded.
Download the detailed instructions, as well as the latest flash images, from this Web
site. Before doing a system firmware update, check the Web site for the latest code and
images. Do not attempt a firmware update if you are unsure of the image you have, or
of the procedure required for the update.
The images are available on the Web site in either DOS format or AIX (backup) format:
v If downloading to a PC, download the DOS image and follow the instructions. The
diskettes that are created will be in AIX (backup) format.
v If downloading to a pSeries or RS/6000 system, follow the instructions to create an
image on a disk drive or on diskettes.
Determining the Level of Firmware on the System
Note: This information may be superseded by the information that is available on the
Web site listed below. Always check the Web site for the latest images and
instructions for checking the firmware level. The Web address is:
http://www.rs6000.ibm.com/support/micro
The firmware level is denoted by XXYYMMDD, where XX = model designation, YY =
year, MM = month, and DD = day of the release.
The firmware level can be determined by either of the following methods:
v On the AIX command line, by typing:
lscfg -vp|grep -F .CM
A line that begins with ROM level (alterable).. displays the firmware level that is
currently on the system.
v Looking at the top of the service processor main menu.
System Firmware Update Using a Locally Available Image
To update the system firmware using a locally available image, perform the following
steps:
1. Log in as root user.
2. If the directory /tmp/fwupdate does not exist, create it by issuing the following
command:
mkdir /tmp/fwupdate
3. The firmware update file must be written into the /tmp/fwupdate directory on the
system. This can be done by using the ftp command to get the image from an ftp
server or NFS-mounting the directory on the host server, for example.
The firmware update file can also be transferred to the target system by backing up
the image onto diskette from another server and restoring it into the /tmp/fwupdate
directory.
After the firmware update file has been written into the /tmp/fwupdate directory,
verify its existence by entering the following command:
ls /tmp/fwupdate/CM*.img
The update file will have the format CMyymmdd.img. The CM indicates that this is
an update image for a system: yy is the year, mm is the month, and dd is the day of
the update file.
4. After the update file has been written to the /tmp/fwupdate directory, enter the
following commands:
402 Service Guide
cd /usr/lpp/diagnostics/bin
./update_flash -f /tmp/fwupdate/CMyymmdd.img
Attention: Do not overlook the periods (.) in the commands shown above. AIX
commands are case-sensitive. Type them exactly as shown.
You will be asked for confirmation to proceed with the firmware update and the required
reboot. If you confirm, the system will apply the new firmware, reboot, and return to the
AIX prompt. This may take up to ten minutes depending on the configuration of the
system.
Attention: On some systems, the message Wait for rebooting before stopping
may display on the system console. Do not turn off the system until the system has fully
rebooted to the AIX login prompt. If a shutdown is necessary at that time, log in as root
user and issue the shutdown command.
While the update is in progress, you will see Rebooting... on the display for several
minutes.
The firmware update is complete.
Updating System Firmware From the Service Processor Menus
This procedure requires a set of firmware update diskettes in backup format.
The service processor menus are available while the system is powered off. As a
privileged user, from the service processor main menu, select Service Processor
Setup, then select Reprogram Flash EPROM Menu. The update process requests
update diskettes as needed.
Updating System Firmware from the AIX Service Aids
Note: This service aid is supported only in online diagnostics.
Refer to the detailed instructions that are provided on the Web site with the latest
image.
Updating System Firmware from the AIX Command Line
Refer to the detailed instructions that are provided on the Web site with the latest
image.
Note: The update process can take up to sixty minutes, and the system reboots itself
during the update process.
Recovery Mode
If the service processor detects that its programming has been corrupted when it is
powering up to standby mode, it will enter recovery mode. In recovery mode, it will ask
for the firmware update diskettes by putting eight-digit codes on the operator panel.
The eight-digit codes are as follows:
Code Action
A1FD 0000 System firmware has been corrupted and must be reflashed.
A1FD 0001 Insert update diskette 1.
A1FD 000n Insert update diskette n.
Notes:
1. If the wrong diskette is inserted at any time, or if the diskette is left in the drive after
it has been read, B1FD 001F is displayed, indicating that the wrong diskette is in the
drive.
2. If B1FD 001A is displayed at any time during the process, the service processor must
be reset by activating the pinhole reset switch on the primary drawer operator panel.
After the update process is complete, the service processor resets itself and goes
through a complete reboot.
Configuring and Deconfiguring Processors or Memory
All failures that crash the system with a machine check or check stop, even if
intermittent, are reported as a diagnostic callout for service repair. To prevent the
recurrence of intermittent problems and improve the availability of the system until a
scheduled maintenance window, processors and memory DIMMs with a failure history
are marked bad to prevent their being configured on subsequent boots.
A processor or memory DIMM is marked bad under the following circumstances:
v A processor or memory DIMM fails built-in self-test (BIST) or power-on self-test
(POST) during boot (as determined by the service processor).
v A processor or memory DIMM causes a machine check or check stop during run
time, and the failure can be isolated specifically to that processor or memory DIMM
(as determined by the processor run-time diagnostics in the service processor).
v A processor or memory DIMM reaches a threshold of recovered failures that results
in a predictive callout (as determined by the processor run-time diagnostics in the
service processor).
During boot time, the service processor does not configure processors or memory
DIMMs that are marked bad.
If a processor or memory DIMM is deconfigured, the processor or memory DIMM
remains offline for subsequent reboots until it is replaced or Repeat Gard is disabled.
The Repeat Gard function also allows users to manually deconfigure a processor or
memory DIMM, or re-enable a previously deconfigured processor or memory DIMM. For
information on configuring or deconfiguring a processor, see the Processor
Configuration/Deconfiguration Menu on page 383. For information on configuring or
404 Service Guide
deconfiguring a memory DIMM, see the Memory Configuration/Deconfiguration Menu on
page 384. Both of these are submenus under the System Information Menu.
You can enable or disable CPU Repeat Gard or Memory Repeat Gard using the
Processor Configuration/Deconfiguration Menu, which is a submenu under the System
Information Menu.
Run-Time CPU Deconfiguration (CPU Gard)
L1 instruction cache recoverable errors, L1 data cache correctable errors, and L2 cache
correctable errors are monitored by the processor run time diagnostics (PRD) code
running in the service processor. When a predefined error threshold is met, an error log
entry with warning severity and threshold exceeded status is returned to AIX. At the
same time, PRD marks the CPU for deconfiguration at the next boot. AIX will attempt to
migrate all resources associated with that processor to another processor and then stop
the defective processor.
Service Processor System Monitoring - Surveillance
Surveillance is a function in which the service processor monitors the system, and the
system monitors the service processor. This monitoring is accomplished by periodic
samplings called heartbeats.
Surveillance is available during two phases:
v System firmware bring-up (automatic)
v Operating system run time (optional)
System Firmware Surveillance
System firmware surveillance is automatically enabled during system power-on. It
cannot be disabled by the user, and the surveillance interval and surveillance delay
cannot be changed by the user.
If the service processor detects no heartbeats during system IPL (for a set time period),
it cycles the system power to attempt a reboot. The maximum number of retries is set
from the service processor menus. If the fail condition persists, the service processor
leaves the machine powered on, logs an error, and displays menus to the user. If
call-out is enabled, the service processor calls to report the failure and displays the
operating system surveillance failure code on the operator panel.
Operating System Surveillance
Operating system surveillance provides the service processor with a means to detect
hang conditions, as well as hardware or software failures, while the operating system is
running. It also provides the operating system with a means to detect a service
processor failure caused by the lack of a return heartbeat.
Operating system surveillance is not enabled by default, allowing you to run operating
systems that do not support this service processor option.
You can also use the service processor menus and the AIX diagnostic service aids to
enable or disable operating system surveillance.
For operating system surveillance to work correctly, you must set the following
parameters:
v Surveillance enable/disable
v Surveillance interval
The maximum time the service processor waits between heartbeats from the
operating system before reporting a surveillance failure.
v Surveillance delay
The maximum time the service processor waits for the first heartbeat from the
operating system, after the operating system has been started, before reporting a
surveillance failure.
Surveillance does not take effect until the next time the operating system is started after
the parameters have been set.
You can initiate surveillance mode immediately from service aids. In addition to the
three options above, a fourth option allows you to select immediate surveillance, and
rebooting of the system is not necessarily required.
If operating system surveillance is enabled (and system firmware has passed control to
the operating system), and the service processor does not detect any heartbeats from
the operating system within the surveillance delay period, the service processor
assumes the system is hung and takes action according to the reboot/restart policy
settings. See Service Processor Reboot/Restart Recovery on page 399.
If surveillance is selected from the service processor menus that are only available at
bootup, then surveillance is enabled by default as soon as the system boots. From
service aids, the selection is optional.
Call-Out (Call-Home)
The service processor can call out (call-home) when it detects one of the following
conditions:
v System firmware surveillance failure
v Operating system surveillance failure (if supported by operating system)
v Restarts
v Critical hardware failure
v Abnormal operating system termination
To enable the call-out feature, do the following:
1. Connect a modem to serial port 1 (S1) or serial port 2 (S2).
2. Set up the following using the service processor menus or the diagnostic service
aids:
v Enable call-out for the serial port where the modem is connected.
406 Service Guide
v Enter the modem configuration file name.
v Set up site-specific parameters (phone numbers for call-out, call-out policy,
number of call-out retries, and so on).
3. To call out before restart, set Call-out before restart to enabled from the
Reboot/Restart Policy Setup menu.
Note: Some modems, such as IBM 7857-017, are not designed for the paging function.
Although they can be used for paging, they will return an error message when
they do not get the expected response from another modem. Therefore, even
though the paging was successful, the error message will cause the service
processor to retry, continuing to place pager calls for the number of retries
specified in the Call-Out Policy Setup Menu. These retries result in redundant
pages.
Console Mirroring
Console mirroring is supported on serial port 1 (S1) and serial port 2 (S2). When
console mirroring is enabled, the service processor sends information to both serial
ports. The serial port from which console mirroring is enabled is referred to as the
active port. The mirror port is determined when keyboard input is detected from the
other port. From this point on, the service processor only sends information to the
active port and the mirror port. This capability can be enabled by local or remote users,
providing local users the capability to monitor remote sessions. Console mirroring can
be enabled for the current session only.
System Configuration
The following describes the configuration for console mirroring:
v Service processor
v Modem connected to one serial port and enabled for incoming calls
v Local ASCII terminal connected to the other serial port. This local terminal can be
connected directly to your server or connected through another modem.
Console mirroring can be started in the following scenarios:
v Remote session first, then local session added:
1. Remote session is already in progress.
2. Remote user uses service processor menus to enable console mirroring, allowing
both consoles to be active.
v Local session first, then remote session added:
1. Local session is already in progress.
2. The service processor receives a call from the remote user.
3. The local user selects the option to enable console mirroring. The service
processor immediately begins mirroring service processor menus.
408 Service Guide
Service Processor Error Log
The service processor error log, an example of which follows, contains information
about error conditions detected by the service processor.
Error Log
1. 11/30/99 19:41:56 Service Processor Firmware Failure
B1004999
Enter error number for more details.
Press Return to continue, or x to return to menu.
Press "C" to clear error log, any other key to continue. >
Note: The time stamp in this error log is coordinated universal time (UTC), which is
also referred to as Greenwich mean time (GMT). The AIX error log has
additional information and time stamps with local time.
Entering an error number provides nine words of system reference code (SRC) data; an
example screen follows:
Detail: 6005
SRC
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
word11:B1004999 word12:0110005D word13:00000000
word14:00000000 word15:00001111 word16:00000 000
word17:B1004AAA word18:0114005D word19:A4F1E909
B1004999
Press Return to continue, or x to return to menu.
If Return is pressed, the contents of NVRAM will be dumped 320 bytes at a time,
starting at address 0000.
LCD Progress Indicator Log
The following is an example of the LCD progress indicator log. It shows the types of
entries that the log might contain, and is for example purposes only.
LCD Progress Indicator Log
B0FF
0539..17
0538..17
0539..17
0538..17
0539..17
0581
0538..17
0539..12
0538..12
0539..
0821..01-K1-00
0539..
0728..01-R1-00-00
0539..
0664..40-60-00-1,0
0539..
0777..U0.2-P1-I14/E1
0539..
0742..U0.2-P1-I12/E1
0539..
0776..U0.2-P1-I10/T1
E139
E1FB
E139
E183
Press Return to continue, or x to return to menu. >
EAA1..U0.1-P1-I14
E172..U0.1-P1
E172..U0.1-P1-I14
E172..U0.1-P1
94BB
9109
9380
9108
9107
9106
9105
9118
9104
9103
9102
90FD
410 Service Guide
Service Processor Operational Phases
This section provides a high-level flow of the phases of the service processor.
SP Power Applied
Pre-Standby Phase
Standby Phase SP Menus Available
Bring-Up Phase SMS Menus Available
Run-time Phase AIX Login Prompt Available
Pre-Standby Phase
This phase is entered when the server is first connected to a power source. This phase
is exited when the power-on self-test (POST) and configuration tasks are completed.
The pre-standby phase components are:
v Service processor initialization - the service processor performs any necessary
hardware and firmware initializations.
v Service processor POST - the service processor conducts power-on self-tests on its
work and code areas.
v Service processor unattended start mode checks - To assist fault recovery. If
unattended start mode is set, the service processor automatically reboots the server.
The service processor does not wait for user input or a power-on command, but
moves through the phase and into the bring-up phase. Access the system
management services (SMS) menus or the service processor menus to reset the
unattended start mode.
Standby Phase
The standby phase can be reached in either of the following ways:
v With the server off and power connected (the normal path), recognized by OK in the
LCD display.
OR
v With the server on after an operating system fault, recognized by an 8-digit code in
the LCD display.
In the standby phase, the service processor takes care of some automatic duties and
its menus are available. The service processor remains in the standby phase until a
power-on request is detected.
The standby phase components are as follows:
v Modem Configuration
The service processor configures the modem (if installed) so that incoming calls can
be received, or outgoing calls can be placed.
v Dial In
Monitor incoming phone line to answer calls, prompt for a password, verify the
password, and remotely display the standby menu. The remote session can be
mirrored on the local ASCII console if the server is so equipped and the user enables
this function.
v Menus
The service processor menus are password-protected. Before you can access them,
you need either the general user password or the privileged user password.
Bring-Up Phase
This phase is entered upon power-on, and exited upon loading of the operating system.
The bring-up phase components are as follows:
v Retry request check
The service processor checks to see if the previous boot attempt failed. If the
specified number of failures is detected, the service processor displays an error code
and places an outgoing call to notify an external party if the user has enabled this
option.
v Dial out
The service processor can dial a preprogrammed telephone number in the event of a
boot failure. The service processor issues an error report with the last-reported boot
status and any other available error information.
v Update operator panel
The service processor displays operator panel data on the ASCII terminal if a remote
connection is active.
v Environmental monitoring
The service processor provides expanded error recording and reporting.
v System firmware surveillance (heartbeat monitoring)
The service processor monitors and times the interval between system firmware
heartbeats.
v Responding to system processor commands
The service processor responds to any command issued by the system processor.
412 Service Guide
Run-Time Phase
This phase includes the tasks that the service processor performs during steady-state
execution of the operating system.
v Environmental monitoring
The service processor monitors voltages, temperatures, and fan speeds.
v Responding to system processor commands
The service processor responds to any command issued by the system processor.
v Run-time surveillance (heartbeat monitoring)
If the device driver is installed and surveillance enabled, the service processor
monitors the system heartbeat. If the heartbeat times out, the service processor
places an outgoing call. This is different from the bring-up phase scenario, where the
specified number of reboot attempts is made before placing an outgoing call.
414 Service Guide
Chapter 8. Using System Management Services
Use the System Management Services menus to view information about your system
and to perform tasks such as setting a password, changing the boot list, and setting the
network parameters.
The text-based open firmware command line (the OK prompt), which is available from
the System Management Services Utilities menu, allows you to configure certain
adapters.
To start the System Management Services, do the following:
1. Turn on or restart the system.
2. Watch for the banner screen to appear on the console display. The banner screen
will be lines of text in the form of repeated logos.
3. After the banner screen is displayed, the POST indicator words memory, keyboard,
network, scsi and speaker appear across the bottom of the screen.
Press the numeric 1 key after the word keyboard appears, and before the last word
speaker appears.
For more information on the POST indicator words, refer to POST Indicators on
page 6.
Note: The System Management Services can also be started using the Service
Processor Boot Mode Menu. See Boot Mode Menu on page 381.
After the System Management Services starts, the following Utilities screen displays:
Utilities
1 Password Utilities
2 Display Error Log
3 Remote Initial Program Load Setup
4 SCSI Utilities
5 Select Console
6 MultiBoot
7 Select Language
8 OK Prompt
.------.
|X=Exit|
`------
===>
415
Each option on the System Management Services Utilities menu is described in this
section.
Password Utilities
Entering this selection permits access to the options shown on the following screen:
Password Utilities
1 Set Privileged Access-Password
2 Remove Privileged-Access Password
3 Unattended Start Mode <ON>
.------.
|X=Exit|
`------
===>
Set Privileged-Access Password: The privileged-access password protects against
the unauthorized starting of the system programs. When this option is selected, another
screen displays that allows the setting of a password.
You can set the password from either the service processor or System Management
Services menus. After the password is set, both the service processor and System
Management Services automatically use the same password. The password is limited
to eight characters.
Remove Privileged-Access Password: If you previously had set a privileged-access
password and want to remove it, select Remove Privileged-Access Password.
Note: If you forget your password, you must shut down the system and remove the
battery for at least 30 seconds.
Unattended Start Mode <ON>: This selection is used to enable or disable unattended
start mode. Use this option to instruct the service processor to restore the power state
of the server after a temporary power failure, which is necessary on servers that require
automatic power-on after a power failure. The default setting is ON.
416 Service Guide
Display Error Log
A screen similar to the following displays when you select this option. You can view or
clear your system error log.
.--------------------------------------------------------.
| Error Log |
| |
| |
| Date Time ErrorCode Location |
| Entry 1. 99/06/30 02:15:35 25a80011 U1.1-P1.1/Q1 |
| Entry 2. 99/07/01 03:18:36 20300026 U1.1-P1.1/Q1 |
`--------------------------------------------------------
.-----------------. .-----------.
|C=Clear Error Log| |X=Exit Log |
`----------------- `-----------
Note: The time stamp in this error log is Coordinated Universal Time (UCT), which is
also referred to as Greenwich Mean Time (GMT). The AIX error log has more
information available and time stamps with your local time.
Remote Initial Program Load Setup
This option allows you to enable and set up the remote startup of your system. You
must first specify the network parameters as shown in the following screen:
Network Parameters
1. IP Parameters
2. Adapter Parameters
3. Ping
.------.
|X=Exit|
`------
===>
Note: Some applications may require that IP addresses contain leading zeroes for
numbers less than 100. For example, 129.132.4.20 may need to be entered as
129.132.004.020.
Chapter 8. Using System Management Services 417
IP Parameters
Select the IP Parameters option from the Network Parameters menu to display a
screen similar to the following:
IP Parameters
1. Client IP Address [9.3.146.162]
2. Server IP Address [9.3.146.171]
3. Gateway IP Address [0.0.0.0]
4. Subnet Mask [255.255.255.0]
.------.
|X=Exit|
`------
===>
To set an address using this menu, do the following:
1. Type the number of the selection (1, 2, 3, or 4).
2. Enter the address on the next screen.
Attention: If the client system and the server are on the same subnet, set the
gateway IP address to [0.0.0.0].
418 Service Guide
Adapter Parameters
Select the Adapter Parameters option from the Network Parameters menu to view an
adapters hardware address, as well as configure network adapters that require setup. A
screen similar to the following displays when you make this selection:
Adapter Parameters
Device Slot Hardware Address
1. Gigabit Ethernet 4: P1-I4/E1 0004ac7c0135
2. token-ring 5: P1-I5/T1 0020357a9105
3. ethernet Integrated:P1/E1 0060949d7ac5
4. ethernet 2: P1-I2/E1 0004ac5e692b
5. token-ring 3: P1-I3/T1 0004ac634e38
.------.
|X=Exit|
`------
(PRESS ENTER AFTER MAKING A SELECTION) ===>
Select an adapter on this screen to display configuration menus for that adapter. If
ethernet is selected, you can set parameters that control how the ethernet adapter
communicates with the network. For example, the following screen shows the menu for
the ethernet adapter configuration:
1. Data Rate [Auto]
2. Full Duplex [No]
Ping
Select Ping from the Network Parameters menu to test a connection to a remote
system unit. After selecting the ping option, you must first choose an adapter to
communicate with the remote system.
Adapter Parameters
Device Slot Hardware Address
1. Gigabit Ethernet 4: P1-I4/E1 0004ac7c0135
2. token-ring 5: P1-I5/T1 0020357a9105
3. ethernet Integrated:P1/E1 0060949d7ac5
4. ethernet 2: P1-I2/E1 0004ac5e692b
5. token-ring 3: P1-I3/T1 0004ac634e38
.------.
|X=Exit|
`------
(PRESS ENTER AFTER MAKING A SELECTION) ===>
After determining which adapter to use to ping the remote system, you must provide the
addresses needed to communicate with the remote system. Select the appropriate
device from the Ping menu to display a screen similar to the following:
PING IP Address
1. Client IP Address [9.3.146.162]
2. Server IP Address [9.3.146.171]
3. Gateway IP Address [0.0.0.0]
4. Subnet Mask [0.0.0.0]
.---------. .------.
|E=Execute| |X=Exit|
`--------- `------
===>
420 Service Guide
SCSI Utilities
SCSI Utilities allow you to set delay times for the SCSI hard disk spin-up and to set
SCSI IDs for SCSI controllers installed in the system.
SCSI Utilities
1. Harddrive Spin Up Delay
2. Change SCSI Id
.--------.
| X=Exit |
`--------
===>
Using the Harddrive Spin Up Delay option allows you to change the spin up delay time
for SCSI hard disk drives attached to your system. Spin up delay values can be entered
manually, or you can use a default setting (two seconds). All values are measured in
seconds.
Attention: Setting the value lower than the default can prevent successful booting
because the system power handling capabilities might be exceeded. If the system no
longer boots after setting this value, access this utility again and increase the value. It is
also possible that adding disk drives can cause similar symptoms. Changing this value
changes the surge current requirements on the system. As you increase the value, the
surge current requirements on the system are decreased.
Select Console
Select this option to define which display is used by the system for system
management. If no console is selected, the console defaults to serial port 1.
Selecting this option causes a screen similar to the one that follows to display on each
console that can be used as a firmware console. Follow the instructions on the screen
to select a particular console.
Note: The firmware console is independent from the AIX console.
Press 0 to select this console
as the active console
MultiBoot
Multiboot allows you to select a method for booting the system.
Multiboot
1 Select Software
2 Software Default
3 Select Install Device
4 Select Boot Devices
5 OK Prompt
6 Multiboot Startup <OFF>
.------.
|X=Exit|
`------
===>
Select Software
If this option is supported by the operating system, the names of the operating system
installed are shown. This option might not be supported by all operating systems.
If you are running AIX, and you receive the following message:
No Operating System Installed
This indicates that information in nonvolatile storage could have been lost, as would
happen if the battery had been removed. To re-create this value, run the bootlist
command under AIX with the appropriate parameters. See the bootlist command in
your AIX documentation.The AIX Documentation library is available at the following Web
address: http://www-1.ibm.com/servers/aix/library/. Select Technical Publications. AIX
documentation is also contained on the AIX Documentation CD. The documentation is
made accessible by loading the documentation CD onto the hard disk or by mounting
the CD in the CD-ROM drive.
Software Default
If this option is supported by the operating system, you can select the default operating
system to start the system. This option might not be supported by all operating
systems.
Select Install Device
Produces a list of devices, such as the CD-ROM, from which the operating system may
be installed. Select a device, and the system searches that device for an operating
system to install.
422 Service Guide
Select Boot Devices
Select this option to view and change the custom boot list, which is the sequence of
devices read at startup time. The boot list can contain up to five devices. The following
is an example of this screen.
Select Boot Devices
1 Display Current Settings
2 Restore Default Settings
3 Configure 1st Boot Device
4 Configure 2nd Boot Device
5 Configure 3rd Boot Device
6 Configure 4th Boot Device
7 Configure 5th Boot Device
.------.
|X=Exit|
`------
====>
Display Current Settings
Lists the current order of devices in the boot list. The following is an example of this
screen.
Current Boot Sequence
1. Diskette
2. SCSI CD-ROM ( loc=P1/Z1-A1 )
3. SCSI 9100 MB Harddisk ( loc=P1/Z1-A5 )
4. Ethernet ( loc=P1-I4/E1 )
5. None
.------.
|X=Exit|
`------
===>
Restore Default Settings
Restores the boot list to the following default sequence:
v Primary diskette drive
v CD-ROM drive
v Tape (if installed)
v Hard disk drive
v Network device
Selecting any of the Configure Boot Device options displays a screen similar to the
following.
Configure Nth Boot Device
Device Current Device
Number Position Name
1 1 Diskette
2 4 Ethernet ( loc=P1-I4/E1 )
3 - Token-Ring ( loc=P1-I5/T1 )
4 2 SCSI CD-ROM ( loc=P1/Z1-A1 )
5 3 SCSI 9100 MB Harddisk ( loc=P1/Z1-A5 )
.------.
|X=Exit|
`------
===>
OK Prompt
Provides access to the open firmware command prompt.
information.
Multiboot Startup <OFF>
Toggles between off and on to select whether Multiboot menu starts automatically on
startup.
424 Service Guide
Select Language
Select this option to change the language used by the System Management Services
screens and the service processor menus.
Select Language
1. English
2. Francais
3. Deutsch
4. Italiano
5. Espanol
6. Svenska
===> .------.
|X=Exit|
`------
Note: To correctly display languages other than English, your ASCII terminal must
support the ISO-8859 character set.
OK Prompt
This option provides access to the open firmware command prompt.
information.
Exiting System Management Services
After you have finished using the System Management Services, type x at the utilities
menu to exit the System Management Services and boot your system.
426 Service Guide
Chapter 9. Removal and Replacement Procedures
Before performing any of the removal or replacement procedures in this chapter, read
the following notices.
DANGER
potentials.
CAUTION:
electrical shock.
CAUTION:
427
Handling Static-Sensitive Devices
Attention: Disk drives, tape drives, and CD-ROM drives are sensitive to static
electricity discharge. These devices are wrapped in antistatic bags to prevent damage
caused by electrostatic discharge.
Take the following precautions:
v If you have an antistatic wrist strap available, use it while handling the device.
v Do not remove the device from the antistatic bag until you are ready to install the
device in the system unit.
v With the device still in its antistatic bag, touch it to a metal frame of the system.
v Grasp cards and boards by the edges. Hold drives by the frame. Avoid touching the
solder joints or pins.
v If you need to lay the device down while it is out of the antistatic bag, lay it on the
antistatic bag. Before picking it up again, touch the antistatic bag and the metal
frame of the system unit at the same time.
v Handle the devices carefully in order to prevent permanent damage.
428 Service Guide
Powering Off and Powering On the System
This section provides procedures for powering off and powering on the system.
Powering Off the System
system.
If you cannot use this method, you can power off the system by using the following
operator-panel power button procedure.
Attention: Using the primary I/O drawer operator-panel power button to power off the
system might cause unpredictable results in the data files, and the next IPL will take
longer to complete.
1. Open the rack door.
2. Press the power button on the primary I/O drawer operator panel.
The power LED on the primary I/O drawer operator panel starts blinking at a fast
rate. B0FF appears in the primary operator panel display.
When the power-off sequence is complete, the system goes into standby mode, as
evidenced by the following:
v OK displays in the primary operator panel display.
v The primary I/O drawer operator-panel LED will start blinking at a slow rate.
v The CEC drawer power LED will start blinking at a slow rate.
v If a secondary I/O drawer is present, its power LED will go off.
3. Disconnect the ac power cords from the drawers.
Powering On the System
Perform the following steps to power on the CEC drawer and attached I/O drawers.
1. Open the rack door. Look for OK in the primary operator panel display, which
indicates that the system is in standby mode.
2. Press the power button on the primary I/O drawer operator panel.
The power LED on the primary I/O drawer operator panel starts blinking at a fast rate.
9xxx checkpoints appear in the operator panel display.
When the power-on sequence is complete:
v The power LED on the primary I/O drawer operator panel stops blinking and stays
on.
v The power LED on the CEC drawer stops blinking and stays on.
v If a secondary I/O drawer is present, its power LED comes on and stays on.
Powering Off and Powering On the System Using the Service Processor
The system can be powered off and on using the System Power Control menu, which is
a Service Processor menu that is available to the privileged user. See System Power
Control Menu on page 378.
Chapter 9. Removal and Replacement Procedures 429
Hot-Pluggable FRUs
Note: You do not have to power off the system to remove a hot-pluggable FRU from
the CEC drawer or from I/O drawers.
The following FRUs are hot-pluggable:
v Hot-pluggable PCI adapters of an I/O drawer
v Power supplies in an I/O drawer or CEC drawer (if the drawer has two power
supplies and only one needs to be removed)
v Rear fans on the CEC drawers
I/O Drawer PCI Slot LED Definitions
The following table describes the possible states of the LEDs associated with the I/O
drawer PCI slots. These LEDs are located at the rear of the I/O drawer. One LED is
associated with each PCI slot.
1 2 3 4 5 6 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7
P1
LED
PCI
Slot
LED Indication PCI Slot Status Definition
Off Off Slot power is off. It is safe to
remove or replace an adapter.
On (not flashing) On Slot power is on. Do not
remove or replace an adapter.
Flashing slowly (one flash per
second)
Identify Indicates slot has been
identified by the software. Do
not remove or replace an
adapter at this time.
Flashing fast (six to eight
flashes per second)
Action Indicates slot is ready for
removal or replacement of an
adapter.
430 Service Guide
PCI Adapters
With this system, you can install PCI adapters with the power on. These adapters are
referred to as hot-pluggable PCI adapters. Some adapters are not hot-pluggable and
power must be removed from the system for adapter installation.
Before you install the adapter, determine if the PCI adapter you are installing is
hot-pluggable. See the PCI Adapter Placement Reference, order number SA38-0538.
If you are removing a PCI adapter that is:
v Not hot-pluggable, go to Non-Hot-Pluggable PCI Adapter.
v Hot-pluggable, go to Hot-Pluggable PCI Adapter on page 433.
Non-Hot-Pluggable PCI Adapter
Removal
To remove an adapter, perform the following steps:
1. Turn power off and unplug the system unit power cable from the electrical outlet.
system.
If you cannot use this method, you can power off the system by using the following
operator-panel power button procedure.
Attention: Using the primary I/O drawer operator-panel power button to power
off the system may cause unpredictable results in the data files, and the next IPL
will take longer to complete.
a. Open the rack door.
b. Press the power button on the primary I/O drawer operator panel.
The primary I/O drawer operator panel Power LED starts blinking at a fast rate.
B0FF appears in the primary operator panel display.
When the power-off sequence is complete, the system will go into standby mode,
as evidenced by:
v OK displays in the primary operator panel display.
v The primary I/O drawer operator panel LED will start blinking at a slow rate.
v The CEC drawer power LED will start blinking at a slow rate.
2. Place the I/O drawer in the rear service position, as follows:
a. If you have not already done so, open the front door of the rack unit.
b. Loosen the two thumbscrews that attach the front bezel to the drawer.
c. Grasp both sides of the front bezel and pull the bezel off the drawer.
d. If you have not already done so, open the rear door of the rack unit.
e. If present, remove the two retaining screws that secure the drawer to the rails.
f. Ensure that the cables do not restrain drawer movement.
g. Grasp the bar at the rear of the drawer, and pull the drawer to the rear until it
is stopped by the two detents on the top of the drawer.
3. Remove the two thumbscrews, and remove the top cover from the drawer.
4. Determine the slot from which you are removing the adapter.
5. Disconnect any cables that are connected to the adapter being removed.
6. Turn the locking latch and lift the plastic stop for the adapter.
7. Carefully grasp the adapter by the edges and pull it straight out from the I/O board.
8. If you are installing another adapter in this slot, follow the instructions given under
Replacement below.
9. If you are not installing another adapter in this slot, place a blank slot cover in the
adapter slot and then lower the plastic stop over the adapter bracket. Rotate the
locking latch clockwise until it clicks into the locked position.
10. Install all covers that you removed earlier and return the drawer to the normal
operating position.
Replacement
To replace an adapter, perform the removal steps in the reverse order.
432 Service Guide
Hot-Pluggable PCI Adapter
Replacing a Hot-Pluggable PCI Adapter
Note: Use this procedure only when you are replacing an adapter with an identical
adapter. If you are replacing an adapter with an adapter that is not identical to
the adapter removed, go to Removing a Hot-Pluggable PCI Adapter on
page 436 and Installing a Hot-Pluggable PCI Adapter on page 435.
To replace an adapter, perform the following steps:
1. Place the I/O drawer in the rear service position:
Refer to Rear Service Position on page 467.
is stopped by the detents.
2. Remove the two thumbscrews, and remove the top cover from the drawer.
4. Ensure that any processes or applications that might use the adapter are stopped.
Note: Removing a hot-pluggable PCI adapter requires the system administrator to
take the PCI adapter offline before performing any PCI adapter hot-plug
procedures. Before taking an adapter offline, the devices attached to the
adapter must be taken offline as well. This action prevents a service
representative or user from causing an unexpected outage for system
users.
For additional information about taking an adapter offline or removing it from
the system configuration, see the AIX System Management Guide:
Operating System and Devices. This publication is available at the following
Web address: http://www-1.ibm.com/servers/aix/library/. Select
Technical Publications. This publication is also contained on the AIX
Documentation CD. The documentation is made accessible by loading the
documentation CD onto the hard disk or by mounting the CD in the
CD-ROM drive.
5. Refer to PCI Hot-Plug Manager Access on page 438, and follow the steps in the
access procedure to select PCI Hot Plug Manager. Then return here to continue.
6. Select Unconfigure a Device and press Enter.
Note: If the adapter or device has a problem that prevents it from replacement by
hot swap, it must be replaced non hot swap by shutting down the system.
Go to the RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries Diagnostics Information for
Multiple Bus Systems Map 210 - 3.
7. Press F4 to display the Device Names menu.
8. Select the adapter you are removing from the menu.
9. Answer YES to Keep Definition. Press Enter.
10. The ARE YOU SURE screen displays. Press Enter to verify the information.
Successful unconfigure is indicated by the OK message displayed next to the
Command field at the top of the screen.
11. Press F3 to return to the PCI Hot-Plug Manager menu.
12. Select Replace/Remove a PCI Hot-Plug Adapter and press Enter. The
Replace/Remove a PCI Hot-Plug Adapter menu displays.
13. Move the cursor to select the adapter that you are removing and press Enter.
14. Press the Tab key until the entry field displays the replace operation and then
Press the Enter key. Follow the instructions that display on the screen until you are
instructed to remove the adapter.
15. When you are instructed to remove the adapter from the adapter slot, disconnect
any cables that are connected to the adapter being removed.
18. Replace the adapter in the adapter slot. Carefully grasp the adapter by the edges
and align the adapter in the slot guides. Insert the adapter fully into the adapter
slot connector. If you are installing a full-length adapter, ensure that both ends of
the adapter engage the card guides.
19. Lower the plastic stop over the adapter bracket and rotate the locking latch
clockwise until it clicks into the locked position. Some full-length cards can be
supported by rotating the blue adapter latch on the right end of the adapter
counterclockwise.
20. Connect appropriate cables and devices to the adapter.
21. Continue to follow the screen instructions until you receive a message that the
replacement is successful. Successful replacement is indicated by the OK message
displayed next to the Command field at the top of the screen.
22. Press the F3 key to return to the PCI Hot-Plug Manager menu.
23. Select Install/Configure Devices Added After IPL and press Enter. Then follow
the instructions on the screen. Successful replacement is indicated by the OK
message displayed next to the Command field at the top of the screen.
24. If you do not have other adapters to replace, continue with the next step.
OR
If you have other adapters to replace, press the F3 key to return to the PCI
Hot-Plug Manager menu and then return to step 12.
25. Press F10 to exit the Hot-Plug Manager.
434 Service Guide
If you have added, removed, or replaced any adapters, run the diag -a command.
If the system responds with a menu or prompt, follow the instructions to complete
the device configuration.
26. Install the covers that you removed earlier and return the drawer to the normal
operating position.
Installing a Hot-Pluggable PCI Adapter
To install an adapter, perform the following steps:
e. If present, remove the two retaining screws at the rear of the drawer. Refer to
Rear Service Position on page 467.
2. Remove the two thumbscrews and remove the top cover from the drawer.
3. Refer to PCI Hot-Plug Manager Access on page 438 and follow the steps in the
4. From the PCI Hot-Plug Manager menu, select Add a PCI Hot-Plug Adapter and
press Enter. The Add a Hot-Plug Adapter window displays.
5. See the PCI Adapter Placement Reference, order number SA38-0538, for adapter
placement information. Then select an empty PCI slot for the adapter.
6. Select the appropriate empty PCI slot from the ones listed on the screen, and
press Enter.
7. Turn the locking latch, lift the plastic stop, and remove the blank cover.
8. Follow the instructions on the screen to install the adapter until the visual indicator
(LED) for the specified PCI slot is set to the Action state. See I/O Drawer PCI Slot
LED Definitions on page 430.
9. When you are instructed to install the adapter in the adapter slot, carefully grasp
the adapter by the edges and align the adapter in the slot guides. Insert the
adapter fully into the adapter slot connector. If you are installing a full-length
adapter, ensure that both ends of the adapter engage the card guides.
10. Lower the plastic stop over the adapter bracket and rotate the locking latch
clockwise until it clicks into the locked position. Some full-length cards can be
supported by rotating the blue adapter latch on the right end of the adapter
counterclockwise.
11. Connect appropriate cables and devices to the adapter.
installation is successful. Successful installation is indicated by the OK message
13. Press the F3 key to return to the PCI Hot-Plug Manager menu.
14. Select Install/Configure Devices Added After IPL and press Enter. Then follow
the instructions on the screen. Successful installation is indicated by the OK
message displayed next to the Command field at the top of the screen.
15. If you do not have other adapters to install, continue with the next step.
OR
If you have other adapters to install, press the F3 key to return to the PCI Hot-Plug
Manager menu and then return to step 4 on page 435.
If you have added, removed, or replaced any adapters, run the diag -a command.
operating position.
Removing a Hot-Pluggable PCI Adapter
Note: If you are removing an adapter and replacing it with an adapter that is identical
to the adapter removed, see Replacing a Hot-Pluggable PCI Adapter on
page 433
To remove an adapter, perform the following steps:
Refer to Rear Service Position on page 467.
2. Remove the two thumbscrews and remove the top cover from the drawer.
4. Ensure that any processes or applications that might use the adapter are stopped.
Note: Removing a hot-pluggable PCI adapter requires the system administrator to
take the PCI adapter offline before performing any PCI adapter hot-plug
procedures. Before taking an adapter offline, the devices attached to the
adapter must be taken offline as well. This action prevents a service
representative or user from causing an unexpected outage for system
users.
For additional information about taking an adapter offline or removing it from
the system configuration, see the AIX System Management Guide:
Operating System and Devices. This publication is available at the following
436 Service Guide
Web address: http://www-1.ibm.com/servers/aix/library/. Select
Technical Publications. This publication is also contained on the AIX
Documentation CD. The documentation is made accessible by loading the
documentation CD onto the hard disk or by mounting the CD in the
CD-ROM drive.
5. Refer to PCI Hot-Plug Manager Access on page 438, and follow the steps in the
6. Select Unconfigure a Device and press Enter.
7. Press F4 to display the Device Names menu.
8. Select the adapter you are removing from the menu.
9. Use the Tab key to answer NO to Keep Definition. Press Enter.
10. The ARE YOU SURE screen displays. Press Enter to verify the information.
Successful unconfigure is indicated by the OK message displayed next to the
Command field at the top of the screen.
11. Press F3 to return to the PCI Hot-Plug Manager menu.
12. Select Replace/Remove a PCI Hot-Plug Adapter and press Enter. The
Replace/Remove a PCI Hot-Plug Adapter menu displays.
13. Move the cursor to select the adapter that you are removing and press Enter. (The
description entry displays as unknown).
14. Press the Tab key until the entry field displays the remove operation and then
Press the Enter key. Follow the instructions that display on the screen until you are
instructed to remove the adapter.
15. When you are instructed to remove the adapter from the adapter slot, disconnect
any cables that are connected to the adapter being removed.
18. If you are not installing another adapter in this slot, place a blank slot cover in the
adapter slot and then lower the plastic stop over the adapter bracket. Rotate the
locking latch clockwise until it clicks into the locked position.
adapter removal is successful. Successful removal is indicated by the OK message
20. If you do not have other adapters to remove, continue with the next step.
OR
If you have other adapters to remove, press the F3 key to return to the PCI
Hot-Plug Manager menu and then return to step 12.
22. If you have added, removed, or replaced any adapters, run the diag -a command.
operating position.
PCI Hot-Plug Manager Access
The installation instructions for hot-pluggable PCI adapters refer you to these
procedures when it is appropriate to perform them.
Note: A PCI adapter is only hot-pluggable if the PCI adapter is supported for hot-plug
applications. See the PCI Adapter Placement Reference, order number
SA38-0538.
Accessing Hot-Plug Management Functions
Note: Removing or installing a Hot-Pluggable PCI adapter requires the system
administrator to take the PCI adapter offline prior to performing the operation.
Before taking an adapter offline, the devices attached to the adapter must be
taken offline as well. This action prevents a service representative or user from
causing an unexpected outage for system users.
For additional information about taking an adapter offline or removing it from the
system configuration, see the AIX System Management Guide: Operating
System and Devices. This publication is available at the following Web address:
http://www-1.ibm.com/servers/aix/library/. Select Technical Publications.
This publication is also contained on the AIX Documentation CD. The
documentation is made accessible by loading the documentation CD onto the
hard disk or by mounting the CD in the CD-ROM drive.
To access the hot-plug menus, do the following:
2. At the command line, type smitty.
3. Select Devices.
4. Select PCI Hot Plug Manager and press Enter.
5. The PCI Hot-Plug Manager menu displays. Return to the procedure that directed
you here. The following section describes the menu options.
PCI Hot-Plug Manager Menu
The following options are available from the PCI Hot Plug Manager menu:
Note: For information about the PCI slot LED states, see I/O Drawer PCI Slot LED
Definitions on page 430.
List PCI Hot-Plug Slots
Provides a descriptive list of all slots that support PCI hot-plug capability. If the listing
for a slot indicates it holds an Unknown device, select the Install/Configure Devices
Added after IPL to configure the adapter in that slot.
438 Service Guide
Add a PCI Hot-Plug Adapter
Allows the user to add a new PCI hot-plug-capable adapter to the slot with the system
turned on. You will be asked to identify the PCI slot that you have selected prior to the
actual operation. The selected PCI slot will go into the Action state and finally into the
On state.
Note: The system will indicate the slot holds an Unknown device until you perform
the Install/Configure Devices Added After IPL option to configure the adapter.
Replace/Remove a PCI Hot-Plug Adapter
Allows the user to remove an existing adapter, or replace an existing adapter with an
identical one. For this option to work, the adapter must be in the Defined state (see
Unconfigure a Device option below).
You will be asked to identify the PCI slot prior to the actual operation. The selected PCI
slot will go into the Action state.
Identify a PCI Hot-Plug Slot
Allows the user to identify a PCI slot. The selected PCI slot will go into the Identify
state. See I/O Drawer PCI Slot LED Definitions on page 430.
Unconfigure a Device
Allows the user to put an existing PCI adapter into the Defined state if the device is no
longer in use.
This step must be completed successfully before starting any removal or replacement
operation. If this step fails, the customer must take action to release the device.
Configure a Defined Device
Allows a new PCI adapter to be configured into the system if software support is
already available for the adapter. The selected PCI slot will go into the On state.
Install/Configure Devices Added After IPL
The system attempts to configure any new devices and tries to find and install any
required software from a user-selected source.
The add, remove, and replace functions return information to the user indicating
whether the operation was successful. If additional instructions are provided on the
screen, complete the recommended actions. If the instructions do not resolve the
problem, do the following:
v If the adapter is listed as Unknown, perform the Install/Configure Devices Added
After IPL option to configure the adapter.
v If you receive a warning indicating that needed device packages are not installed, the
system administrator must install the specified packages before you can configure or
diagnose the adapter.
v If you receive a failure message indicating a hardware error, the problem might be
either the adapter or the PCI slot. Isolate the problem by retrying the operation in a
different PCI slot, or trying a different adapter in the slot. If you determine that you
have failing hardware, call your service representative.
440 Service Guide
Memory Riser Cards and Memory DIMMs
Removal
1. Turn off power as described in Powering Off the System on page 429.
2. Place the CEC drawer in the rear service position as described in Rear Service
Position on page 467.
3. Remove the two thumbscrews and remove the back top cover.
Note: If your system has a one-way processor installed, the memory DIMMs are
located on the processor card. You must first remove the processor card to
access the memory DIMMs. Refer to One-Way Processor Card Memory
DIMM Locations on page 22 for memory DIMM locations.
4. Pull up on the release latches and carefully pull the card out of the slot.
5. Locate the memory DIMM connectors and determine which memory DIMMs you
want to remove. Refer to Memory Riser Card and Memory DIMM Locations on
page 21 for memory module locations.
6. Remove the memory DIMM by pushing the tabs out on the memory connectors.
Push Locking Tabs
Out to Release Memory
Module
1
2
1
Replacement
1. With one hand, touch any metal surface of the chassis to minimize static electrical
charges, and then pick up the memory DIMM.
2. Locate the memory DIMM connector on the memory card.
3. Insert the memory DIMM firmly into the connector.
Locking Tabs
4. Secure the memory DIMM with the locking tabs located at each end of the
connector.
5. Replace the memory card into the system unit.
442 Service Guide
Processor Card
Removal
3. Remove the two thumbscrews and remove the back cover.
Replacement
Replace in reverse order.
CEC Fans
Removal
1. If you have not already done so, open the rear door of the rack unit.
2. Pull the snap button out on the fan you want to remove.
Snap Button
Fan 7
Snap Button
Fan 8
3. Remove the fan.
Replacement
Attention: After hot-plugging a CEC fan, wait at least 5 minutes and then examine
the system error logs to make sure CEC fan errors are not being logged.
444 Service Guide
CEC Backplane
Removal
3. Disconnect and label all cables from the rear of the assembly.
Back
Cover
5. Remove the memory riser cards. See Memory Riser Cards and Memory DIMMs
on page 441.
6. Remove the processor card. See Processor Card on page 443.
7. Remove the screws from the card cage assembly and remove the assembly.
Card
Cage
Assembly
8. Remove the screws from the four backplane connectors (V/S COMM, RIO 1 & 2,
and JTAG) at the rear of the backplane assembly.
9. Remove the screws from the backplane assembly and remove the backplane
assembly.
Replacement
446 Service Guide
I/O Drawer Backplane Assembly
Removal
Attention: If a primary I/O backplane is replaced, be aware that the service processor
is integrated into the primary I/O backplane logic. Replacing the primary I/O backplane
replaces the service processor.
2. Place the I/O drawer in the rear service position as described in Rear Service
Rear
Cover
4. Disconnect and label all cables from the rear of the assembly.
5. Remove boot disk drives if installed. (See Internal Disk Drives on page 458.)
6. Remove and label adapters. (See PCI Adapters on page 431.)
7. Remove two screws from each side of the assembly.
8. Disconnect and label all cables from the front of the assembly.
9. Slide the I/O drawer backplane assembly to the rear and remove the assembly.
10. Remove the RIO card assembly as described in RIO Card Assembly on
page 449.
Replacement
1. Replace in reverse order.
2. Set the drawer type using the service processor menus.
a. From the SP Main Menu, select System Information Menu (option 3).
b. Select Power Control Network Utilities Menu (option 9).
c. Select Change I/O Type (option 3).
d. For the I/O drawer address (drawer number), type:
v 1 for a primary drawer.
v 2 for the secondary drawer.
e. For the I/O type, type:
v 85 for the primary I/O drawer.
v 84 for the secondary drawer.
3. Check firmware level by checking the version on the title of the service processor
main menu. If the firmware level is not at the correct level, proceed as follows:
v Reprogram all system EPROMs using the Service Processor Setup Menu and
selecting Reprogram Flash EPROM Menu option (7).
4. The service processor settings have been set to default values. These settings must
be restored to their original settings if they were not previously set to default values.
v Manually reset all settings.
v If the service processor settings had previously been saved, the settings may be
restored using the procedure in Saving and Restoring Service Processor
Settings on page 370.
v Reset the bootlist using the SMS menus.
v Reset the time-of-day clock using SMIT.
448 Service Guide
|
|
RIO Card Assembly
Removal
Rear
Cover
4. Disconnect all cables from the card assembly.
5. Remove the screw and remove the retainer bracket from the rear release latch.
Latches
Replacement
450 Service Guide
CEC Drawer Power Distribution Board
Removal
2. Remove the CEC backplane as described in CEC Backplane on page 445.
3. Place the CEC drawer in the front service position as described in Front Service
4. Remove the power supplies as described in Power Supplies and Power Supply
Fan Assemblies on page 454.
5. Loosen the two screws from the center cover and remove the cover.
6. Remove all the cables from the power distribution board.
7. Remove the screws from the power distribution board.
Power
Distribution
Board
8. Remove the power distribution board.
Replacement
I/O Drawer Power Distribution Board
Removal
3. Remove the two thumbscrews and remove the rear cover.
Rear
Cover
4. Remove any adapters or files installed in slots 12, 13, or 14.
5. Disconnect the four I/P cables from the I/O tray.
6. Remove the two screws from each side of the I/O drawer board assembly.
7. Disconnect the miscellaneous power cable from PCI board connector J21.
8. Slide the I/O drawer board assembly to the rear to disconnect the assembly from
the power distribution board bus bar.
9. Place the I/O drawer in the front service position as described in Front Service
10. Remove the power supplies as described in Power Supplies and Power Supply
Fan Assemblies on page 454.
452 Service Guide
11. Loosen the two screws from the center cover and remove the cover.
Center
Cover
Media
Cable
Tray
12. Remove the media cable tray.
13. Remove the screws from the power distribution board.
Power
Distribution
Board
14. Remove the power distribution board.
Replacement
Power Supplies and Power Supply Fan Assemblies
Notes:
1. Each drawer can have up to two power supplies. You can replace each power
supply separately. The removal and replacement procedures are the same for each
power supply.
2. This procedure applies to the CEC and I/O drawer power supplies.
3. Power supplies for the CEC and I/O drawers cannot be interchanged.
4. If a drawer has two power supplies, each is hot-pluggable. If only one needs to be
removed, you do not have to power off the system.
5. Each power supply has a test switch. See Power Supply Test Switch Procedure on
page 457.
6. If your drawer has only one power supply, the unused power supply position must
be filled with a cooling unit, which must have a power supply fan assembly attached
to it.
7. Do not hot-plug a power supply if the ambient room temperature is greater than
32C (90F), as it can cause loss of data or data corruption.
8. Be sure that the replacement power supply (or cooling unit) is ready to install. If the
power supply (or cooling unit) is removed for longer than four minutes, a shutdown
command is issued to the operating system.
9. Power supply 1 fan assembly (fans 1 and 2) is located on the rear of the primary
power supply. Power supply 2 fan assembly (fans 3 and 4) is located on the rear of
the secondary power supply. If only one fan in a fan assembly is bad, the fan
assembly must be replaced. Power supply fan 5 is located in the primary power
supply and if that fan fails, the power supply must be replaced. Power supply fan 6
is located in the secondary power supply and if that fan fails, the power supply must
be replaced. Fan 9 is located in the cooling unit.
Attention: After hot-plugging a power supply, wait at least 5 minutes and then
examine the system error logs to make sure power supply or power supply fan errors
are not being logged.
454 Service Guide
Removal
DANGER
Do not attempt to open the covers of the power supply. Power supplies are
not serviceable and are to be replaced as a unit.
Attention: Be sure that the replacement power supply (or cooling unit) is ready to
install. If the power supply (or cooling unit) is removed for longer than four minutes, a
shutdown command is issued to the operating system.
1. If you have not already done so, open the front door of the rack unit.
2. Loosen the two thumbscrews that attach the front bezel to the drawer.
3. Grasp both sides of the front bezel and pull it off the drawer.
4. Unplug the power cord from the power supply you are removing.
5. Pull the snap button out on the power supply handle.
6. Grasp the handle of the power supply and pivot it downward.
Snap Buttons
R
7. Pull the power supply out of the drawer.
8. Remove the external fan assembly from the power supply and save it for
replacement.
9. Pull out on the snap button and remove the fan assembly from the power supply.
Push to secure
fan assembly,
pull to remove
fan assembly
Replacement
Note: The power supply handle must be in the down position for replacement.
Replace in the reverse order.
456 Service Guide
Power Supply Test Switch Procedure
Before you replace a power supply, use this procedure to determine if the power supply
needs replacing.
1. Perform steps 1 through 7 in Power Supplies and Power Supply Fan Assemblies
on page 454.
2. Connect the power cord to the power supply and look at the front of the power
supply.
v If the LED on the front of the power supply is not blinking, the power supply is
defective. Continue with step 8 in Power Supplies and Power Supply Fan
Assemblies on page 454.
v If the LED on the front of the power supply is blinking, go to the next step.
Test
Switch
3. Use a pencil to press the test switch on the side of the power supply.
v If the LED on the front of the power supply is on steady and the internal fan
spins, the power supply is good and can be returned to the system.
v If the LED on the front of the power supply is not on steady and the internal fan
does not spin, the power supply is defective. Continue with step 8 in Power
Supplies and Power Supply Fan Assemblies on page 454.
Internal Disk Drives
Removal
4. Remove the screw from the back of the disk drive carrier.
5. Slide the carrier forward and remove. The carrier has keyed slots that engage
mounting posts on the chassis.
6. Make a note of how the disk drives are connected before disconnecting. Disconnect
the internal cables from the drives.
7. If you are replacing a defective boot drive, remove the mounting screws from the
carrier.
1
3
2
458 Service Guide
Internal DASD 1
SCSI id = 4
Internal DASD 2
SCSI id = 8
Replacement
Replace in reverse order. Refer to the following diagram for help with connecting the
cables to the internal disk drives.
Term
J5
DASD 1
DASD 2
To
System
Internal SCSI
Cable
Internal SCSI
Cable
External SCSI
Cable
External SCSI
Cable
ip 8 jumper
ip 4 jumper
Note: ip jumpers are part of SCSI cables
Alternate Internal Disk Drive Connections
Term
J5
DASD 1
DASD 2
Bulkhead
Connector
ip 8 jumper
ip 4 jumper
Term
Term
J5
DASD 1
DASD 2
To
System
ip 8 jumper
ip 4 jumper
Bulkhead
Connector
460 Service Guide
Fan Controller Card
Removal
2. Place the appropriate drawer in the front service position as described in Front
Service Position on page 468.
3. Remove the two screws from the center cover and remove the cover.
4. Disconnect the cable from the fan controller card.
5. Pull out the snap button.
6. Remove the fan controller card.
Push in to Secure Card
Assembly and Pull Out
to Remove Card Assembly
Replacement
CD-ROM Drive
CAUTION:
A class 1 laser is contained in the device. Do not attempt to operate the drive
while it is disassembled. Do not attempt to open the covers of the drive as it is
not serviceable and is replaced as a unit.
Removal
3. Loosen the two thumbscrews that attach the front bezel to the I/O drawer.
5. Push the release lever to the left and pull the CD-ROM drive out.
Release Lever
R
6. Disconnect the cables from the CD-ROM drive.
7. Remove the screws that connect the carrier to the CD-ROM drive.
Replacement
462 Service Guide
Tape Drive
Removal
5. Push up on the release lever and pull the tape drive out.
Release
Lever
R
6. Disconnect the cables from the tape drive.
7. Remove the screws that connect the carrier to the tape drive.
Replacement
Diskette Drive
Removal
5. Pull out on the snap button and pull the diskette drive out.
Snap Botton
R
6. Disconnect the cables from the diskette drive.
7. Remove the screws that connect the carrier to the diskette drive.
Replacement
464 Service Guide
Operator Panel
Removal
2. Place the I/O drawer in the front service position as described in Front Service
3. Loosen the two retaining screws that attach the front bezel to the drawer.
5. Place the drawer in the front service position as described in Front Service
6. Remove the two screws from the top of the operator panel.
R
Screws
7. Pull the operator panel out.
8. Disconnect the cables from the operator panel.
9. Remove the operator panel from the mounting bracket.
Replacement
1. Remove the VPD module from the old operator panel and insert it in the new
operator panel. Make sure you insert the module in the same position as it was in
the old panel.
1
2
1 VPD Module
2 Cable Connector
2. To replace, perform removal steps in reverse order.
466 Service Guide
Rear Service Position
To place a drawer in the rear service position, do the following:
5. If present, remove two screws securing the drawer to the rack.
Hex Flange Screws
and Flat Washers
Rear of Rack
6. Grasp the bar at the rear of the drawer, and pull the drawer to the rear until it is
stopped by the two detents.
Front Service Position
To place a drawer in the front service position, do the following:
Attention: Do not pull the drawer out from the front. The drawer must be pushed to
the front service position from the rear of the system.
4. Remove the screws that attach the left and right retaining brackets and remove the
brackets.
6. If present, remove the two screws securing the drawer to the rack. Refer to Rear
Service Position on page 467.
7. Push the drawer forward until it is stopped by the two detents.
468 Service Guide
Battery
CAUTION:
A lithium battery can cause fire, explosion, or a severe burn. Do not recharge,
disassemble, heat above 100 degrees C (212 degrees F), solder directly to the
cell, incinerate, or expose cell contents to water. Keep away from children.
Replace only with the part number specified for your system. Use of another
battery may represent a risk of fire or explosion.
The battery connector is polarized; do not attempt to reverse the polarity.
Dispose of the battery according to local regulations.
Removal
2. Place the I/O drawer in the rear service position, as described in Rear Service
4. Locate the battery on the PCI board.
Battery
Socket
5. Remove any adapters or DASD in slots 13 and 14 to gain access to the battery.
6. Use one finger to gently slide the battery away from the notch in the battery socket.
Then use your thumb and index finger to hold the battery as it pushes out of the
socket. (The spring mechanism behind the battery pushes it out.)
Replacement
Tilt the battery so that you can insert it into the battery socket. Slide the battery into the
battery socket, then push it down into the socket.
Notes:
1. Be sure to tell the customer to reset the time and date.
2. Ensure that the battery polarity is correct; place the battery in the socket with the
positive side facing up.
470 Service Guide
Chapter 10. Parts Information
This chapter contains parts information for the system.
471
CEC Drawer
1
2
3
4
9
10
12
11
7
8
6
5
14
14
13
15
16
17
18
18
19
20
472 Service Guide
Index Part Number CCIN
Number
Units Per
Assembly
Description
1 11K0802 Up to 2 AC power supply (645 watt)
41L5404 1 DC power supply
03N2829 1 Cooling unit
2 41L5448 1 Fan assembly
3 41L5406 1 Power distribution board
4 11K1107 1 Fan controller card
5 07L7729 Up to 32 32MB DIMM
93H4702 Up to 32 128MB DIMM
09L5585 Up to 32 128MB DIMM
07L9030 Up to 32 256MB DIMM
10L5417 Up to 32 512MB DIMM F/C 4131 (Cannot
be mixed with F/C 4100 in a
quad or in a pair if memory
DIMMs are installed on a 1 way
CPU card)
07L9758 Up to 32 512MB DIMM F/C 4100 (Cannot
be mixed with F/C 4131 in a
quad or in a pair if memory
DIMMs are installed on a 1 way
CPU card)
09P0335 Up to 32 1GB DIMM
44H8167 Up to 32 Memory DIMM filler
6 04N4808 288D Up to 2 Memory riser card
7 23L8127 263D Up to 2 Memory filler card
8 04N4765 24A1 1 1-way 450 MHz processor
04N5353 25BB 1 1-way 600 MHz processor
09P6524 25CB 1 1-way 750 MHz processor
21P4751 24A2 1 2-way 450 MHz processor
23L7785 25BD 1 2-way 600 MHz processor
09P6525 25EB 1 2-way 750 MHz processor
23L7794 25BE 1 4-way 600 MHz processor
53P1301 25EA 1 4-way 750 MHz processor
(some models)
23L7799 25BF 1 6-way 668 MHz processor
(some models)
53P1334 25F2 1 6-way 750 MHz processor
04N2934 1 Processor filler card
9 11K0868 14 Clip (ac cord)
10 11K0207 1 Chassis
11 44L0026 1 LED panel assembly
12 03N3174 1 LED panel bracket
13 03N3453 1 Bezel (ac systems)
00P1749 1 Bezel OEM (ac systems)
03N3607 1 Bezel (dc systems)
09P0752 1 Bezel OEM (dc systems)
Chapter 10. Parts Information 473
Index Part Number CCIN
Number
Units Per
Assembly
Description
14 11K0358 2 Trim/ship bracket
15 03N3845 1 Left rail assembly
16 03N3847 1 Right rail assembly
17 09P0327 2 Anti-tip bracket
18 00P2402 2 Channel cable bracket (T00
rack)
19 11K0826 2 Channel cable bracket (S00
rack)
20 11K0851 1 Reset bracket
474 Service Guide
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Index Part Number Units Per
Assy
Description
1 11K0237 1 CEC cage assembly
2 11K0354 1 Insulator-CEC board
3 21P3784 1 CEC backplane
4 11K0122 1 Mech. Assembly-CEC
5 46G3537 6 Standoff
6 09P4061 1 Tie bar assembly
7 1614920 2 Standoff
9 11K0249 1 Cable bracket
10 41L5208 1 Back cover
11 41L5206 1 Center cover
00G1268 As required Screw - M4
476 Service Guide
I/O Drawer
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
16
17
18
19
20
12
14
13
13
15
21
22
23
24
26
25
27
Index Part
Number
CCIN
Number
Units Per
Assy
Description
1 11K1107 1 Fan controller card
2 See note 1 Tape drive
3 41L5691 1 Tape drive carrier
4 11K0812 Up to 2 AC power supply (595 watt)
41L5413 Up to 2 DC power supply
03N2829 1 Cooling unit (Power supply filler)
6 See note Up to 2 Disk drive
7 03N2897 1 Disk drive mounting bracket
8 24L1089 1 Primary operator panel
24L0955 1 Secondary operator panel
9 03N2965 1 Operator panel bracket
10 00P2382 1 Power distribution board
11 See note Up to 14 Adapter card
12 03N3176 1 Bezel (ac systems)
00P1746 1 Bezel OEM (ac systems)
03N3610 1 Bezel (dc systems)
09P0751 1 Bezel OEM (dc systems)
13 11K0358 2 Trim/ship bracket
14 03N3253 1 Bezel blank (tape drive)
59H4118 1 Bezel black (tape drive)
94H0136 1 Bezel (tape drive)
15 03N3253 1 Bezel blank (CD-ROM)
97H7611 1 Bezel black (CD-ROM)
16 11K0207 1 Chassis
17 41L5206 1 Center cover
18 11K0243 1 Cable tray
19 41L5208 2 Back cover
20 11K0868 14 Clip (AC cord)
21 41L5560 1 Primary I/O tray assembly
41L5561 1 Secondary I/O tray assembly
22 44L0041 13 I/O divider
23 04N6907 2691 1 RIO card assembly
24 03K8992 As required I/O blanks
25 11K0584 1 RIO cable bracket
26 09P4061 1 Tie bar
27 16G8095 1 Battery
21P5041 1 SP Control W/S Adapter
21P6323 1 SAMI CABLE, internal
Note: See RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries Diagnostics Information for Multiple Bus Systems for
part numbers.
478 Service Guide
7
8
9
10
6
1
2
3
4
4
5
Assy
Description
1 03N3845 1 Left rail assembly
2 03N3847 1 Right rail assembly
3 09P0327 2 Anti-tip bracket
4 00P2402 2 Channel cable bracket (T00 Rack)
5 11K0826 2 Channel cable bracket (S00 Rack)
6 11K0851 1 Reset bracket
7 See note 2 CD-ROM drive
8 41L5691 1 CD-ROM carrier
9 76H4091 1 Diskette drive
10 41L5688 1 Diskette drive carrier
Note:
See RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries Diagnostics Information for Multiple Bus Systems for part
numbers.
480 Service Guide
CEC Drawer Internal Cables
Fan
Controller
Card
Power
LED
Fan 7
Fan 8
Power
Distribution
Board
System
Board
Power
Supply 1
3.3 V 3.3 V
Ground
Ground
5 V
5 V
Fan 1 Fan 2
Fan 5
CEC SPCN CEC SPCN
Misc
Power
Misc
Power
1
2
3
4
5
6
6
Power
Supply 2 or
Cooling
Unit
Fan 3 Fan 4
Fan 6
Fan 9
Assembly
Description
1 41L5866 1 Misc. Power Cable
2 41L5867 1 CEC SPCN Cable
3 41L5868 1 Fan Power Cable
4 03N3235 1 Power LED Cable
5 41L5652 1 Fan Controller Card Cable
6 34G0240 Up to 2 AC Power Cable
11K0400 Up to 2 DC Power Cable
482 Service Guide
Primary I/O Drawer Internal Cables
Fan
Controller
Card
Power
Distribution
Board
DASD
Power
I/O Board
PCI Board
Op Panel
Op Panel
Power
Supply 1
3.3 V
3.3 V
Ground
Grd
5 V
5 V
Fan 1 Fan 2
Fan 5
CD-ROM
DASD 2
DASD 1
Term
Term
Optional
Media
Diskette
Diskette
Base SPCN
Base SPCN
JTAG
I/P
SCSI
V/S COMM
B
u
l
k
h
e
a
d
Power
Supply 2 or
Cooling
Unit
Fan 3 Fan 4
Fan 6
Fan 9
J4
J3
J2
J9
J4
J5
J30
J28
J2
J1
Media
Power
J6
Misc.
Power
J7
11
12
13
14
16
15
15
10
12
J21
1
2
3
7
8
6
9
5
4
J3
J5
Assy
Description
1 03N3040 1 Misc. Power Cable (PDB to PCI board)
2 41L5517 1 Operator Panel Cable (I/O board to I/P)
3 41L5518 1 Base SPCN Cable (I/O board to I/P)
4 41L5516 1 Diskette Cable (I/O board to I/P)
5 41L5946 1 JTAG Cable (I/O board to bulkhead)
6 41L5521 1 V/S COMM Cable (I/O board to bulkhead)
7 41L5519 1 Internal SCSI (I/O board to I/P)
8 41L5649 1 Operator Panel Cable (I/P to Op panel)
9 42L5652 1 Fan Cont. Card Cable (PDB to FCC)
10 41L5650 1 Base SPCN Cable (I/P to PDB)
11 41L5522 1 Diskette Cable (I/P to diskette)
12 11K0233 1 Internal SCSI Cable (signal and power)
13 00P1676 1 Internal SCSI Cable (Int. to IPL DASD)
09P1709 1 External SCSI Cable (Ext. SCSI adapter to
IPL DASD)
14 09P1449 1 DASD Power Cable (PDB to IPL DASD)
15 34G0240 Up to 2 AC Power Cable
00P1799 Up to 2 DC Power Cable
40H6328 1 925 Pin adapter
16 88G3977 1 SCSI Terminator
484 Service Guide
Secondary I/O Drawer Internal Cables
Fan
Controller
Card
Power
Distribution
Board
I/O Board
PCI Board
Op Panel
Op Panel
Power
Supply 1
3.3 V
3.3 V
Ground
Grd
5 V
5 V
Fan 1 Fan 2
Fan 5
Term
Optional
Media
Optional
Media
Base SPCN
Base SPCN
I/P
Power
Supply 2 or
Cooling
Unit
Fan 3 Fan 4
Fan 6
Fan 9
J4
J3
J2
J2
J1
Media
Power
J6
Misc.
Power
J7
J21
8
8
1
3
4
2
5
9
9
6
7
J3
B
u
l
k
h
e
a
d
Assy
Description
1 03N3040 1 Misc. Power Cable (PDB to PCI board)
2 41L5517 1 Operator Panel Cable (I/O board to I/P)
3 41L5518 1 Base SPCN Cable (I/O board to I/P)
4 03N3448 1 SCSI Cable (bulkhead to I/P)
5 41L5649 1 Operator Panel Cable (I/P to Op panel)
6 41L5652 1 Fan Cont. Card Cable (PDB to FCC)
7 41L5650 1 Base SPCN Cable (I/P to PDB)
8 11K0233 1 Internal SCSI Cable (signal and power)
9 34G0240 1 AC Power Cable (PS to PDB) to FCC
486 Service Guide
External Cables
FRU Part
Number
Units Per
Assy
Description
21H7375 1 JTAG cable 3-meter
44L0033 1 V/S COMM cable 3-meter
97H7328 1 V/S COMM cable 6-meter
44L0005 Up to 6 RIO cable 3-meter
97H7490 Up to 6 RIO cable 6-meter
04N7014 Up to 6 RIO cable 15-meter
09P1251 Up to 3 SPCN cable 3-meter
21F9469 Up to 3 SPCN cable 6-meter
21F9358 Up to 3 SPCN cable 15-meter
1614920 2 JTAG cable standoff (CEC and primary I/O drawer)
46G3537 2 RIO cable standoff (CEC drawer)
46G3537 2 RIO cable standoff (I/O drawer)
44H7478 1 V/S COMM cable standoff (I/O drawer)
46G3537 1 V/S COMM cable standoff (CEC)
62X0388 10 Primary I/O drawer:
parallel cable standoff
debug cable standoff
serial cable standoff
SPCN cable standoff
07L7411 1 External SCSI cable standoff (I/O drawer)
12J4098 1 8 foot cable, mouse
00P2401 2 Power cable
Keyboards and Mouse
Index Number FRU Part
Number
Units Per
Assy
Description
1 93H8120 1 Keyboard, 101 United States English (ID
103P)
93H8121 1 Keyboard, 102 Canada French (ID 058)
93H8122 1 Keyboard, 102 Canada French (ID 445)
93H8123 1 Keyboard, 102 Spanish (ID 171)
93H8124 1 Keyboard, 104 Brazil Portuguese (ID 275)
93H8125 1 Keyboard, 102 Arabic (ID 238)
93H8126 1 Keyboard, 102 Belgium French (ID 120)
93H8127 1 Keyboard, 102 Belgium (ID 120)
93H8128 1 Keyboard, 102 Bulgarian (ID 442)
93H8129 1 Keyboard, 102 Czech (ID 243)
93H8130 1 Keyboard, 102 Danish (ID 159)
93H8131 1 Keyboard, 102 Dutch (ID 143)
93H8132 1 Keyboard, 102 French (ID 189)
93H8133 1 Keyboard, 102 German (ID 129)
93H8134 1 Keyboard, 102 Greek (ID 319)
93H8135 1 Keyboard, 101 Hebrew (ID 212)
93H8136 1 Keyboard, 102 Hungarian (ID 208)
93H8137 1 Keyboard, 102 Iceland (ID 197)
93H8138 1 Keyboard, 102 Italy (ID 142)
93H8139 1 Keyboard, 102 Norwegian (ID 155)
93H8140 1 Keyboard, 102 Polish (ID 214)
93H8141 1 Keyboard, 102 Portuguese (ID 163)
93H8142 1 Keyboard, 102 Romainian (ID 446)
93H8143 1 Keyboard, 101 Russian (ID 443)
93H8144 1 Keyboard, 102 Serbian (ID 118)
93H8145 1 Keyboard, 102 Slovak (ID 245)
93H8146 1 Keyboard, 102 Spanish (ID 172)
93H8147 1 Keyboard, 102 Sweden/Finland (ID 153)
93H8148 1 Keyboard, 105 Swiss F/G (ID 150)
93H8149 1 Keyboard, 102 Turkish (ID 179)
93H8150 1 Keyboard, 102 Turkish (ID 440)
93H8151 1 Keyboard, 102 UK English (ID 166)
93H8152 1 Keyboard, 102 Latvia (ID 234)
93H8153 1 Keyboard, US English ISO9995 (ID 103P)
488 Service Guide
Number
Units Per
Assy
Description
93H8154 1 Keyboard, 106 Japan (ID 194)
93H8155 1 Keyboard, 101 Chinese/US (ID 467)
93H8156 1 Keyboard, 103 Korea (ID 413)
93H8157 1 Keyboard, 101 Thailand (ID 191)
2 76H5084 1 Three Button Mouse
Keyboards and Mouse (Black)
Number
Units Per
Assy
Description
1 07L9446 1 Keyboard, 101 United States English (ID
103P)
07L9447 1 Keyboard, 102 Canada French (ID 058)
07L9448 1 Keyboard, 102 Canada French (ID 445)
07L9449 1 Keyboard, 102 Spanish (ID 171)
07L9450 1 Keyboard, 104 Brazil Portuguese (ID 275)
07L9451 1 Keyboard, 102 Arabic (ID 238)
07L9452 1 Keyboard, 102 Belgium French (ID 120)
07L9453 1 Keyboard, 102 Belgium (ID 120)
07L9454 1 Keyboard, 102 Bulgarian (ID 442)
07L9455 1 Keyboard, 102 Czech (ID 243)
07L9456 1 Keyboard, 102 Danish (ID 159)
07L9457 1 Keyboard, 102 Dutch (ID 143)
07L9458 1 Keyboard, 102 French (ID 189)
07L9459 1 Keyboard, 102 German (ID 129)
07L9460 1 Keyboard, 102 Greek (ID 319)
07L9461 1 Keyboard, 101 Hebrew (ID 212)
07L9462 1 Keyboard, 102 Hungarian (ID 208)
07L9463 1 Keyboard, 102 Iceland (ID 197)
07L9464 1 Keyboard, 102 Italy (ID 142)
07L9465 1 Keyboard, 102 Norwegian (ID 155)
07L9466 1 Keyboard, 102 Polish (ID 214)
07L9467 1 Keyboard, 102 Portuguese (ID 163)
07L9468 1 Keyboard, 102 Romainian (ID 446)
07L9469 1 Keyboard, 101 Russian (ID 443)
07L9470 1 Keyboard, 102 Serbian (ID 118)
07L9471 1 Keyboard, 102 Slovak (ID 245)
07L9472 1 Keyboard, 102 Spanish (ID 172)
07L9473 1 Keyboard, 102 Sweden/Finland (ID 153)
07L9474 1 Keyboard, 105 Swiss F/G (ID 150)
07L9475 1 Keyboard, 102 Turkish (ID 179)
07L9476 1 Keyboard, 102 Turkish (ID 440)
07L9477 1 Keyboard, 102 UK English (ID 166)
07L9478 1 Keyboard, 102 Latvia (ID 234)
07L9479 1 Keyboard, US English ISO9995 (ID 103P)
490 Service Guide
Number
Units Per
Assy
Description
07L9480 1 Keyboard, 106 Japan (ID 194)
07L9481 1 Keyboard, 101 Chinese/US (ID 467)
07L9482 1 Keyboard, 103 Korea (ID 413)
07L9483 1 Keyboard, 101 Thailand (ID 191)
2 08L0362 1 Three Button Mouse (Black)
492 Service Guide
Appendix A. Environmental Notices
Product Recycling and Disposal
This unit contains materials such as circuit boards, cables, electromagnetic compatibility
gaskets and connectors which may contain lead and copper/beryllium alloys that require
special handling and disposal at end of life. Before this unit is disposed of, these
materials must be removed and recycled or discarded according to applicable
regulations. IBM offers product-return programs in several countries. For country
specific instructions refer to the following web site:
http://www.ibm.com/ibm/environment/products/prp.phtml
This product may contain a sealed lead acid, nickel cadmium, nickel metal
hydride, lithium, or lithium ion battery. Consult your user manual or service
manual for specific battery information. The battery must be recycled or disposed
of properly. Recycling facilities may not be available in your area. For information
on disposal of batteries, contact your local waste disposal facility.
In the United States, IBM has established a collection process for reuse, recycling, or
proper disposal of used IBM sealed lead acid, nickel cadmium, nickel metal hydride,
and other battery packs from IBM Equipment. For information on proper disposal of
these batteries, please contact IBM at 1-800-426-4333. Have the IBM part number
listed on the battery available prior to your call.
Environmental Design
The environmental efforts that have gone into the design of this system signify IBMs
commitment to improve the quality of its products and processes. Some of these
accomplishments include the elimination of the use of Class 1 ozone-depleting
chemicals in the manufacturing process and reductions in manufacturing wastes. For
more information, contact an IBM account representative.
Acoustical Noise Emissions
The equivalent continuous A-weighted sound pressure level at workstations (emission
sound pressure level at the 1-meter bystander positions) does not exceed 70 dB(A).
493
Declared Acoustical Noise Emissions
With H80 CEC Drawer only
L
WAd
5.8 bels 5.8 bels
L
pAm
N/A N/A
<L
pA
>
m
45 dBA 45 dBA
tones
No No
With H80 and Primary I/O
Drawer
L
WAd
6.2 bels 6.2 bels
L
pAm
N/A N/A
<L
pA
>
m
48 dBA 48 dBA
tones
No No
Noise Emissions
1
Operating Idle
L
WAd
5.8 bels 5.8 bels
L
pAm
N/A N/A
<L
pA
>
m
45 dBA 45 dBA
tones
No No
1. Noise emissions data are based on the following configuration: the drawer is mounted in a
T00 Rack and a power distribution unit.
Noise Emission Notes
1. L
WAd
is the declared (upper limit) sound power emission level for a production
series of machines.
2. L
pAm
is the mean value of the A-weighted sound pressure emission levels at the
operator position (if any) for a production series of machines.
3. <L
pA
>
m
is the mean value of the space-averaged A-weighted sound pressure
emission levels at the one-meter positions for a production series of machines.
4. N/A = Not Applicable (no operator position).
5. All measurements are made in accordance with ISO DIS 779 and reported in
conformance with ISO DIS 7574/4.
494 Service Guide
Appendix B. Notices
This information was developed for products and services offered in the U.S.A.
The manufacturer may not offer the products, services, or features discussed in this
document in other countries. Consult the manufacturers representative for information
on the products and services currently available in your area. Any reference to the
manufacturers product, program, or service is not intended to state or imply that only
that product, program, or service may be used. Any functionally equivalent product,
program, or service that does not infringe any intellectual property right of the
manufacturer may be used instead. However, it is the users responsibility to evaluate
and verify the operation of any product, program, or service.
The manufacturer may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject
matter described in this document. The furnishing of this document does not give you
any license to these patents. You can send license inquiries, in writing, to the
manufacturer.
The following paragraph does not apply to the United Kingdom or any country
where such provisions are inconsistent with local law: THIS MANUAL IS
PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE. Some states do not allow disclaimer of express or implied warranties in
certain transactions; therefore, this statement may not apply to you.
This information could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors. Changes
are periodically made to the information herein; these changes will be incorporated in
new editions of the publication. The manufacturer may make improvements and/or
changes in the product(s) and/or the program(s) described in this publication at any
time without notice.
Information concerning products made by other than the manufacturer was obtained
from the suppliers of those products, their published announcements, or other publicly
available sources. The manufacturer has not tested those products and cannot confirm
the accuracy of performance, compatibility or any other claims related to products made
by other than the manufacturer. Questions on the capabilities of products made by other
than the manufacturer should be addressed to the suppliers of those products.
495
496 Service Guide
Appendix C. Service Processor Setup and Test
For your convenience, an example of a basic service processor setup checklist is
included here. Your setup may include more or fewer of the available features, so you
can adjust this checklist for your own application so that it is helpful to you.
Service Processor Setup Checklist
1. Unplug the power cord from the server.
2. Attach a local terminal for this setup procedure.
3. Plug in the system and power on the local terminal.
Attention: Make sure that system power remains off.
4. Start the service processor menus. See Chapter 7, Using the Service Processor
on page 369.
5. Set the system name. See Privileged User Menus on page 372.
6. Enable surveillance. See Service Processor Functions on page 397.
7. Configure Call-In/Call-Out. See Call-In/Call-Out Setup Menu on page 391.
8. Exit the service processor menus.
9. Unplug the power cord from the system.
10. Attach modems (if needed). See Accessing the Service Processor Menus
Remotely on page 370.
11. Plug in the system.
Attention: Make sure that the system power remains off.
12. Test both of the following:
v Call-In, see Testing Call-In on page 498
v Call-Out, see Testing Call-Out on page 498
13. Use the Save or Restore Hardware Management Policies, in the Introduction to
Tasks and Service Aids section of the RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries Diagnostics
Information for Multiple Bus Systems to back up the service processor settings.
Note: This step is strongly recommended to protect the usefulness of the service
processor and the availability of the server.
Your service processor is now ready for use.
497
Testing the Setup
This section contains sample testing procedures to help ensure that your setup is
working.
These tests include communicating with the server operating system. Before you start,
ensure that the necessary serial port(s) is configured. If you need assistance, refer to
Serial Port Configuration on page 499.
The server should be powered off as a result of the Service Processor Setup
Checklist on page 497.
Testing Call-In
1. At your remote terminal, call in to your server. Your server answers and offers you
the Service Processor Main Menu after requesting your privileged access password.
2. Select System Power Control.
3. Select Power-On System.
When you are asked if you wish to continue powering on the system, type Y.
4. After the system firmware and operating system have initialized the server, the login
prompt displays at your remote terminal if you set up Seamless Modem Transfer
(refer to Transfer of a Modem Session on page 507 for more information). This
may take several minutes. When the login prompt displays, you have successfully
called the service processor.
5. Type logout to disconnect from the operating system. The message No Carrier
displays on your remote terminal.
6. Call your server again. The operating system answers and offers you the login
prompt. If these tests are successful, call-in is working.
7. Log in and type shutdown to shut down your server.
8. The message No Carrier displays on your remote terminal.
Testing Call-Out
During the setup, you entered your phone numbers for the pager (on page 394) and
customer voice (on page 394). These numbers are used for this test.
1. Your remote terminal is disconnected as a result of the Call-In test.
2. Call your server again.
3. At the service processor main menu, select Call-In/Call-Out Setup menu, then
select Call-Out test. This action causes a simulated error condition for the purposes
of this test.
4. After a few moments, a message displays, regarding an illegal entry. Press Enter to
clear the message and return to the main menu.
5. When your telephone rings, answer the call. You should hear the sound of a
telephone being dialed. Your computer is trying to page you.
If this test is successful, call-out is working correctly.
498 Service Guide
Return to the Telephone Number Setup Menu on page 394 to enter the actual
telephone numbers your server will use for reporting problems.
Serial Port Configuration
To configure the serial port on an AIX system, run the following from an AIX console:
2. To determine if you have any serial ports already configured, type:
lsdev -Cc tty
If no serial ports are configured, none are listed. If you want to configure serial
ports that are not listed, continue with the remaining steps.
3. Identify the serial port(s) with the modem(s).
4. Type smit tty
5. Select add tty
6. Select RS232
7. Select Baud rate 9600 or higher.
8. Select login enable and set the flow control to RTS.
9. Commit the selections and set up any other needed serial ports.
10. Exit SMIT.
Appendix C. Service Processor Setup and Test 499
500 Service Guide
Appendix D. Modem Configurations
The service processor is designed to place little demand on an attached modem,
thereby increasing the setup and connection success rates.
Sample Modem Configuration Files
This appendix contains information about several sample modem configuration files that
either work directly with your modem or provide a good starting point for a custom
setup.
The sample modem configuration files are located in your service processor firmware in
the /usr/share/modems subdirectory (if your system / server is running AIX) with the
following names. A listing of each specific file is included in this appendix.
Generic Modem Configuration Files
AIX File Name Service Processor Firmware File Name
modem_z.cfg modem_z_sp
modem_z0.cfg modem_z0_sp
modem_f.cfg modem_f_sp
modem_f0.cfg modem_f0_sp
modem_f1.cfg modem_f1_sp
Specific Modem Configuration Files
AIX File Name Service Processor Firmware File Name
modem_m0.cfg modem_m0_sp
modem_m1.cfg modem_m1_sp
Use the following selection procedures and your modem manual to determine which of
the configuration files is suitable for your use.
501
Configuration File Selection
Use the following steps to select a configuration file:
1. Is your modem an IBM 7852-400?
If Yes, use modem configuration file modem_m0.cfg and go to step 7 on page 503.
Note: The IBM 7852-400 modem has DIP switches on the right side of the unit.
See IBM 7852-400 DIP Switch Settings on page 505 for the correct switch
settings.
If No, continue with step 2.
2. Is your modem an IBM 7857-017?
If Yes, use modem configuration file modem_m1.cfg and go to step 7 on page 503.
Note: The IBM 7857-017 modem has two telephone line connections on the back
of the unit. One is marked LL (for Leased Line), and the other is marked
PTSN (for Public Telephone Switched Network). The service processor
expects to use the modem on the public network, so the telephone line
should attach to the PTSN connector.
3. Does your modem respond to the extended command set (prefixed with &)?
If Yes, go to step 5.
4. Does your modem respond to:
v ATZ reset command
or
v ATZn reset commands, where n can be 0, 1, and so on?
If ATZ, configuration file modem_z.cfg is recommended.
If ATZn, configuration file modem_z0.cfg is recommended.
Go to step 7 on page 503.
5. Does your modem command set include a test for V.42 error correction at the
remote modem (often called Auto-Reliable Mode)?
If Yes, disable this test. You can use sample configuration files
/usr/share/modem_m0.cfg or /usr/share/modem_m1.cfg as models to help you
create a file for your particular modem. See Customizing the Modem Configuration
Files on page 504 for more information. Go to step 7 on page 503.
If No, go to step 6.
6. Does your modem respond to:
v AT&F reset command
or
v AT&Fn reset commands, where n can be 0, 1, and so on?
502 Service Guide
If AT&F, configuration file modem_f.cfg is recommended.
If AT&Fn, configuration file modem_f0.cfg or modem_f1.cfg is recommended,
depending on which provides the hardware flow control profile.
7. You have completed selection of the configuration file.
If your modem configuration selection is not available in the Service Processor
Modem Configuration Menu, you must access it through the Configure Remote
Maintenance Policy Service Aid.
If you find it necessary to adjust any of these configuration files, use the manual
provided with your modem to accomplish that task. It is recommended you select
settings that enable hardware flow control and respond to DTR.
Note: Some older modems do not respond to the X0 or &R1 commands. Edit out
these commands from the modem configuration file if yours is such a
modem. See your modem manual for more information.
Some modems, such as the IBM 7857-017, are not designed for the paging function.
Although they can be used for paging, they return an error message when they do not
get the expected response from another modem. Therefore, even though the paging
was successful, the error message causes the service processor to retry, continuing to
place pager calls for the number of retries specified in the Call-Out Policy Setup Menu.
These retries result in redundant pages.
Examples for Using the Generic Sample Modem Configuration Files
The following table contains information to help you determine which modem
configuration file to use with various modems.
Modem Setup Z Setup Z0
(Rare)
Setup F Setup F0 Setup F1
AT&T DataPort 2001
(Ring interrupt only on
first ring)
X
Bocamodem 1440E X
Hayes Smart Modem
300
X
IBM 5841 X
IBM 5843 X
IBM 7851 X
IBM 7852-10 X
IBM 7855 X
USRobotics
36.6K Sportster
X
Zoom V.32 X
Appendix D. Modem Configurations 503
Customizing the Modem Configuration Files
You can create your own modem configuration files or modify the samples provided.
After you customize your modem configuration files, you must access them through the
Configure Remote Maintenance Policy Service Aid rather than from the service
processor menus.
Note: If you have already set up your serial ports, line speeds, authorizations, and
telephone numbers from the service processor menus, use the service aid to
specify your customized modem configuration files.
If you have not already set up your serial ports, line speeds, authorizations, and
telephone numbers from the service processor menus, use the service aids to
set them while you specify your customized modem configuration files.
To disable Auto-Reliable Mode testing of the remote modem, use the sample modem
configuration file /usr/share/modems/modem_f.cfg as a model that you can modify, as
follows:
1. Find the necessary command in your modem manual.
2. Copy the /usr/share/modems/modem_f.cfg file to a new file with a different name
(for example, modem_fx.cfg).
3. In the new file (modem_fx.cfg), change the line Send "ATE0T\r" to Send
"ATcccE0T\r" where ccc is the added command as specified in your modem
manual, as follows:
Change the third line of each of the following stanzas:
v condout
v condin
v ripo
4. Save the changes.
504 Service Guide
IBM 7852-400 DIP Switch Settings
If you are using a 7852-400 modem to enable service processor communications, for
proper operation, the dual inline package (DIP) switches must be set according to the
following table:
Switch Position Function
1 Up Force DTR
2 Up Flow Control &E4
3 Down Result Codes Enabled
4 Down Modem Emulation Disabled
5 Up Auto Answer Enabled
6 Up Maximum Throughput Enabled
7 Up RTS Normal Functions
8 Down Enable Command Mode
9 Down Remote Digital Loopback Test Enabled
10 Up Dial-Up Line Enabled
11 *Up AT Responses Enabled (Extended Responses Disabled)
12 *Down Asynchronous Operation
13 Up 28.8KB Line Speed
14 Up
15 Up CD and DSR Normal Functions
16 Up 2-Wire Leased Line Enabled
* Only switches 11 and 12 are changed from the factory default settings.
Xon/Xoff Modems
Some early modems assume software flow control (Xon/Xoff) between the computer
and the modem. Modems with this design send extra characters during and after the
transmitted data. The service processor cannot accept these extra characters. If your
configuration includes such a modem, your functional results may be unpredictable.
The sample modem configuration files included in this appendix do not support these
modems, so custom configuration files are necessary. Anchor Automation 2400E is an
example of such a modem.
If you experience unexplainable performance problems that may be due to Xon/Xoff
characters, it is recommended that you upgrade your modem.
Ring Detection
Most modems produce an interrupt request each time they detect a ring signal. Some
modems generate an interrupt only on the first ring signal that they receive. AT&T
DataPort 2001 is an example of such a modem.
The service processor uses the ring interrupt request to count the number of rings when
Ring Indicate Power-On (RIPO) is enabled. If your modem produces an interrupt on
only the first ring, set Ring Indicate Power-On to start on the first ring. Otherwise, you
can choose to start Ring Indicate Power-On on any ring count.
Terminal Emulators
The service processor is compatible with simple ASCII terminals, and therefore
compatible with most emulators. When a remote session is handed off from the service
processor to the operating system, agreement between terminal emulators becomes
important.
The servers operating system will have some built-in terminal emulators. You may also
have a commercially available terminal emulation. It is important that the local and host
computers select the same or compatible terminal emulators so that the key
assignments and responses match, ensuring successful communications and control.
For best formatting, choose line wrap in your terminal emulator setup.
Recovery Procedures
Situations such as line noises and power surges can sometimes cause your modem to
enter an undefined state. When it is being used for dial-in, dial-out or ring indicate
power-on, your modem is initialized each time one of these actions is expected. If one
of these environmental conditions occur after your modem has been initialized, it might
be necessary to recover your modem to a known state.
If your modem communicates correctly with remote users, it is probably in control. It
may be wise to occasionally change some of the functional settings and then change
them back, just for the sense of security that the modem is communicating, and to
ensure it has been initialized recently.
If your system is particularly difficult to access physically, another strategy is to protect it
with an Uninterruptible Power Source (UPS) and a phone-line surge protector.
In case recovery becomes necessary, shut down your system using established
procedures. Disconnect the power cable and press the power button to drain
capacitance while power is disconnected. Disconnect and reconnect modem power, and
then reconnect system power to completely reinitialize your system.
506 Service Guide
Transfer of a Modem Session
Because many modem command variations exist, the sample modem configuration files
located at the end of this appendix have been written to capture the largest number of
workable modem settings.
The modem command &Dn (where n is a number) generally sets the modem response
to the Data Terminal Ready (DTR) signal from the servers serial port. The desired
response is that the modem will hold a connection while DTR is enabled, and drop the
connection when DTR is released. Using this mechanism, the server hangs up on a
connection under normal conditions.
Consult your modem manual for its specific response scheme for the &Dn command.
Two strategies are available for dealing with the modems response to DTR:
v Recovery
v Prevention
Before you use one of these strategies, determine if your servers modem is set up
correctly to respond to DTR.
With the remote terminal connected to serial port 1 and defined as the Primary Console
Device, there are two tests you can perform:
1. Will the modem drop the connection after the System initialization complete
message displays at the remote terminal?
If Yes, the modem is set up correctly.
If No, try another &Dn setting for your servers modem. See your modem manual
for this information. The &Dn command appears in three places each in three of the
sample modem configuration files, as follows:
2. Will the servers modem disconnect when the power drops? You can make this
observation at the remote terminal by commanding your server to shut down and
power off. (Use the AIX command shutdown -F.) Watch for the message NO
CARRIER on your remote terminal.
If Yes, this is the correct response. The modem is set up correctly.
If No, try another &Dn setting for your servers modem. See your model manual for
this information. The &Dn command appears in three places each in three of the
sample modem configuration files. Only the following sample modem configuration
files contain the &Dn command (in three places each):
v modem_f.cfg
v modem_f0.cfg
v modem_f1.cfg
If you are using modem_z.cfg or modem_z0.cfg, you cannot control DTR response.
If your remote terminal does not disconnect after logging off, you must command
the remote terminal emulator to hang up. This then breaks the connection.
Recovery Strategy
The recovery strategy consists of making two calls to establish a remote session. This
solution is the easiest to implement and allows more freedom for configuring your
servers serial ports.
To set up a remote terminal session, dial into the service processor and start the
system. After the operating system is loaded and initialized, the connection will be
dropped. At this point, call the server back and the operating system will answer and
offer you the login prompt.
Prevention Strategy
The disconnect is caused by the operating system when it initializes the Primary
Console. The tests listed in Transfer of a Modem Session on page 507 are conducted
with the remote terminal selected as the primary console to manifest the modems
response to DTR transitions.
v If a local ASCII terminal or a graphics console is to be a permanent part of your
server, then make one of them the primary console. Your remote terminal will no
longer experience the connection loss.
v If a local console is not a permanent part of your server, you can still assign either
the unused graphics console or the unused serial port as the primary console. This
gives you the desired seamless connection at your remote terminal.
v If you choose to use the unused serial port as the primary console, some initialization
traffic will be sent to any serial device attached to that port. As a result, that serial
devices connection and function could be affected. These impacts may make that
port unattractive for devices other than a temporary local ASCII terminal.
508 Service Guide
Modem Configuration Sample Files
Sample File modem_m0.cfg
#
# COMPONENT_NAME: (ESPSETUP) ENTRY SERVICE PROCESSOR SETUP: modem_m0
#
# FUNCTIONS: Modem configuration file specifically for IBM 7852-400
# modem with Auto-Reliable feature. This feature must be turned off
# for Catcher calls. This example uses the AT&F reset command to
# choose the factory defaults.
#
# (C) COPYRIGHT International Business Machines Corp. 1996
# All Rights Reserved
# Licensed Materials - Property of IBM
#
# US Government Users Restricted Rights - Use, duplication or
# disclosure restricted by GSA ADP Schedule Contract with IBM Corp.
#
#
# The modem has configuration switches. They should be set to the
# factory default settings, except switches 11 and 12. These must be
# to UP ("AT" responses) and DOWN (Asynchronous operation), respectively.
ICDelay 1
DefaultTO 10
CallDelay 120
#
# %N Call-Out phone number %R Return phone number
#
#
# PROGRAMMING NOTE: No blanks between double quote marks (").
condout: send "AT&F&E2E0T\r" # Reset to factory defaults
# Reliable mode
# Echo off
ignore "0\r" or "OK\r\n" timeout 2 # Ignore modem response.
send "AT&E12&E14\r" # Disable pacing
# Disable data compression
expect "0\r" or "OK\r\n" timeout 2 # Confirm commands successful.
send "AT&SF1&S0S9=1\r" # DSR independent of CD
# Force DSR on.
# CD respond time=100ms
send "ATV0S0=0\r" # Numeric response code
# Auto-Answer off
done
connect: send "ATDT%N\r" # Tone dialing command.
# %N from Call Home setup.
# Expect a connection response.
expect "33\r" or "31\r" or "28\r" or "26\r" or "24\r" or "21\r" or
"19\r" or "13\r" or "12\r" or "1\r" busy "7\r"
timeout 60
done
retry: send "A/" # Repeat the previous command.
timeout 60
done
disconnect:
delay 2 # Separate from previous data.
send "+++" # Assure command mode.
delay 2 # Allow mode switching delay.
send "ATH0T\r" # Set modem switch-hook down
# (i.e., hang up).
ignore "0\r" or "OK\r" timeout 2 # Ignore modem response.
send "ATE0Q1\r" # Initialize modem: Echo OFF,
# Disable responses.
ignore "0\r" timeout 1
done
condin: send "AT&F&E2E0T\r" # Reset to factory defaults.
# Reliable mode
# Echo off
expect "0\r" or "OK\r\n" timeout 2 # Confirm commands successful
send "AT&SF1&S0S9=1\r" # DSR independent of CD.
# Force DSR on.
send "ATV0S0=2\r" # Numberic response code
# Answer on 2nd ring
expect "0\r" timeout 2 # Confirm commands successful.
done
waitcall: ignore "2\r" timeout 1 # Ignore first ring.
expect "2\r" timeout 10 # Pickup 2nd ring or timeout
timeout 60
done
page: send "ATDT%N,,,,%R;\r" # %N = pager call center number
# Add enough commas to wait for
# time to enter paging number.
# %R = paging number
expect "0\r" timeout 60 # Confirm successful command.
delay 2 # Wait before hanging up.
send "ATH0\r" # Hang up.
done
ripo: send "AT&F&E2E0T\r" # Reset to factory defaults.
# Reliable mode
# Echo off
expect "0\r" or "OK\r\n" timeout 2 # Confirm successful command.
send "AT&SF1&S0S9=1\r" # DSR independent of CD.
# Force DSR on.
send "ATV0S0=0\r" # Numeric response code
# Auto Answer OFF
done #
error: # Handle unexpected modem
# responses.
expect "8\r" or "7\r" or "6\r" or "4\r" or "3\r"
delay 2
done
510 Service Guide
Sample File modem_m1.cfg
#
# COMPONENT_NAME: (ESPSETUP) ENTRY SERVICE PROCESSOR SETUP modem_m1
#
# FUNCTIONS: Modem configuration file specifically for IBM 7857-017 modem with
# Auto-Reliable feature. This feature must be turned off for Catcher calls.
# This example uses the AT&F reset command to choose the factory defaults.
#
# To allow dial commands for digital pagers, it is necessary to reduce
# the number of characters in the dial command. Each comma (delay) has
# been set to 6 seconds (S8=6) for that reason.
#
#
#
#
ICDelay 1
DefaultTO 10
CallDelay 120
#
# %N Call-Out phone number %R Return phone number
#
#
condout: send "AT&F*E0E0\r" # Reset to factory defaults.
# *E0=data compression disabled
# E0=echo disabled
send "AT#F0*Q2S8=6\r" # Trellis modulation disabled
# Retrain with adaptive rate
# Set ,=6second
send "ATV0X0S0=0\r" # Numeric response code
# AT compatible messages
# Auto-Answer disabled
done
expect "1\r" busy "7\r" timeout 60 # Expect a connection response.
done
expect "1\r" busy "7\r" timeout 60 # Expect a connection response.
done
disconnect:
send "ATH0\r" # Set modem switch-hook down
# (i.e., hang up).
done
condin: send "AT&F*E0E0\r" # Reset to factory defaults.
# E0=echo disabled
send "AT#F0*Q2\r" # Trellis modulation disabled
# Answer on 2nd ring
done
expect "2\r" timeout 10 # Pick up second ring
# or timeout.
expect "1\r" timeout 60
done
page: send "ATD%N,%R\r" # %N = pager call center number
# commas=6sec wait time to
# enter paging number.
# %R = return number
expect "0\r" or "3\r" timeout 30 # Confirm successful command.
send "ATH0\r" # Hang up.
done
ripo: send "AT&F*E0E0\r" # Reset to factory defaults.
# E0=echo disabled
send "AT#F0*Q2\r" # Trellis modulation disabled
expect "0\r" or "OK\r\n" timeout 2 # Confirm successful command.
# Auto-Answer disabled
done #
# responses.
expect "8\r" or "7\r" or "4\r" or "3\r"
delay 2
done
512 Service Guide
Sample File modem_z.cfg
#
# COMPONENT_NAME: (ESPSETUP) ENTRY SERVICE PROCESSOR SETUP Z
#
# FUNCTIONS: Modem configuration file for many early Hayes* compatible modems.
# This example uses the ATZ reset command to choose the factory defaults.
# This setup will work for many modems, but it is required for early vintage
# modems which respond to neither the ATZ0 reset command nor the extended (&)
# commands. Refer to your modem manual.
#
# * Trademark of Hayes Microcomputer Products, Inc.
#
#
#
#
# If the modem has configuration switches, they should be set to the
# factory default settings.
ICDelay 1
DefaultTO 10
CallDelay 120
# AT Attention Code , Inserts delay in dialing commands
# Z Reset to factory defaults Q0 Turn on responses
# E0 Turn echo off Q1 Turn off responses
# V0 Use numeric responses S0=0 Automatic answer inhibit
# +++ Escape to command mode S0=2 Answer on second ring
# H0 Hang-up T = Tone mode. When used as T\r, it is a
# no op to maintain program synchronization
# when modem may/will echo the commands.
#
# %N Call-Out phone number %P Paging phone number
# %S Modem speed (available to users)
#
# Following are common responses from a wide range of modems:
# 16, 15, 12, 10, 5 and 1 are connection responses. Add others as required.
# 7=busy; 6=no dial tone; 4=error; 3=no carrier; 2=ring; 0=OK
#
condout: send "ATZQ0T\r" # Reset to factory defaults.
send "ATE0T\r" # Initialize modem: Echo OFF,
expect "0\r" or "OK\r\n" timeout 2 # Enable responses (Numeric),
send "ATQ0V0T\r" # Limit response codes.
send "ATS0=0\r" # Set AutoAnswer OFF
expect "0\r" timeout 2 # Confirm command successful.
done
expect "16\r" or "15\r" or "14\r" or "12\r" or "10\r" or "5\r" or "1\r" busy "7\r"
timeout 60
done
timeout 60
done
disconnect:
# (i.e., hang up).
done
condin: send "ATZQ0T\r" # Reset to factory defaults.
send "ATS0=2\r" # Set AutoAnswer ON
done
# or timeout.
expect "16\r" or "15\r" or "14\r" or "12\r" or "10\r" or "5\r" or "1\r"
timeout 60
done
# Confirm successful command.
send "ATH0T\r" # Hang up.
done
ripo: send "ATZQ0T\r" # Reset to factory defaults.
done # RI Power On enabled.
# responses.
delay 2
done
514 Service Guide
Sample File modem_z0.cfg
#
# COMPONENT_NAME: (ESPSETUP) ENTRY SERVICE PROCESSOR SETUP Z0
#
# FUNCTIONS: Modem configuration file for some early Hayes* compatible modems.
# This example uses the ATZ0 reset command to choose the factory defaults.
# This setup is recommended for modems that will respond to the ATZ0 command
# and which do not respond to the extended (&) commands. Refer to your modem
# manual.
#
#
#
#
#
ICDelay 1
DefaultTO 10
CallDelay 120
# Z0 Reset. Restore Profile 0 Q0 Turn on responses
# H0 Hang-up X0=0 Limit modem response codes
# T = Tone mode. When used as T\r, it is a
#
#
#
condout: send "ATZ0Q0T\r" # Reset modem. Select profile 0
send "ATQ0V0X0T\r" # Limit response codes.
done
timeout 60
done
timeout 60
done
disconnect:
# (i.e., hang up).
done
condin: send "ATZ0Q0T\r" # Reset modem. Select profile 0
done
# or timeout.
timeout 60
done
done
ripo: send "ATZ0Q0T\r" # Reset modem. Select profile 0
# responses.
delay 2
done
516 Service Guide
Sample File modem_f.cfg
#
# COMPONENT_NAME: (ESPSETUP) ENTRY SERVICE PROCESSOR SETUP F
#
# FUNCTIONS: Modem configuration file for many recent Hayes* compatible modems.
# This example uses the AT&F reset command to choose the factory defaults.
# This set up is preferred for modems with extended (&) commands. For early
# vintage modems, setup Z or Z0 is recommended. If your modem responds to
# the extended (&) commands and to factory default choices (&Fn), setup file
# F0 or F1 is recommended.
#
#
#
#
#
ICDelay 1
DefaultTO 10
CallDelay 120
# &F Reset to default profile Q0 Turn on responses
#
# &C1 Detect CD &D2 Respond to DTR (often the default)
#
#
#
condout: send "AT&FQ0T\r" # Reset to factory defaults.
send "AT&C1&D2\r" # Detect carrier and DTR.
done
timeout 60
done
timeout 60
done
disconnect:
# (i.e., hang up).
done
condin: send "AT&FQ0T\r" # Reset to factory defaults.
done
# or timeout.
timeout 60
done
done
ripo: send "AT&FQ0T\r" # Reset to factory defaults.
518 Service Guide
# responses.
delay 2
done
Sample File modem_f0.cfg
#
# COMPONENT_NAME: (ESPSETUP) ENTRY SERVICE PROCESSOR SETUP F0
#
# This example uses the AT&F0 reset command to choose the factory defaults.
# This set up is preferred for modems with extended (&) commands. For early
# vintage modems, setup Z or Z0 is recommended. If your modem responds to
# the extended (&) commands and to factory default choices (&Fn), but doesnt
# work properly with this setup file, setup F1 is recommended.
#
#
#
#
#
ICDelay 1
DefaultTO 10
CallDelay 120
# &F0 Reset. Restore profile 0 Q0 Turn on responses
#
# &R1 Ignore RTS (CTS)
#
#
#
condout: send "AT&F0Q0T\r" # Reset modem. Select profile 0
send "AT&C1&D2&R1\r" # Detect carrier and DTR,
# Ignore RTS.
done
timeout 60
done
timeout 60
done
disconnect:
# (i.e., hang up).
done
condin: send "AT&F0Q0T\r" # Reset modem. Select profile 0
# Ignore RTS.
done
# or timeout.
timeout 60
done
done
ripo: send "AT&F0Q0T\r" # Reset modem. Select profile 0
520 Service Guide
# Ignore RTS.
# responses.
delay 2
done
Sample File modem_f1.cfg
#
# COMPONENT_NAME: (ESPSETUP) ENTRY SERVICE PROCESSOR SETUP F1
#
# This example uses the AT&F1 reset command to choose the factory defaults.
# This set up is for modems with extended (&) commands and which do not work
# properly with setup F0. For early vintage modems, setup Z or Z0 is
# recommended.
#
#
#
#
#
ICDelay 1
DefaultTO 10
CallDelay 120
# &F1 Reset. Restore profile 1 Q0 Turn on responses
#
# &R1 Ignore RTS (CTS)
#
#
#
condout: send "AT&F1Q0T\r" # Reset modem. Select profile 1
# Ignore RTS.
done
timeout 60
done
timeout 60
done
disconnect:
# (i.e., hang up).
done
condin: send "AT&F1Q0T\r" # Reset modem. Select profile 1
# Ignore RTS.
done
# or timeout.
timeout 60
done
done
522 Service Guide
ripo: send "AT&F1Q0T\r" # Reset modem. Select profile 1
# Ignore RTS.
# responses.
delay 2
done
524 Service Guide
Appendix E. Rack Drawer Rail Instructions
This appendix provides information for installing rails into your rack or system.
Read the safety information in Safety Notices on page xi before using these
procedures.
Front Drawer-Stop Installation
Install a drawer stop (2), part number 11K0358, on each side at the front of the rack to
prevent the drawer from sliding out the front. Use six screws (1), part number 73H2932,
and four nut clips (3), part number 74F1823, to attach the drawer stops.
Note: To put the drawer in the front-service position, the drawer stops have to be
removed temporarily.
1
2
3
2
525
Drawer Rail Assembly and Installation
The drawer rails require assembly before you put them in your rack.
Use two screws, part number 00G1268, to attach an anti-tip guide (2), part number
09P0327, to each rail. The left rail (1) is part number 03N3845 and the right rail (5) is
part number 03N3847.
Rails for an S00 Type Rack
Use one screw, part number 00G1268, to attach a Model S00 type cable guide (4), part
number 11K0826, to the right rail. The model S00 type rack does not have enough
room on the left side of the rack for a cable guide. Install a guide only on the right rails.
Rails for a T00 Type Rack
Use one screw, part number 00G1268, to attach a Model T00 type cable guide (3), part
number 00P2402, to each rail. The model T00 type rack has room for guides on both
the left and the right rails.
Rail Installation
As you install the right rail into the rack, install the drawer latch reset bracket, part
number 11K0851, above the right rail. Refer to the Installation Guide for your system
drawers to install the rails in your rack.
1
2
3
4
5
3
2
526 Service Guide
Cable Routing
Use the following descriptions to route and secure the cables in the rack drawer.
I/O Drawer Cables: If present, connect the RIO drawer cables to the I/O drawer and
secure them with the RIO cable retainer (3), part number 11K0584. Use two screws (2),
part number 00G1268.
To hold the cables, use the cable hanging brackets (1), part number 11K1013, as
needed.
Route the cables over the cable guides, and secure the cables with Velcro strips, part
number 07H6855 or 51H9502.
1
2
3
Appendix E. Rack Drawer Rail Instructions 527
CEC Drawer Cables: Arrange the CEC drawer cables in the CEC drawer cable bracket
(3), part number 11K0249, and fasten the bracket to the back of the CEC drawer.
(Fasteners (1) push in to lock and pull out to unlock.)
Route the cables over the cable guides, and secure the cables with Velcro strips (2),
part number 07H6855 or 51H9502.
1
2
3
528 Service Guide
Securing Drawer Cables: Route the cables over the cable guides (2) and secure the
cables with Velcro strips (1), part number 07H6855 or 51H9502. Leave a loop large
enough so that the drawer can be pulled out the back.
1
2
Appendix E. Rack Drawer Rail Instructions 529
530 Service Guide
Index
A
about this book xvii
acoustical
noise
emissions 493
AIX location codes 34, 36
AIX operating system documentation 384, 422
B
battery
disposal, recycling 493
battery removal 469
bay locations 25
boot list 368
boot mode menu 381
boot problems 159
C
cables
JTAG 48
RIO 49
SPCN 49, 52
V/S COMM 48
cabling 48
call-in
testing 498
call-in/call-out setup menu 391
call-out
testing 498
call-out (call-home) 406
call-out policy setup menu 395
CD-ROM drive removal 462
CEC drawer
backplane 445
cable diagram 54
fans 444
power distribution board 451
checkpoints 137
description 70
firmware 147
service processor 140
clearances, service 65
code, error 163
common firmware error codes 354
configuration, rack 65
configure, processor/memory 404
connecting cables 48
connecting the CEC drawer and I/O drawers 48
console mirroring 408
console strategy 5
customer account setup menu 396
D
data flow 4
dc power cable routings 57
dc power cables 57
deconfigure, processor/memory 404
description, ipl flow 137
diagnostics
online 367
overview 69
standalone 367
diskette drive removal 464
E
electronic service agent 72
emissions
noise 493
entering open firmware 7
entry MAP 69, 75
error code to FRU index 163
error codes
common firmware 354
firmware 190
operator panel 168
problem determination generated 364
SPCN 169
system firmware 354
error logs 409
external cables 487
F
fan controller card removal 461
firmware 402
checkpoints 147
error codes 190
level 402
update 402
firmware updates
system 401
flow, data 4
flow, IPL 137
front service position 468
FRU
hot-pluggable 430
index 163
isolation 71
G
general user menu 371
531
H
handling static-sensitive devices 428
hot-pluggable FRUs 430
hot-pluggable PCI adapter installation overview 438
I
I/O drawer backplane assembly 447
I/O drawer features 27
I/O drawer power distribution board 452
index, error code to FRU 163
indicators, POST 6
information, reference 1
installing cables 48
internal disk drives removal 458
IPL
flow 137
phases 137
isolation, FRU 71
J
JTAG, cable connection 48
K
keyboards 488, 490
keys
numeric 1 key 7
numeric 5 7
numeric 6 7
numeric 8 key 7
L
language selection menu 390
language, select 425
laser compliance statement xiii, 462
laser safety information xiii
LCD progress indicator log 410
LED status 23, 24
loading the system diagnostics 367
location codes 36
AIX 34
format 32
physical 32
locations 9, 14
AIX 36
location code reference tables 36
physical 36
M
maintenance analysis procedures 69
maintenance analysis procedures (MAPs) 75, 76
minimum configuration MAP 113
power MAP 89
problem determination MAP 84
quick entry MAP 76
memory configuration/deconfiguration menu 384, 385
memory riser card and memory DIMM locations 21
memory riser cards and memory modules 441
memory, description 26
messages, SP checkpoints 140
minimum configuration MAP 69, 113
Model H80 and Models 6H0 and 6H1 system unit
locations 8
modem
configuration file selection 502
configurations 501
transfer 507
modem_f.cfg, sample file 517
modem_f0.cfg, sample file 519
modem_f1.cfg, sample file 521
modem_m0.cfg, sample file 509
modem_m1.cfg, sample file 511
modem_z.cfg, sample file 513
modem_z0.cfg, sample file 515
N
noise
emissions 493
noise emission 64, 494
O
one-way processor card memory DIMM locations 22
online diagnostics 367
online publications xvii
open firmware, entering 7
operating system documentation, AIX 384, 422
operator panel error codes 168
operator panel removal 465
overview
diagnostics 69
hot-pluggable PCI adapter 438
P
parts 471
CEC drawer 472, 475
CEC drawer internal cables 481
external cables 487
I/O drawer 477, 479
keyboard 488, 490
primary I/O drawer internal cables 483
secondary I/O drawer internal cables 485
PCI
adapter removal 431
board locations 19
slot LED definitions 430
phases, ipl 137
physical location codes 32, 36
POST indicators 6
POST keys
numeric 1 7
numeric 5 key 7
numeric 6 key 7
532 Service Guide
POST keys (continued)
numeric 8 key 7
power cables 66
power control network utilities menu 389
power MAP 69, 89
power supply
fan removal 454
removal 454
test switch 457
Power-On Self-Test 6
powering on and off 4, 429
preface xvii
primary console 508
primary I/O drawer cable diagram 55
cable diagram 55
primary I/O drawer operator panel locations 23
privileged user menus 372
problem determination generated error codes 364
problem determination MAP 69, 84
processor card 443
processor configuration/deconfiguration menu 383
processor/memory
configure 404
deconfigure 404
product disposal 493
publications, online xvii
Q
quick entry MAP 69, 76
R
rack configuration 65
rear service position 467
reboot/restart policy setup menu 379
recycling 493
reference information 1
reference tables
aix location code 36
physical location code 36
related publications xvii
removal and replacement procedures 431
battery 469
cd-rom drive 462
CEC drawer backplane 445
CEC drawer power distribution board 451
cec fans 444
diskette drive 464
fan controller card 461
I/O drawer backplane assembly 447
I/O drawer power distribution board 452
internal disk drives 458
memory riser cards and memory modules 441
operator panel 465
PCI adapters 431
power supply 454
removal and replacement procedures (continued)
power supply fan 454
processor card 443
RIO card assembly 449
tape drive 463
restart recovery 399
RETAIN 396
retries 395
ring-indicate power-on menu 378
RIO card assembly 449
S
safety
electrical xii
laser compliance statement xiii
laser statement 462
notices xi
saving service processor settings 497
SCSI IDs 25
secondary I/O drawer cable diagram 56
cable diagram 56
secondary I/O drawer operator panel locations 24
Self-Test, Power-On 6
serial port
selection menu 393
snoop setup menu 377
speed setup menu 393
service clearance 65
service inspection guide 67
service mode 367
service processor
backup settings 497
boot mode menu 381
call-in/call-out setup menu 391
call-out call-home 406
call-out policy setup menu 395
checklist 497
checkpoints 140
console mirroring 408
customer account setup menu 396
error codes 213
error log 409
functions 397
general user menu 371
language selection menu 390
main menu 372
memory configuration/deconfiguration menu 384,
385
menus 370
menus list 369
modem configuration menu 392
monitoring - surveillance 405
operational phases 411
OS surveillance setup menu 376
passwords 375
Index 533
service processor (continued)
power control network utilities menu 389
power-on methods 398
privileged user menus 372
procedures in service mode 396
processor configuration/deconfiguration menu 383
reboot/restart policy setup menu 379
ring-indicate power-on menu 378
serial port selection menu 393
serial port snoop setup menu 377
serial port speed setup menu 393
service processor reboot/restart recovery 399
setup 497
setup checklist 497
setup menu 374
system information menu 382
system power control menu 378
telephone setup menu 394
test 497
service processor feature 72
setup menu 374
SP checkpoints 140
SPCN cabling 52
SPCN error codes 169
specifications 58
cec drawer 58
I/O drawer 62
Model H80 and Models 6H0 and 6H1 rack 60
noise emission notes 64, 494
standalone diagnostics 367
strategy, console 5
system board 20
bays 25
CEC drawer front view 9
CEC drawer rear 11
locations 20
logical 32
memory riser card and memory DIMMs 21
one-way processor card memory DIMMs 22
PCI board 19
physical 32
primary I/O drawer front 12
primary I/O drawer front view with covers
removed 15
primary I/O drawer operator panel 23
primary I/O drawer rear 14
SCSI IDs 25
secondary I/O drawer front 16
secondary I/O drawer operator panel 24
secondary I/O drawer rear view 18
system unit 8
system diagnostics, loading 367
system firmware update messages 354
system firmware updates 401
system information menu 382
system management services 415
display error log 417
multiboot 422
OK prompt 425
password utilities 416
remote initial program load setup 417
SCSI utilities 421
select console 421
select language 425
system memory 26
system power-on methods 398
system specifications 58
system unit locations 8
system, powering on and off 4
T
tape drive removal 463
telephone setup menu 394
testing the setup
call-in 498
call-out 498
trademarks xviii
transfer of a modem session 507
U
using
electronic service agent 72
V
V/S COMM, cable connection 48
W
Web sites
AIX library 384, 422
firmware updates 401, 402
microcode updates 401, 402
534 Service Guide
Readers Comments Wed Like to Hear from You
RS/6000 Enterprise Server Model H80
Eserver pSeries 660 Models 6H0 and 6H1
Service Guide
Publication No. SA38-0566-03
Overall, how satisfied are you with the information in this book?
Very Satisfied Satisfied Neutral Dissatisfied Very
Dissatisfied
Overall satisfaction h h h h h
How satisfied are you that the information in this book is:
Very Satisfied Satisfied Neutral Dissatisfied Very
Dissatisfied
Accurate h h h h h
Complete h h h h h
Easy to find h h h h h
Easy to understand h h h h h
Well organized h h h h h
Applicable to your tasks h h h h h
Please tell us how we can improve this book:
Thank you for your responses. May we contact you? h Yes h No
When you send comments to IBM, you grant IBM a nonexclusive right to use or distribute your comments in any
way it believes appropriate without incurring any obligation to you.
Name Address
Company or Organization
Phone No.
Readers Comments Wed Like to Hear from You
SA38-0566-03
SA38-0566-03
Cut or Fold
Along Line
Cut or Fold
Along Line
Fold and Tape Please do not staple Fold and Tape
Fold and Tape Please do not staple Fold and Tape
NO POSTAGE
NECESSARY
IF MAILED IN THE
UNITED STATES
BUSINESS REPLY MAIL
FIRST-CLASS MAIL PERMIT NO. 40 ARMONK, NEW YORK
POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY ADDRESSEE
Information Development
Department H6DS-905-6C006
11501 Burnet Road
Austin, TX 78758-3493
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
Printed in U.S.A.
April 2002
SA38-0566-03
S
p
i
n
e
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
:
R
S
/
6
0
0
0
E
n
t
e
r
p
r
i
s
e
S
e
r
v
e
r
M
o
d
e
l
H
8
0
E
s
e
r
v
e
r
p
S
e
r
i
e
s
6
6
0
M
o
d
e
l
s
6
H
0
a
n
d
6
H
1
S
e
r
v
i
c
e
G
u
i
d
e
S
A
3
8
-
0
5
6
6
-
0
3

P660 Mod 6H0 and 6H1Service Guide

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

P660 Mod 6H0 and 6H1Service Guide

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

P660 Mod 6H0 and 6H1Service Guide

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

RS/6000 Enterprise Server Model H80

Eserver pSeries 660 Models 6H0 and 6H1

Fourth Edition (April 2002)

You might also like